diff --git a/userguide/Haiku-doc.css b/userguide/Haiku-doc.css
index 59aff8ec..509c9fef 100644
--- a/userguide/Haiku-doc.css
+++ b/userguide/Haiku-doc.css
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ body {
line-height: 1.5;
margin: 0;
padding: 0;
- font-family: "Noto Sans", Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;
+ font-family: "DejaVu Sans", Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;
}
/* link colors and text decoration */
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ pre.terminal { /* Terminal output*/
/* some links we want to print the url along with (CSS2) */
a.printurl:after {
- content: " <" attr(href) ">";
+ content: " <" attr(href) ">";
font-weight: normal;
font-size: small;
}
diff --git a/userguide/ca/applications/cli-apps.html b/userguide/ca/applications/cli-apps.html
index b262aaaf..32e9ab55 100644
--- a/userguide/ca/applications/cli-apps.html
+++ b/userguide/ca/applications/cli-apps.html
@@ -123,6 +123,11 @@ Would you like a link to it?" "On Desktop" "In Deskbar" "No thanks"
diskimage
diskimage lets you register a regular file as disk device. For example, you can register a Haiku anyboot image, mount it in Tracker and copy, edit or remove files there before using it as source in the Installer.
+
launch_roster
+
The launch_daemon starts all sorts of services and applications at boot-up. For some it was instructed to re-start them if they were quit. If you don't want that – maybe you'd like to test a modified Tracker, for example – you use launch_roster to stop the re-starting of the application before quitting it. Similarly, you can start it again or get info about it. Without parameter, launch_roster lists all apps/services that are under its control.
+For example, this will stop the re-launching of the Deskbar:
+
launch_roster stop x-vnd.be-tskb
+
mountvolume mount
mountvolume is preferred by many to mount local partitions and disks, because its usage is so easy: just call it with the name of the partition and you're done. Try --help for more options.
mount can additionally mount remote disks by using a network filesystem, like NFS4. You specify the used filesystem with the -t parameter and the remote location with the -p parameter. As filesystem parameter you can use anything you find in /system/add-ons/kernel/file_system (and corresponding file hierarchies under ~/config or "non-packaged", of course). You also have to create a folder as mountpoint. Here's an example:
@@ -131,6 +136,21 @@ mount -t nfs4 -p "192.168.178.3:volume1" /DiskStation
open
open is a very handy little tool. With it you open any file with its preferred application, or start a specific application by its signature without the need to know its exact path. It also works with URLs and even with the "virtual" directories . for the current directory and .. for the parent, opening the folder in Tracker.
+
ramdisk
+
A ramdisk is like a harddisk running only in the computer's memory. That makes it very fast but also volatile, because its contents vanishes when you shut down the computer, or it crashes or you experience a blackout.
+To create a ramdisk of 1 GiB, format to the name "RAMses" and mount it, you enter this in Terminal or create a script of it:
+
ramdisk create -s 1gb
+mkfs -q -t bfs /dev/disk/virtual/ram/0/raw RAMses
+mountvolume RAMses
+
Note: When creating a ramdisk, the ramdisk command prints out the path to it. If you create several disks, that path /dev/disk/virtual/ram/0/raw will change!
+
To preserve the contents, at least if no calamity like a blackout etc. strikes, a ramdisk can be set up to read/write an image on the harddisk. For that, you need to supply a file of the desired size that will be read from every time you start your ramdisk, and written to when you unmount it. To create an image file "RAMimage" of 500MiB and format it, do this:
It's very important to always cleanly unmount you ramdisk, either from Tracker or with unmount /RAMimage, or the changes won't be written back to the image file!
The last tab shows the detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far.
+
Here you find a detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far, if the maintainer of the package provides that information.
+
Contents
+
The last tab shows all the files and folders a package contains. This only works for already downloaded packages.
In the Tools menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to Refresh depots. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories.
-
Under Options you can choose to also Show develop packages and Show source packages in the packages list. For the normal user those are of no interest and would only clutter the list. They are important, however, for people who need the libraries, headers etc. of a package to develop and compile programs depending on them.
-
Of more interest are the other two items, Show available packages and Show installed packages, which are pretty self-explanatory.
In the Tools menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to Refresh repositories. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories. The other item is to Manage repositories.... It opens the Repositories preferences, to add/remove or disable and enable repositories.
+
Under Show you can deactivate Only featured packages. Now you'll always see all packages and not just the featured ones when HaikuDepot starts up or the search text field is empty.
+Furthermore, you can choose to also Show Develop packages and Source packages in the packages list. For the normal user those are of no interest and would only clutter the list. They are important, however, for people who need the libraries, headers etc. of a package to develop and compile programs depending on them.
+
Of more interest are the options to only show Available packages and Installed packages, which are pretty self-explanatory.
@@ -138,7 +145,7 @@ With the little thumb up/down icons to the right, you can show your approval or
After you've created a user account and are logged in, you can rate a package and leave a comment, if you want. Just hover the mouse over the rating stars in the info area of a package and they turn into a Rating... button. Click it to open the rating window:
Here you move the mouse over the stars to light them up and choose your rating, you can also choose from a number of levels to judge the stability of the application and pick the language of your optional comment. To make a comment meaningful, you should have worked with the application you're about to rate for a while to become familiar with its features, bugs and quirks. And don't write the next great American novel... keep it short, sweet and polite. :)
-After you click Send the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the Tools menu to Refresh depots before you can see your changes.
+After you click Send the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the Tools menu to Refresh repositories before you can see your changes.
At any time, you can come back and edit your comment and re-rate it. You can also hide your rating from other users by deactivating the checkbox Other users can see this rating.
diff --git a/userguide/ca/applications/icon-o-matic.html b/userguide/ca/applications/icon-o-matic.html
index 819f1d3c..29d37706 100644
--- a/userguide/ca/applications/icon-o-matic.html
+++ b/userguide/ca/applications/icon-o-matic.html
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ Of course you can move these indicators to change the gradient to your liking. Y
Tips & Tricks
A few things you should keep in mind when working with Icon-O-Matic and some general tips for its usage:
-
Read the Icon Guidelines to learn about important characteristics of Haiku icons, e.g. perspective, colors and shadows.
+
Read the Icon Guidelines to learn about important characteristics of Haiku icons, e.g. perspective, colors and shadows.
You should always try to minimize your use of paths, those are the most expensive, file size wise. Re-use paths wherever possible and work with manipulated shapes and their transformers instead. Smart use of gradients can also save space.
Wherever possible, you should activate Snap-to-Grid from the Options menu when editing paths. Path points that align with the 64x64 pixel grid use less storage space. You'll also get the crispest look if points are set on exact pixel borders. For example, it is important to align the most prominent outlines with the 16x16 grid.
Check the preview to see if your icon still looks good in 16x16. You may want to use the Level Of Detail settings described in the Shapes section.
diff --git a/userguide/ca/applications/list-cli-apps.html b/userguide/ca/applications/list-cli-apps.html
index 84ac1d9c..0a21cd9c 100644
--- a/userguide/ca/applications/list-cli-apps.html
+++ b/userguide/ca/applications/list-cli-apps.html
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
@@ -96,7 +97,7 @@
Disables Advanced Configuration and Power Interface hardware support, overriding the ACPI setting in the kernel settings file.
Blacklist entries
Allows to select system files that shall be ignored. Useful e.g. to disable drivers temporarily. See Troubleshooting below.
-
Select debug options
Trobareu algunes opcions que us poden ajudar a depurar i obtenir més detalls sobre l'error. De nou, a la part inferior de la pantalla podeu veure una breu explicació de l'opció seleccionada.
+
Select debug options
Trobareu algunes opcions que us poden ajudar a depurar i obtenir més detalls sobre l'error. De nou, a la part inferior de la pantalla podeu veure una breu explicació de l'opció seleccionada.
Enable serial debug output
Turns on forwarding the syslog output to the serial interface (default: 115200, 8N1).
If Haiku refuses to boot on your hardware from the get-go, try out setting different options under Select safe mode options. Consider filing a bug report in any case.
+
If Haiku refuses to boot on your hardware from the get-go, try out setting different options under Select safe mode options. Consider filing a bug report in any case.
On the other hand, if Haiku only suddenly acts up after you have installed some software, especially hardware drivers, you have several options to get Haiku bootable again so you can uninstall the offending package:
Activating Safe mode will prevent most servers, daemons and the UserBootScript from being started.
diff --git a/userguide/ca/images/prefs-images/repositories.png b/userguide/ca/images/prefs-images/repositories.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..259c059e
Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/ca/images/prefs-images/repositories.png differ
diff --git a/userguide/ca/images/prefs-images/repositories_add.png b/userguide/ca/images/prefs-images/repositories_add.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5915c396
Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/ca/images/prefs-images/repositories_add.png differ
diff --git a/userguide/ca/preferences.html b/userguide/ca/preferences.html
index 914b7ae5..404f79f0 100644
--- a/userguide/ca/preferences.html
+++ b/userguide/ca/preferences.html
@@ -87,7 +87,9 @@
La traducció d'aquesta pàgina encara no està acabada. Fins que ho sigui, algunes part correspondrà a la versió anglesa.
+
+
Repositories
+
+
Deskbar:
Preferences
+
Location:
/boot/system/preferences/Repositories
+
Settings:
~/config/settings/Repositories_settings
+
+
Repositories are collections of software packages. Set up by default, there's the Haiku repo with all of the operating system's packages and HaikuPorts, which provides a large number of ported and native Haiku software. There are several more repositories, curated by members of the Haiku community. Checkout Software Sites on the website.
+
This is the preference panel to manage your respositories (you can open it also from HaikuDepot'sTools menu):
+
+
The first column in the list of known repositories shows if a repo is currently enabled. If it doesn't have a checkmark, it will not be queried by HaikuDepot or pkgman from the command line. Use the buttons to Enable or Disable the selected repositories, or double-click a repo to toggle the status.
+
Depending on the size of the repository and the speed of the internet connection, enabling a repository may take a few seconds. If it takes longer, you're informed of pending tasks in the little text box above the +/- buttons. If it takes unusually long, you'll be asked to either cancel or retry.
+
To be able to remove a repository completely with the "-" button, it has to be disabled.
+You add a new repository with the "" button, which will open this panel:
+
+
To add a new repository, just paste its URL into the text field. It'll be named "Unknown" until you enable it.
+
It goes without saying that adding a repository and downloading and installing software from it is a matter of trust. Don't carelessly just add any URL you happen upon on the internets.
Im Werkzeuge Menü ganz oben im HaikuDepot-Fenster findet sich der Menüpunkt Depots aktualisieren. Er fordert eine aktuelle Liste aller verfügbaren Pakete der Repositories an.
-
Im Einstellungen Menü gibt es die Optionen zum Entwicklungs-Pakete anzeigen und Quellcode-Pakete anzeigen in der Paketliste. Für den normalen Benutzer sind sie nicht so interessant und blähen die Paketliste nur unnötig auf. Sie sind sie allerdings wichtig für Leute, die deren Bibliotheken, Header-Dateien etc. brauchen, um darauf aufbauende Programme zu entwickeln und zu kompilieren.
-
Interessanter sind die beiden anderen Menüpunkte, Verfügbare Pakete anzeigen und Installierte Pakete anzeigen, die wohl keiner weiteren Erklärung bedürfen.
In the Tools menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to Refresh repositories. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories. The other item is to Manage repositories.... It opens the Repositories preferences, to add/remove or disable and enable repositories.
+
Im Anzeigen Menü gibt es die Möglichkeit Nur Empfehlungen zu deaktivieren. Dann sieht man immer alle verfügbaren Pakete, nicht nur die empfohlenen, wenn HaikuDepot startet oder kein Suchbegriff eingegeben wurde.
+Außerdem kann man Entwicklungs-Pakete und Quellcode-Pakete anzeigen lassen. Für den normalen Benutzer sind sie nicht so interessant und blähen die Paketliste nur unnötig auf. Sie sind allerdings wichtig für Leute, die deren Bibliotheken, Header-Dateien etc. brauchen, um darauf aufbauende Programme zu entwickeln und zu kompilieren.
+
Interessanter, und selbsterklärend, sind die beiden anderen Menüpunkte, um nur Verfügbare Pakete und Installierte Pakete anzuzeigen.
@@ -140,8 +146,8 @@ Mittels der kleinen Daumen-rauf/runter-Icons rechts, kann man die einzelnen Komm
Bewerten und kommentieren
Sobald man ein Benutzerkonto angelegt und sich angemeldet hat, kann man Pakete bewerten und, wenn man will, auch kommentieren. Lässt man den Mauszeiger über den Bewertungssternen des Infobereichs schweben, verwandeln sie sich in einen Button zum Paket bewerten.... Ein Klick darauf öffnet das Bewertungsfenster:
-
Hier bringt man mit dem Mauszeiger die Sterne zum aufleuchten und wählt so eine entsprechende Bewertung. Es lassen sich unterschiedliche Stabilitätsstufen vergeben und die Sprache für den optionalen Kommentar auswählen. Um einen sinnvollen Kommentar abgeben zu können, sollte man die Anwendung schon eine Weile benutzt haben, um ihre Features, Bugs und Eigenheiten kennegelernt zu haben. Außerdem sollte man keine großen Romane schreiben... lieber kurz und bündig und dabei immer höflich bleiben. :)
-Klickt man auf Senden werden die Daten zum Server geschickt. Bevor man seine Änderungen sehen kann, muss man ggf. aus dem Werkzeuge Menü Depots aktualisieren anwählen.
+
Here you move the mouse over the stars to light them up and choose your rating, you can also choose from a number of levels to judge the stability of the application and pick the language of your optional comment. To make a comment meaningful, you should have worked with the application you're about to rate for a while to become familiar with its features, bugs and quirks. And don't write the next great American novel... keep it short, sweet and polite. :)
+After you click Send the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the Tools menu to Refresh repositories before you can see your changes.
Bewertung und Kommentar lassen sich jederzeit ändern. Die Bewertung lässt auch komplett vor anderen Benutzern verbergen, indem man die Option Diese Bewertung ist für andere Anwender sichtbar abwählt.
diff --git a/userguide/de/applications/icon-o-matic.html b/userguide/de/applications/icon-o-matic.html
index 0ec6a54c..ae02623d 100644
--- a/userguide/de/applications/icon-o-matic.html
+++ b/userguide/de/applications/icon-o-matic.html
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ Natürlich kann der Marker verschoben werden, um den Farbverlauf anzupassen. Zus
Tipps & Tricks
Ein paar Dinge, die man beherzigen sollte, wenn man Icon-O-Matic verwendet:
-
Die Icon Guidelines (englisch) enthalten wichtige Informationen zu Haiku Icons wie Perspektive, Farben und Schattenwurf.
+
Die Icon Guidelines (englisch) enthalten wichtige Informationen zu Haiku Icons wie Perspektive, Farben und Schattenwurf.
Mit Pfaden sollte sparsam umgegangen werden, da sie am meisten Speicherplatz benötigen. Man sollte eher Formen bearbeiten und transformieren, um bereits bestehende Pfade wiederverwenden zu können. Ebenso kann die Verwendung von Gradienten Speicherplatz sparen.
So oft es möglich ist, sollte die Option "Am Gitter ausrichten" aus den Optionen aktiviert werden. Pfade, deren Punkte sich am 64x64 Pixel-Gitter der Zeichenfläche orientieren, benötigen weniger Speicherplatz. Darüber hinaus wirken die Icons auch schärfer. Wichtige Konturen sollten am besten am 16x16 Raster ausgerichtet werden.
Im Programmfenster ist oben links eine Vorschau des Icons in verschiedenen Auflösungen. Hier kann der sinnvolle Einsatz des Detail-Grads von Formen direkt überprüft werden.
Solange die Übersetzung dieser Seite noch nicht ganz fertig ist, erscheint für die noch fehlenden Teile die englische Version.
+
+
Repositories
+
+
Deskbar:
Preferences
+
Location:
/boot/system/preferences/Repositories
+
Settings:
~/config/settings/Repositories_settings
+
+
Repositories are collections of software packages. Set up by default, there's the Haiku repo with all of the operating system's packages and HaikuPorts, which provides a large number of ported and native Haiku software. There are several more repositories, curated by members of the Haiku community. Checkout Software Sites on the website.
+
This is the preference panel to manage your respositories (you can open it also from HaikuDepot'sTools menu):
+
+
The first column in the list of known repositories shows if a repo is currently enabled. If it doesn't have a checkmark, it will not be queried by HaikuDepot or pkgman from the command line. Use the buttons to Enable or Disable the selected repositories, or double-click a repo to toggle the status.
+
Depending on the size of the repository and the speed of the internet connection, enabling a repository may take a few seconds. If it takes longer, you're informed of pending tasks in the little text box above the +/- buttons. If it takes unusually long, you'll be asked to either cancel or retry.
+
To be able to remove a repository completely with the "-" button, it has to be disabled.
+You add a new repository with the "" button, which will open this panel:
+
+
To add a new repository, just paste its URL into the text field. It'll be named "Unknown" until you enable it.
+
It goes without saying that adding a repository and downloading and installing software from it is a matter of trust. Don't carelessly just add any URL you happen upon on the internets.
The last tab shows the detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far.
+
Here you find a detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far, if the maintainer of the package provides that information.
+
Contents
+
The last tab shows all the files and folders a package contains. This only works for already downloaded packages.
In the Tools menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to Refresh depots. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories.
-
Under Options you can choose to also Show develop packages and Show source packages in the packages list. For the normal user those are of no interest and would only clutter the list. They are important, however, for people who need the libraries, headers etc. of a package to develop and compile programs depending on them.
-
Of more interest are the other two items, Show available packages and Show installed packages, which are pretty self-explanatory.
In the Tools menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to Refresh repositories. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories. The other item is to Manage repositories.... It opens the Repositories preferences, to add/remove or disable and enable repositories.
+
Under Show you can deactivate Only featured packages. Now you'll always see all packages and not just the featured ones when HaikuDepot starts up or the search text field is empty.
+Furthermore, you can choose to also Show Develop packages and Source packages in the packages list. For the normal user those are of no interest and would only clutter the list. They are important, however, for people who need the libraries, headers etc. of a package to develop and compile programs depending on them.
+
Of more interest are the options to only show Available packages and Installed packages, which are pretty self-explanatory.
@@ -137,7 +144,7 @@ With the little thumb up/down icons to the right, you can show your approval or
After you've created a user account and are logged in, you can rate a package and leave a comment, if you want. Just hover the mouse over the rating stars in the info area of a package and they turn into a Rating... button. Click it to open the rating window:
Here you move the mouse over the stars to light them up and choose your rating, you can also choose from a number of levels to judge the stability of the application and pick the language of your optional comment. To make a comment meaningful, you should have worked with the application you're about to rate for a while to become familiar with its features, bugs and quirks. And don't write the next great American novel... keep it short, sweet and polite. :)
-After you click Send the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the Tools menu to Refresh depots before you can see your changes.
+After you click Send the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the Tools menu to Refresh repositories before you can see your changes.
At any time, you can come back and edit your comment and re-rate it. You can also hide your rating from other users by deactivating the checkbox Other users can see this rating.
diff --git a/userguide/en/applications/icon-o-matic.html b/userguide/en/applications/icon-o-matic.html
index 673c7c77..7bda8448 100644
--- a/userguide/en/applications/icon-o-matic.html
+++ b/userguide/en/applications/icon-o-matic.html
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ Of course you can move these indicators to change the gradient to your liking. Y
Tips & Tricks
A few things you should keep in mind when working with Icon-O-Matic and some general tips for its usage:
-
Read the Icon Guidelines to learn about important characteristics of Haiku icons, e.g. perspective, colors and shadows.
+
Read the Icon Guidelines to learn about important characteristics of Haiku icons, e.g. perspective, colors and shadows.
You should always try to minimize your use of paths, those are the most expensive, file size wise. Re-use paths wherever possible and work with manipulated shapes and their transformers instead. Smart use of gradients can also save space.
Wherever possible, you should activate Snap-to-Grid from the Options menu when editing paths. Path points that align with the 64x64 pixel grid use less storage space. You'll also get the crispest look if points are set on exact pixel borders. For example, it is important to align the most prominent outlines with the 16x16 grid.
Check the preview to see if your icon still looks good in 16x16. You may want to use the Level Of Detail settings described in the Shapes section.
Repositories are collections of software packages. Set up by default, there's the Haiku repo with all of the operating system's packages and HaikuPorts, which provides a large number of ported and native Haiku software. There are several more repositories, curated by members of the Haiku community. Checkout Software Sites on the website.
+
This is the preference panel to manage your respositories (you can open it also from HaikuDepot'sTools menu):
+
+
The first column in the list of known repositories shows if a repo is currently enabled. If it doesn't have a checkmark, it will not be queried by HaikuDepot or pkgman from the command line. Use the buttons to Enable or Disable the selected repositories, or double-click a repo to toggle the status.
+
Depending on the size of the repository and the speed of the internet connection, enabling a repository may take a few seconds. If it takes longer, you're informed of pending tasks in the little text box above the +/- buttons. If it takes unusually long, you'll be asked to either cancel or retry.
+
To be able to remove a repository completely with the "-" button, it has to be disabled.
+You add a new repository with the "" button, which will open this panel:
+
+
To add a new repository, just paste its URL into the text field. It'll be named "Unknown" until you enable it.
+
It goes without saying that adding a repository and downloading and installing software from it is a matter of trust. Don't carelessly just add any URL you happen upon on the internets.
The last tab shows the detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far.
+
Here you find a detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far, if the maintainer of the package provides that information.
+
Contents
+
The last tab shows all the files and folders a package contains. This only works for already downloaded packages.
In the Tools menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to Refresh depots. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories.
-
Under Options you can choose to also Show develop packages and Show source packages in the packages list. For the normal user those are of no interest and would only clutter the list. They are important, however, for people who need the libraries, headers etc. of a package to develop and compile programs depending on them.
-
Of more interest are the other two items, Show available packages and Show installed packages, which are pretty self-explanatory.
In the Tools menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to Refresh repositories. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories. The other item is to Manage repositories.... It opens the Repositories preferences, to add/remove or disable and enable repositories.
+
Under Show you can deactivate Only featured packages. Now you'll always see all packages and not just the featured ones when HaikuDepot starts up or the search text field is empty.
+Furthermore, you can choose to also Show Develop packages and Source packages in the packages list. For the normal user those are of no interest and would only clutter the list. They are important, however, for people who need the libraries, headers etc. of a package to develop and compile programs depending on them.
+
Of more interest are the options to only show Available packages and Installed packages, which are pretty self-explanatory.
@@ -138,7 +145,7 @@ With the little thumb up/down icons to the right, you can show your approval or
After you've created a user account and are logged in, you can rate a package and leave a comment, if you want. Just hover the mouse over the rating stars in the info area of a package and they turn into a Rating... button. Click it to open the rating window:
Here you move the mouse over the stars to light them up and choose your rating, you can also choose from a number of levels to judge the stability of the application and pick the language of your optional comment. To make a comment meaningful, you should have worked with the application you're about to rate for a while to become familiar with its features, bugs and quirks. And don't write the next great American novel... keep it short, sweet and polite. :)
-After you click Send the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the Tools menu to Refresh depots before you can see your changes.
+After you click Send the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the Tools menu to Refresh repositories before you can see your changes.
At any time, you can come back and edit your comment and re-rate it. You can also hide your rating from other users by deactivating the checkbox Other users can see this rating.
diff --git a/userguide/es/applications/icon-o-matic.html b/userguide/es/applications/icon-o-matic.html
index 0bde79aa..c4c40bd9 100644
--- a/userguide/es/applications/icon-o-matic.html
+++ b/userguide/es/applications/icon-o-matic.html
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ Por supuesto, puede mover estos indicadores para cambiar el gradiente a su gusto
Consejos y trucos
Se deben tomar en cuenta unas cuantas cosas cuando se trabaja con Icon-O-Matic y algunos consejos generales para su uso:
-
Lea la Guías de iconos para saber acerca de características importantes de iconos de Haiku, p. ej., perspectiva, colores y sombras.
+
Lea la Guías de iconos para saber acerca de características importantes de iconos de Haiku, p. ej., perspectiva, colores y sombras.
Se debería intentar siempre minimizar el uso de rutas, pues son más pesadas en tamaño de archivo. Reutilice rutas siempre que sea posible y trabaje con figuras manipuladas y sus transformadores en su lugar. El buen uso de gradientes también puede ahorrar espacio.
Cuando sea posible, se debería activar Snap-to-Grid (alinear a la gradilla) del menú Options (opciones) cuando se editen rutas. Los puntos de ruta que se alinean con la gradilla de 64x64 pixeles usan menos espacio de almacenamiento. También se obtiene la vista más limpia si se seleccionan en bordes de pixel exactos. Por ejemplo, es importante alinear las líneas más prominentes con la gradilla de 16x16.
Verifique la previsualización para ver si su icono se ve bien incluso en 16x16. También sería bueno ver la configuración de Nivel de detalle descrito en la sección Figuras.
La traducción de esta página no está completa aún. Hasta que esté, las partes sin terminar vienen en su inglés original.
+
+
Repositories
+
+
Deskbar:
Preferences
+
Location:
/boot/system/preferences/Repositories
+
Settings:
~/config/settings/Repositories_settings
+
+
Repositories are collections of software packages. Set up by default, there's the Haiku repo with all of the operating system's packages and HaikuPorts, which provides a large number of ported and native Haiku software. There are several more repositories, curated by members of the Haiku community. Checkout Software Sites on the website.
+
This is the preference panel to manage your respositories (you can open it also from HaikuDepot'sTools menu):
+
+
The first column in the list of known repositories shows if a repo is currently enabled. If it doesn't have a checkmark, it will not be queried by HaikuDepot or pkgman from the command line. Use the buttons to Enable or Disable the selected repositories, or double-click a repo to toggle the status.
+
Depending on the size of the repository and the speed of the internet connection, enabling a repository may take a few seconds. If it takes longer, you're informed of pending tasks in the little text box above the +/- buttons. If it takes unusually long, you'll be asked to either cancel or retry.
+
To be able to remove a repository completely with the "-" button, it has to be disabled.
+You add a new repository with the "" button, which will open this panel:
+
+
To add a new repository, just paste its URL into the text field. It'll be named "Unknown" until you enable it.
+
It goes without saying that adding a repository and downloading and installing software from it is a matter of trust. Don't carelessly just add any URL you happen upon on the internets.
Here you find a detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far, if the maintainer of the package provides that information.
+
Contents
+
The last tab shows all the files and folders a package contains. This only works for already downloaded packages.
Työkalut-valikossa ikkunan yläosassa löydät rivin Päivitä varastot. Tämä pyytää varastoista ajantasaisen luettelon saatavilla olevista pakkauksista.
-
Valikosta Valitsimet voit valita myös Näytä kehityspakkaukset ja Näytä lähdekoodipakkaukset pakkausluetteloon. Tavalliset käyttäjät eivät ole niistä kiinnostuneita ja ne sotkisivat luetteloa. Ne ovat kuitenkin tarpeita niille ihmisille, jotka tarvitsevat kirjastoja, otsakkeita jne. pakkauskehitykseen ja niistä riippuvien ohjelmien kääntämiseen.
-
Kahdesta muusta aiheesta lisää kiinnostuneille valikosta löytyy Näytä saatavilla olevat pakkaukset ja Näytä asennetut pakkaukset, jotka ovat aika itseään selittäviä.
In the Tools menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to Refresh repositories. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories. The other item is to Manage repositories.... It opens the Repositories preferences, to add/remove or disable and enable repositories.
+
Under Show you can deactivate Only featured packages. Now you'll always see all packages and not just the featured ones when HaikuDepot starts up or the search text field is empty.
+Furthermore, you can choose to also Show Develop packages and Source packages in the packages list. For the normal user those are of no interest and would only clutter the list. They are important, however, for people who need the libraries, headers etc. of a package to develop and compile programs depending on them.
+
Of more interest are the options to only show Available packages and Installed packages, which are pretty self-explanatory.
@@ -138,8 +146,8 @@ Pienellä ylöspäin tai alaspäin olevalla peukalolla voit näyttää mielipite
Arvosanat ja kommentointi
Kun olet luonut käyttäjätilin ja kirjautunut sisään, voit antaa pakkaukselle arvosanan ja jättää kommentin, jos haluat. Liikuta vain hiiren kohdistinta pakkauksen tietoalueen arvosanatähtien päällä ja ne muuttuvat Anna pakkauksen arvosana...-painikkeeksi. Napsauta sitä arvosanaikkunan avaamiseksi:
-
Tässä liikutat hiiren kohdistinta tähtien yläpuolella niiden sytyttämiseksi ja arvosanasi valitsemiseksi, voit myös valita tasonumeron sovelluksen stabilisuusarvioksi ja poimia valinnaisen kommentin kielen. Jotta kommentti olisi merkityksellinen, sinun pitäisi työskennellä sovelluksella, jota arvioit tutustuaksesi sen ominaisuuksiin, ohjelmointivirheisiin ja oikkuihin. Ja älä kirjoita seuraa suomalaista suurromaania... pidä se lyhyenä, lempeänä ja kohteliaana. :)
-Lähetä-painikkeen napsauttamisen jälkeen tiedot lähetetään palvelimelle. Sinun on ehkä siirryttävä Työkalut-valikkoon valitsemaan Päivitä varastot ennen kuin voit nähdä muutoksesi.
+
Here you move the mouse over the stars to light them up and choose your rating, you can also choose from a number of levels to judge the stability of the application and pick the language of your optional comment. To make a comment meaningful, you should have worked with the application you're about to rate for a while to become familiar with its features, bugs and quirks. And don't write the next great American novel... keep it short, sweet and polite. :)
+After you click Send the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the Tools menu to Refresh repositories before you can see your changes.
Milloin tahansa voit palata ja muokata kommenttiasi tai antaa arvosanan uudelleen. Voit myös piilottaa arvioinnin muilta käyttäjältä poistamalla valinnan valintaruudusta Muut käyttäjät voivat nähdä tämän arvosanan.
diff --git a/userguide/fi/applications/icon-o-matic.html b/userguide/fi/applications/icon-o-matic.html
index e42fc6f3..b41e7eca 100644
--- a/userguide/fi/applications/icon-o-matic.html
+++ b/userguide/fi/applications/icon-o-matic.html
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ Voit tietysti siirtää nämä indikaattorit vaihtamaan liukuväriä halusi muka
Vihjeet ja niksit
Muutamia asioita tulisi pitää mielessä, kun työskennellään Kuvakemaatilla ja joitakin yleisiä vihjeitä sen käytöstä:
-
Lue Kuvakeohjeet oppiaksesi Haiku-kuvakkeiden tärkeät ominaisuudet, esim.: perspektiivi, värit ja varjot.
+
Lue Kuvakeohjeet oppiaksesi Haiku-kuvakkeiden tärkeät ominaisuudet, esim.: perspektiivi, värit ja varjot.
Polkujen käyttöä tulisia aina yrittää minimoida, koska ne ovat kalliimpia tiedoston koon kannalta. Yritä käyttää polkuja uudelleen aina kun mahdollista ja työskentele sen sijaan manipuloitujen hahmojen ja niiden muunnosten kanssa. Liukuvärien älykäs käyttö voi myös säästää tilaa.
Pitäisi milloin vain mahdollista aktivoida Kiinnitä-rasteriin Valitsimet-valikosta kun muokataan polkuja. Polkupisteet, jotka tasaavat 64x64 pikselin rasterikäyttöön käyttävät vähemmän tallennustila. Saat myös teräväpiirteisemmän näkymän, jos pisteet on asetettu tarkalleen pikselirajoille. Esimerkiksi, on tärkeää tasata silmiinpistävimmät ääriviivat 16x16-rasteriin.
Tarkista esikatselu nähdäksesi, näyttääkö kuvake yhä hyvältä 16x16-koossa. Haluat ehkä käyttää Hahmo-kappaleessa kuvailtuja Yksityiskohtataso-asetuksia.
Kuvakatselin sallii sinun katsella kuvatiedostoja kaikisssa muodoissa, jotka Tietomuuntimet tukevat. Uudet muodot tunnistetaan automaattisesti, kun niiden muuntimet lisätään järjestelmään. Tämä on tehty esimerkiksi Haikun vektorikuvaketiedostoille, WonderBrush-kuville tai kun WebP-kuvat tulivat käytettäviksi.
+
Kuvakatselin sallii sinun katsella kuvatiedostoja kaikisssa muodoissa, jotka Tietomuuntimet tukevat. Uudet muodot tunnistetaan automaattisesti, kun niiden muuntimet lisätään järjestelmään. Tämä on tehty esimerkiksi Haikun vektorikuvaketiedostoille, WonderBrush-kuville tai kun WebP-kuvat tulivat käytettäviksi.
Kuvakatselin tarjoaa minimaalisia editointiominaisuuksia karsimalla, kiertämällä tai kääntämällä kuvia ja tallentaen niitä toisiin muotoihin.
Merkitse kohde mustalle listalle
Sallii valita järjestelmätiedostoja, jotka ohitetaan. Hyödyllinen esim. otettaessa tilapäisesti ajureita pois. Katso alla Vianjäljitys.
Valitse vianjäljitysvalitsimet
-
Tästä löydät useita valitsimia, jotka opastavat vianjäljityksessä tai yksityiskohtien hakemisessa vikailmoitukseen. Taas näytön alalaidassa näytetään lyhyt selite.
+
Tästä löydät useita valitsimia, jotka opastavat vianjäljityksessä tai yksityiskohtien hakemisessa vikailmoitukseen. Taas näytön alalaidassa näytetään lyhyt selite.
Ota käyttöön vianjäljitystulostus sarjaporttiin
Kääntää päälle järjestelmälokin lähetyksen sarjaporttiin (oletus: 115200, 8N1).
Jos Haiku kieltäytyy käynnistymästä aivan alusta, yritä asettaa eri valitsimia valikosta Valitse turvatilavalitsimet. Harkitse joka tapauksessa vikailmoitus-raportin täyttämistä.
+
Jos Haiku kieltäytyy käynnistymästä aivan alusta, yritä asettaa eri valitsimia valikosta Valitse turvatilavalitsimet. Harkitse joka tapauksessa vikailmoitus-raportin täyttämistä.
Toisaalta, jos Haiku äkkiä vain häiriököi, kun olet asentanut jonkin ohjelmiston, erityisesti laitteistoajurin, sinulla on useita valitsimia käytettävissä saadaksesi Haikun taas käynnistymään poistamalla häiritsevän pakkauksen asennuksen:
Turvatila-aktivointi estää useimpien palvelin-, taustaprosessi- ja KäyttäjäKäynnistysSkriptien käynnistymisen.
diff --git a/userguide/fi/images/prefs-images/repositories.png b/userguide/fi/images/prefs-images/repositories.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..259c059e
Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/fi/images/prefs-images/repositories.png differ
diff --git a/userguide/fi/images/prefs-images/repositories_add.png b/userguide/fi/images/prefs-images/repositories_add.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5915c396
Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/fi/images/prefs-images/repositories_add.png differ
diff --git a/userguide/fi/preferences.html b/userguide/fi/preferences.html
index 6de17569..c27f9de4 100644
--- a/userguide/fi/preferences.html
+++ b/userguide/fi/preferences.html
@@ -56,6 +56,7 @@
+
Tämän sivun kotoistaminen ei ole vielä täydellinen. Siihen asti keskeneräiset osat käyttävät englanninkielistä alkuperäistekstiä.
Tämän sivun kotoistaminen ei ole vielä täydellinen. Siihen asti keskeneräiset osat käyttävät englanninkielistä alkuperäistekstiä.
+
+
Repositories
+
+
Deskbar:
Preferences
+
Location:
/boot/system/preferences/Repositories
+
Settings:
~/config/settings/Repositories_settings
+
+
Repositories are collections of software packages. Set up by default, there's the Haiku repo with all of the operating system's packages and HaikuPorts, which provides a large number of ported and native Haiku software. There are several more repositories, curated by members of the Haiku community. Checkout Software Sites on the website.
+
This is the preference panel to manage your respositories (you can open it also from HaikuDepot'sTools menu):
+
+
The first column in the list of known repositories shows if a repo is currently enabled. If it doesn't have a checkmark, it will not be queried by HaikuDepot or pkgman from the command line. Use the buttons to Enable or Disable the selected repositories, or double-click a repo to toggle the status.
+
Depending on the size of the repository and the speed of the internet connection, enabling a repository may take a few seconds. If it takes longer, you're informed of pending tasks in the little text box above the +/- buttons. If it takes unusually long, you'll be asked to either cancel or retry.
+
To be able to remove a repository completely with the "-" button, it has to be disabled.
+You add a new repository with the "" button, which will open this panel:
+
+
To add a new repository, just paste its URL into the text field. It'll be named "Unknown" until you enable it.
+
It goes without saying that adding a repository and downloading and installing software from it is a matter of trust. Don't carelessly just add any URL you happen upon on the internets.
+
+
+
diff --git a/userguide/fi/preferences/screen.html b/userguide/fi/preferences/screen.html
index 78593ae7..cb5b0303 100644
--- a/userguide/fi/preferences/screen.html
+++ b/userguide/fi/preferences/screen.html
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
@@ -107,7 +108,7 @@ Yritkä kaikissa tapauksissa pitää tilanimi lyhyenä. Sillä tavalla se sopii
Käytetään kyselyjä
Tietysti voit määritellä kansion kaiken sähköpostisi tallentamiseen. Voit avata sen ja siellä on kaikki sähköpostisi. Mutta ajan mittaan kansio tulee täyteen ja viestien näyttäminen kestää yhä kauemmin, koska tuhansien tiedostojen ja niiden attribuuttien jäsentämiseen kuluu aikaa. Enimmäkseen et todella välitä kaksi vuotta vanhoista sähköpostiviesteistä nigerialaisesta prinssistä ja heidän perintöpulmista ...
-
Paljon kansioiden kansoittamisajasta menee tiedostojen lukemiseen levyltä oikeaan lajittelujärjestyksen ja niiden näyttämiseen ikkunassa. Jos sinun on avattava kansio, jossa on valtava määrä tiedostoja, voit lyhentää odottamisaikaa muuttamalla Seuraaja-ikkunan tilaksi ”näkymätön", ts. joko minimoimalla sen tai vaihtamalla toiseen työtilaan. Katso Prosessivalvonta nähdäksesi, mitä se vaikuttaa suoritinkäyttöön.
+
Paljon kansioiden kansoittamisajasta menee tiedostojen lukemiseen levyltä oikeaan lajittelujärjestyksen ja niiden näyttämiseen ikkunassa. Jos sinun on avattava kansio, jossa on valtava määrä tiedostoja, voit lyhentää odottamisaikaa muuttamalla Seuraaja-ikkunan tilaksi ”näkymätön", ts. joko minimoimalla sen tai vaihtamalla toiseen työtilaan. Katso Prosessivalvonta nähdäksesi, mitä se vaikuttaa suoritinkäyttöön.
Kyselyjä käyttämällä voit kaventaa sähköpostiviestisi näkymäaluetta. Itse asiassa Työpöytäpalkin sähköpostikuvake käyttää kyselyjä.
diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/cli-apps.html b/userguide/fr/applications/cli-apps.html
index 1172b8fd..2d2f89b9 100644
--- a/userguide/fr/applications/cli-apps.html
+++ b/userguide/fr/applications/cli-apps.html
@@ -127,6 +127,11 @@ Voici par exemple comment ajouter Screenshot avec diver
diskimage
diskimage vous permet d'inscrire un ficher ordinaire en tant que periphérique disque. Par exemple, vous pouvez inscrire l'image disque "anyboot" d'Haiku, puis monter le volume qu'elle contient dans le Tracker et copier, éditer ou supprimer les fichiers avant de l'utiliser comme source dans le programme d'installation.
+
launch_roster
+
The launch_daemon starts all sorts of services and applications at boot-up. For some it was instructed to re-start them if they were quit. If you don't want that – maybe you'd like to test a modified Tracker, for example – you use launch_roster to stop the re-starting of the application before quitting it. Similarly, you can start it again or get info about it. Without parameter, launch_roster lists all apps/services that are under its control.
+For example, this will stop the re-launching of the Deskbar:
+
launch_roster stop x-vnd.be-tskb
+
mountvolume mount
mountvolume is preferred by many to mount local partitions and disks, because its usage is so easy: just call it with the name of the partition and you're done. Try --help for more options.
mount can additionally mount remote disks by using a network filesystem, like NFS4. You specify the used filesystem with the -t parameter and the remote location with the -p parameter. As filesystem parameter you can use anything you find in /system/add-ons/kernel/file_system (and corresponding file hierarchies under ~/config or "non-packaged", of course). You also have to create a folder as mountpoint. Here's an example:
@@ -134,6 +139,21 @@ Voici par exemple comment ajouter Screenshot avec diver
mount -t nfs4 -p "192.168.178.3:volume1" /DiskStation
open
open est un petit outils très pratique pour ouvrir n'importe quel fichier avec son application préférée, ou pour démarrer une application particulière à partir de sa signature sans avoir besoin de connaître son emplacement exact. Ça fonctionne également avec les URLs, et même avec les dossiers "virtuels" . et .. qui représentent respectivement le dossier courant et le dossier parent, qui seront ainsi ouvert dans le Tracker.
+
ramdisk
+
A ramdisk is like a harddisk running only in the computer's memory. That makes it very fast but also volatile, because its contents vanishes when you shut down the computer, or it crashes or you experience a blackout.
+To create a ramdisk of 1 GiB, format to the name "RAMses" and mount it, you enter this in Terminal or create a script of it:
+
ramdisk create -s 1gb
+mkfs -q -t bfs /dev/disk/virtual/ram/0/raw RAMses
+mountvolume RAMses
+
Note: When creating a ramdisk, the ramdisk command prints out the path to it. If you create several disks, that path /dev/disk/virtual/ram/0/raw will change!
+
To preserve the contents, at least if no calamity like a blackout etc. strikes, a ramdisk can be set up to read/write an image on the harddisk. For that, you need to supply a file of the desired size that will be read from every time you start your ramdisk, and written to when you unmount it. To create an image file "RAMimage" of 500MiB and format it, do this:
It's very important to always cleanly unmount you ramdisk, either from Tracker or with unmount /RAMimage, or the changes won't be written back to the image file!
Here you find a detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far, if the maintainer of the package provides that information.
+
Contents
+
The last tab shows all the files and folders a package contains. This only works for already downloaded packages.
Dans le menu Tools en haut de la fenêtre se trouve un l’élément Refresh depots pour mettre à jour les dépôts. Le programme va alors chercher la liste à jour de tous les paquets disponibles dans le dépôt.
-
Dans le menu Options, vous pourrez choisir de montrer les paquets de développement (Show develop packages) ou de code source (Show source packages) dans la liste. Pour l’utilisateur moyen, ces paquets sont sans intérêt et ne feront que rallonger la liste. Ils sont par contre importants pour les personnes qui ont besoin des bibliothèques, des en-têtes, etc… d’un paquet pour développer et compiler des programmes qui en dépendent.
-
Les deux autres éléments, plus explicites, Afficher les paquets disponibles et Afficher les paquets installés, sont d'un plus grand intérêt.
In the Tools menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to Refresh repositories. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories. The other item is to Manage repositories.... It opens the Repositories preferences, to add/remove or disable and enable repositories.
+
Under Show you can deactivate Only featured packages. Now you'll always see all packages and not just the featured ones when HaikuDepot starts up or the search text field is empty.
+Furthermore, you can choose to also Show Develop packages and Source packages in the packages list. For the normal user those are of no interest and would only clutter the list. They are important, however, for people who need the libraries, headers etc. of a package to develop and compile programs depending on them.
+
Of more interest are the options to only show Available packages and Installed packages, which are pretty self-explanatory.
@@ -144,7 +148,7 @@ With the little thumb up/down icons to the right, you can show your approval or
After you've created a user account and are logged in, you can rate a package and leave a comment, if you want. Just hover the mouse over the rating stars in the info area of a package and they turn into a Rating... button. Click it to open the rating window:
Here you move the mouse over the stars to light them up and choose your rating, you can also choose from a number of levels to judge the stability of the application and pick the language of your optional comment. To make a comment meaningful, you should have worked with the application you're about to rate for a while to become familiar with its features, bugs and quirks. And don't write the next great American novel... keep it short, sweet and polite. :)
-After you click Send the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the Tools menu to Refresh depots before you can see your changes.
+After you click Send the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the Tools menu to Refresh repositories before you can see your changes.
At any time, you can come back and edit your comment and re-rate it. You can also hide your rating from other users by deactivating the checkbox Other users can see this rating.
diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/icon-o-matic.html b/userguide/fr/applications/icon-o-matic.html
index bfd90c44..57b5dc08 100644
--- a/userguide/fr/applications/icon-o-matic.html
+++ b/userguide/fr/applications/icon-o-matic.html
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ Vous pouvez bien sûr déplacer ces indicateurs pour changer l’apparence du d
Trucs et astuces
Voici quelques conseils que vous devriez avoir en tête lorsque vous travaillez avec Icon-O-Matic :
-
Lisez les règles d’icônes [en] pour connaître les principales caractéristiques des icônes de Haiku, comme leur perspective, couleurs, et ombres.
+
Lisez les règles d’icônes [en] pour connaître les principales caractéristiques des icônes de Haiku, comme leur perspective, couleurs, et ombres.
Essayez de minimiser l’utilisation des chemins, ce sont les éléments les plus coûteux en terme de taille de fichier. Réutilisez-les chaque fois que possible et travaillez avec des formes modifiées et/ou transformées. L’utilisation astucieuse des dégradés peut également permettre de conserver de l’espace.
Chaque fois que possible, vous devriez activer le réglage Snap-to-Grid (aligner sur la grille) du menu Options lorsque vous travaillez sur des chemins. Les points d’un chemin alignés sur la grille de 64x64 pixels utilisent moins d’espace de stockage. Vous obtiendrez aussi un meilleur rendu si ces points sont alignés sur des bordures de pixels. Par exemple, les bordures les plus importantes de votre icône devraient être alignées avec la grille 16x16.
Vérifiez la prévisualisation pour vous assurez que votre icône est correctement rendue en taille 16x16. Vous aurez peut-être besoin d’utiliser le réglage de niveau de détail décrit dans la partie sur les formes.
diff --git a/userguide/fr/applications/list-cli-apps.html b/userguide/fr/applications/list-cli-apps.html
index 3a09fd1f..0286ad17 100644
--- a/userguide/fr/applications/list-cli-apps.html
+++ b/userguide/fr/applications/list-cli-apps.html
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
@@ -102,7 +103,7 @@ Si Haiku est le seul système d'exploitation de votre machine, Vous pouvez comme
Blacklist entries
Allows to select system files that shall be ignored. Useful e.g. to disable drivers temporarily. See Troubleshooting below.
Select debug options
-
Ici, vous trouverez plusieurs options qui vous aideront à déboguer ou à récuperer le détail pour un rapport de bogue.
+
Ici, vous trouverez plusieurs options qui vous aideront à déboguer ou à récuperer le détail pour un rapport de bogue.
Voici, une courte explication pour chaque option affichée ci-dessous.
Enable serial debug output
@@ -130,7 +131,7 @@ Voici, une courte explication pour chaque option affichée ci-dessous.
Si, dès le départ, Haiku refuse de démarrer sur votre matériel, essayez les différentes options de réglage sous Select safe mode options. Dans tous les cas, Envisagez de sousmettre un rapport de bug.
+
Si, dès le départ, Haiku refuse de démarrer sur votre matériel, essayez les différentes options de réglage sous Select safe mode options. Dans tous les cas, Envisagez de sousmettre un rapport de bug.
Si, au contraire, Haiku cesse de démarrer seulement après avoir installé un logiciel, en particulier un pilote, plusieurs options s’offrent à vous pour permettre à Haiku de démarrer de nouveau et désinstaller le logiciel en cause :
Activer Safe mode empêchera la plupart des serveurs, des daemons et du UserBootScript de se lancer.
diff --git a/userguide/fr/images/prefs-images/repositories.png b/userguide/fr/images/prefs-images/repositories.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..259c059e
Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/fr/images/prefs-images/repositories.png differ
diff --git a/userguide/fr/images/prefs-images/repositories_add.png b/userguide/fr/images/prefs-images/repositories_add.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5915c396
Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/fr/images/prefs-images/repositories_add.png differ
diff --git a/userguide/fr/preferences.html b/userguide/fr/preferences.html
index 02c34156..bb13be53 100644
--- a/userguide/fr/preferences.html
+++ b/userguide/fr/preferences.html
@@ -58,6 +58,7 @@
+
Cette page n'est pas encore entièrement traduite. Les parties non encore traduites seront en anglais.
Cette page n'est pas encore entièrement traduite. Les parties non encore traduites seront en anglais.
+
+
Repositories
+
+
Deskbar:
Preferences
+
Location:
/boot/system/preferences/Repositories
+
Settings:
~/config/settings/Repositories_settings
+
+
Repositories are collections of software packages. Set up by default, there's the Haiku repo with all of the operating system's packages and HaikuPorts, which provides a large number of ported and native Haiku software. There are several more repositories, curated by members of the Haiku community. Checkout Software Sites on the website.
+
This is the preference panel to manage your respositories (you can open it also from HaikuDepot'sTools menu):
+
+
The first column in the list of known repositories shows if a repo is currently enabled. If it doesn't have a checkmark, it will not be queried by HaikuDepot or pkgman from the command line. Use the buttons to Enable or Disable the selected repositories, or double-click a repo to toggle the status.
+
Depending on the size of the repository and the speed of the internet connection, enabling a repository may take a few seconds. If it takes longer, you're informed of pending tasks in the little text box above the +/- buttons. If it takes unusually long, you'll be asked to either cancel or retry.
+
To be able to remove a repository completely with the "-" button, it has to be disabled.
+You add a new repository with the "" button, which will open this panel:
+
+
To add a new repository, just paste its URL into the text field. It'll be named "Unknown" until you enable it.
+
It goes without saying that adding a repository and downloading and installing software from it is a matter of trust. Don't carelessly just add any URL you happen upon on the internets.
The Debugger is an application the common user hasn't much use for. It's targetted at developers to investigate bugs in programs. Sometimes those bugs result in crashes and that is where even end users come into contact with the Debugger. When a program crashes, you're confronted with this alert:
-
It gives three options to react to the crash:
+
It gives four options to react to the crash:
Terminate will clean up after the crashed app but otherwise does nothing further.
Debug will start the Debugger for further investigation.
+
Write core file creates a possibly huge dump of the system's state. Better attach a regular debug report first when submitting a bug report and only provide a core file on request.
Save report creates a debug report which is saved as a text file on the Desktop and can be emailed to the developer of the crashed app or attached to a ticket at its bugtracker, if available.
The debug report contains information on your hardware (type of CPU and used memory etc.), the exact version of Haiku and all available information on the state of the system that could be relevant to the crash.
Describing the usage of the actual Debugger is out of scope for this guide that is addressing the needs of the common user of Haiku. For completeness sake, here's the window that'll come up if you choose the Debug option in the above alert:
As you'll quickly see when you start poking around a bit, the Debugger is one of the most complex and sophisticated applications for Haiku. If you're a developer and are used to graphical debuggers on other platforms, many features will be familiar to you.
-
As there's not a single document explaining the intricacies of Haiku's Debugger, below are a few links that may shed some light. If you have a specific question, you may want to consider posting it on the development mailing list. If you find more useful resources, please file a bugreport with that info.
+
Below are a few links that may shed some light on the intricacies of Haiku's Debugger. If you have a specific question, you may want to consider posting it on the development mailing list. If you find more useful resources, please file a bugreport with that info.
A video from the BeGeistert meeting in 2012, in which Ingo Weinhold demonstrates the state of the Debugger back then and shows other interesting tools like the profiler to hunt down bottlenecks.
The last tab shows the detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far.
+
Here you find a detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far, if the maintainer of the package provides that information.
+
Contents
+
The last tab shows all the files and folders a package contains. This only works for already downloaded packages.
Az Eszközök menüben találjuk a Raktárak frissítése menüt. Ezzel lekérhetjük az összes elérhető csomagot a raktárakból.
-
A Beállítások menüben találjuk a Fejlesztői csomagok megjelenítése és a Forráskód csomagok megjelenítése opciót. Általában az átlag felhasználónak nincs szüksége ezekre a csomagokra. Ugyanakkor fontosak lehetnek azoknak, akik ezekre a csomagokra alapozva fejlesztik a programjaikat.
-
Of more interest are the other two items, Show available packages and Show installed packages, which are pretty self-explanatory.
In the Tools menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to Refresh repositories. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories. The other item is to Manage repositories.... It opens the Repositories preferences, to add/remove or disable and enable repositories.
+
Under Show you can deactivate Only featured packages. Now you'll always see all packages and not just the featured ones when HaikuDepot starts up or the search text field is empty.
+Furthermore, you can choose to also Show Develop packages and Source packages in the packages list. For the normal user those are of no interest and would only clutter the list. They are important, however, for people who need the libraries, headers etc. of a package to develop and compile programs depending on them.
+
Of more interest are the options to only show Available packages and Installed packages, which are pretty self-explanatory.
@@ -140,7 +147,7 @@ With the little thumb up/down icons to the right, you can show your approval or
After you've created a user account and are logged in, you can rate a package and leave a comment, if you want. Just hover the mouse over the rating stars in the info area of a package and they turn into a Rating... button. Click it to open the rating window:
Here you move the mouse over the stars to light them up and choose your rating, you can also choose from a number of levels to judge the stability of the application and pick the language of your optional comment. To make a comment meaningful, you should have worked with the application you're about to rate for a while to become familiar with its features, bugs and quirks. And don't write the next great American novel... keep it short, sweet and polite. :)
-After you click Send the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the Tools menu to Refresh depots before you can see your changes.
+After you click Send the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the Tools menu to Refresh repositories before you can see your changes.
At any time, you can come back and edit your comment and re-rate it. You can also hide your rating from other users by deactivating the checkbox Other users can see this rating.
diff --git a/userguide/hu/applications/icon-o-matic.html b/userguide/hu/applications/icon-o-matic.html
index 616de8da..6772cdf4 100644
--- a/userguide/hu/applications/icon-o-matic.html
+++ b/userguide/hu/applications/icon-o-matic.html
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ Természetesen, ezek a színek tetszés szerint mozgathatóak is. További szín
Tippek és trükkök
Néhány dolgot észbe kell tartani a program használatakor, illetve akad néhány jó ötlet is a használathoz:
-
Az Icon Guidelines (leírás az ikonokhoz) tartalmazza a Haiku alatt használt ikonok karakterisztikáját, mint például a színeket, vagy az árnyékokat.
+
Az Icon Guidelines (leírás az ikonokhoz) tartalmazza a Haiku alatt használt ikonok karakterisztikáját, mint például a színeket, vagy az árnyékokat.
Próbáljuk meg minimalizálni a használt útvonalak számát, ugyanis ezek befolyásolják a fájl méretét. Ha lehet, használjuk újra az útvonalakat és inkább használjunk módosított alakzatokat azok átalakítása helyet. Az átmenetek okos használatával szintén takaríthatunk meg helyet.
Ha csak lehetséges, használjuk a Rácshoz illesztést a Beállítások menüből az útvonalak szerkesztésekor. Ha az útvonal pontjai a 64x64-es rácshoz illeszkednek, akkor azzal a méret csökkenthető. Akkor is jobb megjelenést kapunk, ha a pontokat a képpontok határához igazítjuk. Például fontos, hogy a jelentősebb körvonalakat egymáshoz igazítsuk a 16x16-os rácshoz.
Ellenőrizzük le az előnézeti mezőben, hogy helyesen jelenik-e meg az ikon 16x16-os méretben. Ajánlott a Részletességi szint használata, amiről az Alakzat részben volt szó.
A Képmegjelenítő lehetőséget nyújt az összes kép megjelenítésre, amihez van értelmező. Ezt ellenőrizhetjük a Értelmezők beállításainál. Az új formátumokat automatikusan felismeri amikor ahhoz tartozó értelemzőt adunk a rendszerhez.
+
A Képmegjelenítő lehetőséget nyújt az összes kép megjelenítésre, amihez van értelmező. Ezt ellenőrizhetjük a Értelmezők beállításainál. Az új formátumokat automatikusan felismeri amikor ahhoz tartozó értelemzőt adunk a rendszerhez.
A program minimális szerkesztési lehetőséget is biztosít: levágás, forgatás és tükrözés; továbbá bármely más formátumba elmenthetőek a módosítások, illetve maga a fájl.
Blacklist entries (Feketelista)
Lehetőséget nyújt arra, hogy rendszer fájlok betöltését mellőzzük induláskor. Hasznos lehet, ha például egy eszköz vezérlőt ideiglenesen le akarunk tiltani. Bővebben a Hibaelhárítás szakaszban.
Debug menu Hibakereső menü
-
Az alábbi opciók segítséghetnek a hiba keresésben illetve a hiba jelentésében. Szintén kapunk egy kis leírást a képernyő alján ha kiválasztunk egy opciót.
+
Az alábbi opciók segítséghetnek a hiba keresésben illetve a hiba jelentésében. Szintén kapunk egy kis leírást a képernyő alján ha kiválasztunk egy opciót.
Enable serial debug output (Soros porton történő hibakeresés engedélyezése)
A naplózást a soros portra irányítja át (eredeti beállítások: 115200, 8N1).
Ha a Haiku elsőre nem tud elindulni, akkor ajánlott kipróbálni néhány hibakeresési opciót a Select safe mode options menüben. Továbbá egy hibajelentést is lehet küldeni.
+
Ha a Haiku elsőre nem tud elindulni, akkor ajánlott kipróbálni néhány hibakeresési opciót a Select safe mode options menüben. Továbbá egy hibajelentést is lehet küldeni.
Az is lehetséges, hogy a Haiku csak egy újonnan feltelepített program, eszközvezérlő miatt nem indul el. Ekkor több lehetőségünk is van hogy újra be tudjuk tölteni a rendszerünket, például a feltelepített csomag eltávolításával:
A Safe mode engedélyezésével megakadályozhatjuk a legtöbb szerver, démon elindítását illetve a UserBootScript végrehajtását.
@@ -149,7 +150,7 @@ A különféle szimbólumok az alábbi betöltési szakaszokat jelölik:
Rendszerlemez
Rendszerlemez csatolása.
Chip
Processzor-függő modulok betöltése.
Mappa
Alrendszerek betöltése.
-
Rakéta
Launch_daemon has started the system.
+
Rakéta
A Launch_daemon elindította a rendszert.
diff --git a/userguide/hu/images/prefs-images/repositories.png b/userguide/hu/images/prefs-images/repositories.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..259c059e
Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/hu/images/prefs-images/repositories.png differ
diff --git a/userguide/hu/images/prefs-images/repositories_add.png b/userguide/hu/images/prefs-images/repositories_add.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5915c396
Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/hu/images/prefs-images/repositories_add.png differ
diff --git a/userguide/hu/keyboard-shortcuts.html b/userguide/hu/keyboard-shortcuts.html
index 79a81796..672529ed 100644
--- a/userguide/hu/keyboard-shortcuts.html
+++ b/userguide/hu/keyboard-shortcuts.html
@@ -56,7 +56,6 @@
-
Az oldal fordítása még folyamatban van. Amíg tart a fordítás, addig a lefordítatlan részek angolul jelennek meg.
Billentyűzet-kombinációk
@@ -141,8 +140,7 @@
SHIFTPage↑ / Page↓
A Terminálban lévő kimenet görgetése oldalanként.
TAB
Tab-kiegészítés. Miután leütöttünk néhány karaktert, nyomjuk le egyszer a TAB-ot, hogy automatikusan kiegészítse a fájl vagy útvonal nevét. Ha egynél több egyezést talál, akkor a kiegészítés ott megáll, amíg nem ütünk le újabb karaktereket a további szűréshez. Arra is lehetőségünk van, hogy kétszer üssük le a TAB-ot, így megkapjuk az összes egyezést.
↑ / ↓
A parancsok előzményei között váltogathatunk.
-
CTRLR
Bash history. All the commands you enter
-are stored in the file ~/config/settings/bash_history. Press CTRLR and start to enter a command and you'll be provided with the first match from the bash history. Keep pressing CTRLR until you find the right command line and press ENTER to execute it.
+
CTRLR
Bash előzmények. Minden kiadott parancs a ~/config/settings/bash_history fájlban van eltárolva. Nyomjuk le a CTRLR kombinációt, majd kezdjük el beírni a keresett parancsot addig, amíg az első taálat meg nem jelenik. Tartsuk lenyomva a CTRLR-t mindaddig, amíg meg nem találjuk a megfelelő parancsot, majd üssük le az ENTER-t a futtatáshoz.
Az oldal fordítása még folyamatban van. Amíg tart a fordítás, addig a lefordítatlan részek angolul jelennek meg.
+
+
Repositories
+
+
Deskbar:
Preferences
+
Location:
/boot/system/preferences/Repositories
+
Settings:
~/config/settings/Repositories_settings
+
+
Repositories are collections of software packages. Set up by default, there's the Haiku repo with all of the operating system's packages and HaikuPorts, which provides a large number of ported and native Haiku software. There are several more repositories, curated by members of the Haiku community. Checkout Software Sites on the website.
+
This is the preference panel to manage your respositories (you can open it also from HaikuDepot'sTools menu):
+
+
The first column in the list of known repositories shows if a repo is currently enabled. If it doesn't have a checkmark, it will not be queried by HaikuDepot or pkgman from the command line. Use the buttons to Enable or Disable the selected repositories, or double-click a repo to toggle the status.
+
Depending on the size of the repository and the speed of the internet connection, enabling a repository may take a few seconds. If it takes longer, you're informed of pending tasks in the little text box above the +/- buttons. If it takes unusually long, you'll be asked to either cancel or retry.
+
To be able to remove a repository completely with the "-" button, it has to be disabled.
+You add a new repository with the "" button, which will open this panel:
+
+
To add a new repository, just paste its URL into the text field. It'll be named "Unknown" until you enable it.
+
It goes without saying that adding a repository and downloading and installing software from it is a matter of trust. Don't carelessly just add any URL you happen upon on the internets.
+
+
+
diff --git a/userguide/hu/preferences/screen.html b/userguide/hu/preferences/screen.html
index 77509e6e..a9882234 100644
--- a/userguide/hu/preferences/screen.html
+++ b/userguide/hu/preferences/screen.html
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
@@ -109,7 +110,7 @@ Minden esetben próbáljunk rövid állapot-nevet megadni, így a Nyomkövető a
Lekérdezések használata
A levelek számára meg kell adni egy mappát, így minden levelünk egy helyen lesz majd. Csakhogy idővel a mappa túlzsúfolttá válhat, és a levelek betöltése, rendezése is hosszabb ideig tarthat. Ezen kívül pedig általában nem is törődünk a 2 évvel ezelőtti levelekkel...
-
A sok fájlt tartalmazó mappák beolvasása hosszú ideig tarthat, és a fájlok rendezése is időbe telhet. Ha meg akarsz nyitni egy sok fájlt tartalmazó mappát, akkor lerövidítheted a várakozási időt, ha közben a Nyomkövető ablakot "eltünteted", például elrejted vagy egy másik munkaasztalra rakod át. A Folyamatkezelővel a processzor használata is megfigyelhető.
+
A sok fájlt tartalmazó mappák beolvasása hosszú ideig tarthat, és a fájlok rendezése is időbe telhet. Ha meg akarsz nyitni egy sok fájlt tartalmazó mappát, akkor lerövidítheted a várakozási időt, ha közben a Nyomkövető ablakot "eltünteted", például elrejted vagy egy másik munkaasztalra rakod át. A Folyamatkezelővel a processzor használata is megfigyelhető.
A lekérdezések használatával leszűkíthetjük a levelek listáját. Például az Asztalsávon megjelenő ikon is lekérdezéseket használ.
diff --git a/userguide/images/prefs-images/repositories-icon_16.png b/userguide/images/prefs-images/repositories-icon_16.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5f56981f
Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/images/prefs-images/repositories-icon_16.png differ
diff --git a/userguide/images/prefs-images/repositories-icon_32.png b/userguide/images/prefs-images/repositories-icon_32.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..26f1a286
Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/images/prefs-images/repositories-icon_32.png differ
diff --git a/userguide/images/prefs-images/repositories-icon_64.png b/userguide/images/prefs-images/repositories-icon_64.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..822af83b
Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/images/prefs-images/repositories-icon_64.png differ
diff --git a/userguide/it/applications/cli-apps.html b/userguide/it/applications/cli-apps.html
index facf48c8..3eb05066 100644
--- a/userguide/it/applications/cli-apps.html
+++ b/userguide/it/applications/cli-apps.html
@@ -128,6 +128,11 @@ Would you like a link to it?" "On Desktop" "In Deskbar" "No thanks"
diskimage
diskimage lets you register a regular file as disk device. For example, you can register a Haiku anyboot image, mount it in Tracker and copy, edit or remove files there before using it as source in the Installer.
+
launch_roster
+
The launch_daemon starts all sorts of services and applications at boot-up. For some it was instructed to re-start them if they were quit. If you don't want that – maybe you'd like to test a modified Tracker, for example – you use launch_roster to stop the re-starting of the application before quitting it. Similarly, you can start it again or get info about it. Without parameter, launch_roster lists all apps/services that are under its control.
+For example, this will stop the re-launching of the Deskbar:
+
launch_roster stop x-vnd.be-tskb
+
mountvolume mount
mountvolume is preferred by many to mount local partitions and disks, because its usage is so easy: just call it with the name of the partition and you're done. Try --help for more options.
mount can additionally mount remote disks by using a network filesystem, like NFS4. You specify the used filesystem with the -t parameter and the remote location with the -p parameter. As filesystem parameter you can use anything you find in /system/add-ons/kernel/file_system (and corresponding file hierarchies under ~/config or "non-packaged", of course). You also have to create a folder as mountpoint. Here's an example:
@@ -135,6 +140,21 @@ Would you like a link to it?" "On Desktop" "In Deskbar" "No thanks"
mount -t nfs4 -p "192.168.178.3:volume1" /DiskStation
open
open è un'applicazione semplice ma anche molto pratica. Permette di aprire qualsiasi file con la sua applicazione preferita o avviare uno specifico programma a partire dalla sua firma senza la necessità di conoscerne l'esatto percorso. Il comando funziona anche con gli URL e con le cartelle "virtuali" (. indica la cartella corrente e .. indica la cartella superiore) aprendo la cartella direttamente nel Tracker.
+
ramdisk
+
A ramdisk is like a harddisk running only in the computer's memory. That makes it very fast but also volatile, because its contents vanishes when you shut down the computer, or it crashes or you experience a blackout.
+To create a ramdisk of 1 GiB, format to the name "RAMses" and mount it, you enter this in Terminal or create a script of it:
+
ramdisk create -s 1gb
+mkfs -q -t bfs /dev/disk/virtual/ram/0/raw RAMses
+mountvolume RAMses
+
Note: When creating a ramdisk, the ramdisk command prints out the path to it. If you create several disks, that path /dev/disk/virtual/ram/0/raw will change!
+
To preserve the contents, at least if no calamity like a blackout etc. strikes, a ramdisk can be set up to read/write an image on the harddisk. For that, you need to supply a file of the desired size that will be read from every time you start your ramdisk, and written to when you unmount it. To create an image file "RAMimage" of 500MiB and format it, do this:
It's very important to always cleanly unmount you ramdisk, either from Tracker or with unmount /RAMimage, or the changes won't be written back to the image file!
The last tab shows the detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far.
+
Here you find a detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far, if the maintainer of the package provides that information.
+
Contents
+
The last tab shows all the files and folders a package contains. This only works for already downloaded packages.
In the Tools menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to Refresh depots. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories.
-
Under Options you can choose to also Show develop packages and Show source packages in the packages list. For the normal user those are of no interest and would only clutter the list. They are important, however, for people who need the libraries, headers etc. of a package to develop and compile programs depending on them.
-
Of more interest are the other two items, Show available packages and Show installed packages, which are pretty self-explanatory.
In the Tools menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to Refresh repositories. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories. The other item is to Manage repositories.... It opens the Repositories preferences, to add/remove or disable and enable repositories.
+
Under Show you can deactivate Only featured packages. Now you'll always see all packages and not just the featured ones when HaikuDepot starts up or the search text field is empty.
+Furthermore, you can choose to also Show Develop packages and Source packages in the packages list. For the normal user those are of no interest and would only clutter the list. They are important, however, for people who need the libraries, headers etc. of a package to develop and compile programs depending on them.
+
Of more interest are the options to only show Available packages and Installed packages, which are pretty self-explanatory.
@@ -138,7 +145,7 @@ With the little thumb up/down icons to the right, you can show your approval or
After you've created a user account and are logged in, you can rate a package and leave a comment, if you want. Just hover the mouse over the rating stars in the info area of a package and they turn into a Rating... button. Click it to open the rating window:
Here you move the mouse over the stars to light them up and choose your rating, you can also choose from a number of levels to judge the stability of the application and pick the language of your optional comment. To make a comment meaningful, you should have worked with the application you're about to rate for a while to become familiar with its features, bugs and quirks. And don't write the next great American novel... keep it short, sweet and polite. :)
-After you click Send the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the Tools menu to Refresh depots before you can see your changes.
+After you click Send the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the Tools menu to Refresh repositories before you can see your changes.
At any time, you can come back and edit your comment and re-rate it. You can also hide your rating from other users by deactivating the checkbox Other users can see this rating.
diff --git a/userguide/it/applications/icon-o-matic.html b/userguide/it/applications/icon-o-matic.html
index 2e42e788..74f67dc4 100644
--- a/userguide/it/applications/icon-o-matic.html
+++ b/userguide/it/applications/icon-o-matic.html
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ Of course you can move these indicators to change the gradient to your liking. Y
Consigli e trucchetti
Di seguito alcune cose che bisognerebbe tenere a mente quando si lavora con Icon-O-Matic e alcuni consigli per il suo utilizzo:
-
Leggere le Linee guida per le icone per imparare quali sono le caratteristiche importanti per un'icona di Haiku, ad esempio la prospettiva, i colori e le ombre.
+
Leggere le Linee guida per le icone per imparare quali sono le caratteristiche importanti per un'icona di Haiku, ad esempio la prospettiva, i colori e le ombre.
Bisognerebbe sempre tentare di non abusare dell'utilizzo dei percorsi che risultano essere piuttosto costosi in termini di dimensione dei file. Riutilizzare i percorsi ove possibile e lavorare con forme manipolate o con i loro trasformatori. Si può risparmiare spazio con un uso adeguato dei gradienti.
Wherever possible, you should activate Snap-to-Grid from the Options menu when editing paths. Path points that align with the 64x64 pixel grid use less storage space. You'll also get the crispest look if points are set on exact pixel borders. For example, it is important to align the most prominent outlines with the 16x16 grid.
Controllare l'anteprima per verificare che l'icona 16x16 si veda ancora bene. Volendo, è possibile utilizzare le impostazioni del Livello di dettaglio descritte nella sezione delle Forme.
diff --git a/userguide/it/applications/list-cli-apps.html b/userguide/it/applications/list-cli-apps.html
index 640ef11f..c0dcc92b 100644
--- a/userguide/it/applications/list-cli-apps.html
+++ b/userguide/it/applications/list-cli-apps.html
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
@@ -98,7 +99,7 @@
Disables Advanced Configuration and Power Interface hardware support, overriding the ACPI setting in the kernel settings file.
Blacklist entries
Allows to select system files that shall be ignored. Useful e.g. to disable drivers temporarily. See Troubleshooting below.
-
Select debug options
Here you'll find several options that help with debugging or getting details for a bug report. Again, a short explanation for each option is displayed at the bottom.
+
Select debug options
Here you'll find several options that help with debugging or getting details for a bug report. Again, a short explanation for each option is displayed at the bottom.
Enable serial debug output
Turns on forwarding the syslog output to the serial interface (default: 115200, 8N1).
If Haiku refuses to boot on your hardware from the get-go, try out setting different options under Select safe mode options. Consider filing a bug report in any case.
+
If Haiku refuses to boot on your hardware from the get-go, try out setting different options under Select safe mode options. Consider filing a bug report in any case.
On the other hand, if Haiku only suddenly acts up after you have installed some software, especially hardware drivers, you have several options to get Haiku bootable again so you can uninstall the offending package:
Activating Safe mode will prevent most servers, daemons and the UserBootScript from being started.
diff --git a/userguide/it/images/prefs-images/repositories.png b/userguide/it/images/prefs-images/repositories.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..259c059e
Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/it/images/prefs-images/repositories.png differ
diff --git a/userguide/it/images/prefs-images/repositories_add.png b/userguide/it/images/prefs-images/repositories_add.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5915c396
Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/it/images/prefs-images/repositories_add.png differ
diff --git a/userguide/it/preferences.html b/userguide/it/preferences.html
index e7a58014..3fac5489 100644
--- a/userguide/it/preferences.html
+++ b/userguide/it/preferences.html
@@ -89,7 +89,9 @@
La traduzione di questa pagina non è stata completata. Per questo motivo le parti non tradotte sono visibili in inglese.
+
+
Repositories
+
+
Deskbar:
Preferences
+
Location:
/boot/system/preferences/Repositories
+
Settings:
~/config/settings/Repositories_settings
+
+
Repositories are collections of software packages. Set up by default, there's the Haiku repo with all of the operating system's packages and HaikuPorts, which provides a large number of ported and native Haiku software. There are several more repositories, curated by members of the Haiku community. Checkout Software Sites on the website.
+
This is the preference panel to manage your respositories (you can open it also from HaikuDepot'sTools menu):
+
+
The first column in the list of known repositories shows if a repo is currently enabled. If it doesn't have a checkmark, it will not be queried by HaikuDepot or pkgman from the command line. Use the buttons to Enable or Disable the selected repositories, or double-click a repo to toggle the status.
+
Depending on the size of the repository and the speed of the internet connection, enabling a repository may take a few seconds. If it takes longer, you're informed of pending tasks in the little text box above the +/- buttons. If it takes unusually long, you'll be asked to either cancel or retry.
+
To be able to remove a repository completely with the "-" button, it has to be disabled.
+You add a new repository with the "" button, which will open this panel:
+
+
To add a new repository, just paste its URL into the text field. It'll be named "Unknown" until you enable it.
+
It goes without saying that adding a repository and downloading and installing software from it is a matter of trust. Don't carelessly just add any URL you happen upon on the internets.
La traduzione di questa pagina non è stata completata. Per questo motivo le parti non tradotte sono visibili in inglese.
Suoni
Deskbar:
Preferenze
Localita:
/boot/system/preferences/Sounds
-
Impostazioni:
~/config/settings/Media/MediaFiles
+
Impostazioni:
~/config/settings/Media/MediaFilesManager
diff --git a/userguide/it/workshop-email.html b/userguide/it/workshop-email.html
index 09a0f29b..2b31571b 100644
--- a/userguide/it/workshop-email.html
+++ b/userguide/it/workshop-email.html
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ In any case, try to keep the status name short. That way it always fits in a nor
Using queries
Sure, you specify a folder to store all your email, you can open it et voilà, there's all you mail. But over time the folder becomes crowded and showing all will take longer and longer as thousands of files and their attributes have to be parsed and sorted. Also, most of the time you don't really care about two year old emails of Nigerian princes and their inheritory trouble ...
-
A lot of time when populating a folder is spent on putting files read from disk into the correct sorting order and displaying that in the window. If you do have to open a folder with a huge number of files, you can shorten the wait by making the Tracker window "invisible", i.e. either minimize it or change to another workspace. Watch ProcessController to see how it affects CPU usage.
+
A lot of time when populating a folder is spent on putting files read from disk into the correct sorting order and displaying that in the window. If you do have to open a folder with a huge number of files, you can shorten the wait by making the Tracker window "invisible", i.e. either minimize it or change to another workspace. Watch ProcessController to see how it affects CPU usage.
BePDF は高速に起動する PDF ビューアです。PDF を表示することに加えて、暗号化されていない PDF に注釈を加える機能や、ユーザーがブックマークを定義する機能をサポートしています。現在 20 ヶ国語について完全にローカライズされています。テキストファイルを編集することで、新しい言語を簡単に追加できます。
Write core file creates a possibly huge dump of the system's state. Better attach a regular debug report first when submitting a bug report and only provide a core file on request.
Here you'll find several options that help with debugging or getting details for a bug report. Again, a short explanation for each option is displayed at the bottom.
Enable serial debug output
syslog 出力のシリアルインターフェースへの転送をオンにします (デフォルト値: 115200, 8N1)。
If Haiku refuses to boot on your hardware from the get-go, try out setting different options under Select safe mode options. Consider filing a bug report in any case.
Bash history. All the commands you enter
-are stored in the file ~/config/settings/bash_history. Press CTRLR and start to enter a command and you'll be provided with the first match from the bash history. Keep pressing CTRLR until you find the right command line and press ENTER to execute it.
diff --git a/userguide/pl/applications/cli-apps.html b/userguide/pl/applications/cli-apps.html
index 1f774089..ad66c11a 100644
--- a/userguide/pl/applications/cli-apps.html
+++ b/userguide/pl/applications/cli-apps.html
@@ -123,6 +123,11 @@ Would you like a link to it?" "On Desktop" "In Deskbar" "No thanks"
diskimage
diskimage lets you register a regular file as disk device. For example, you can register a Haiku anyboot image, mount it in Tracker and copy, edit or remove files there before using it as source in the Installer.
+
launch_roster
+
The launch_daemon starts all sorts of services and applications at boot-up. For some it was instructed to re-start them if they were quit. If you don't want that – maybe you'd like to test a modified Tracker, for example – you use launch_roster to stop the re-starting of the application before quitting it. Similarly, you can start it again or get info about it. Without parameter, launch_roster lists all apps/services that are under its control.
+For example, this will stop the re-launching of the Deskbar:
+
launch_roster stop x-vnd.be-tskb
+
mountvolume mount
mountvolume is preferred by many to mount local partitions and disks, because its usage is so easy: just call it with the name of the partition and you're done. Try --help for more options.
mount can additionally mount remote disks by using a network filesystem, like NFS4. You specify the used filesystem with the -t parameter and the remote location with the -p parameter. As filesystem parameter you can use anything you find in /system/add-ons/kernel/file_system (and corresponding file hierarchies under ~/config or "non-packaged", of course). You also have to create a folder as mountpoint. Here's an example:
@@ -131,6 +136,21 @@ mount -t nfs4 -p "192.168.178.3:volume1" /DiskStation
open
open is a very handy little tool. With it you open any file with its preferred application, or start a specific application by its signature without the need to know its exact path. It also works with URLs and even with the "virtual" directories . for the current directory and .. for the parent, opening the folder in Tracker.
+
ramdisk
+
A ramdisk is like a harddisk running only in the computer's memory. That makes it very fast but also volatile, because its contents vanishes when you shut down the computer, or it crashes or you experience a blackout.
+To create a ramdisk of 1 GiB, format to the name "RAMses" and mount it, you enter this in Terminal or create a script of it:
+
ramdisk create -s 1gb
+mkfs -q -t bfs /dev/disk/virtual/ram/0/raw RAMses
+mountvolume RAMses
+
Note: When creating a ramdisk, the ramdisk command prints out the path to it. If you create several disks, that path /dev/disk/virtual/ram/0/raw will change!
+
To preserve the contents, at least if no calamity like a blackout etc. strikes, a ramdisk can be set up to read/write an image on the harddisk. For that, you need to supply a file of the desired size that will be read from every time you start your ramdisk, and written to when you unmount it. To create an image file "RAMimage" of 500MiB and format it, do this:
It's very important to always cleanly unmount you ramdisk, either from Tracker or with unmount /RAMimage, or the changes won't be written back to the image file!
The last tab shows the detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far.
+
Here you find a detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far, if the maintainer of the package provides that information.
+
Contents
+
The last tab shows all the files and folders a package contains. This only works for already downloaded packages.
In the Tools menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to Refresh depots. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories.
-
Under Options you can choose to also Show develop packages and Show source packages in the packages list. For the normal user those are of no interest and would only clutter the list. They are important, however, for people who need the libraries, headers etc. of a package to develop and compile programs depending on them.
-
Of more interest are the other two items, Show available packages and Show installed packages, which are pretty self-explanatory.
In the Tools menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to Refresh repositories. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories. The other item is to Manage repositories.... It opens the Repositories preferences, to add/remove or disable and enable repositories.
+
Under Show you can deactivate Only featured packages. Now you'll always see all packages and not just the featured ones when HaikuDepot starts up or the search text field is empty.
+Furthermore, you can choose to also Show Develop packages and Source packages in the packages list. For the normal user those are of no interest and would only clutter the list. They are important, however, for people who need the libraries, headers etc. of a package to develop and compile programs depending on them.
+
Of more interest are the options to only show Available packages and Installed packages, which are pretty self-explanatory.
@@ -140,7 +147,7 @@ With the little thumb up/down icons to the right, you can show your approval or
After you've created a user account and are logged in, you can rate a package and leave a comment, if you want. Just hover the mouse over the rating stars in the info area of a package and they turn into a Rating... button. Click it to open the rating window:
Here you move the mouse over the stars to light them up and choose your rating, you can also choose from a number of levels to judge the stability of the application and pick the language of your optional comment. To make a comment meaningful, you should have worked with the application you're about to rate for a while to become familiar with its features, bugs and quirks. And don't write the next great American novel... keep it short, sweet and polite. :)
-After you click Send the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the Tools menu to Refresh depots before you can see your changes.
+After you click Send the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the Tools menu to Refresh repositories before you can see your changes.
At any time, you can come back and edit your comment and re-rate it. You can also hide your rating from other users by deactivating the checkbox Other users can see this rating.
diff --git a/userguide/pl/applications/icon-o-matic.html b/userguide/pl/applications/icon-o-matic.html
index 01407adf..04b6d028 100644
--- a/userguide/pl/applications/icon-o-matic.html
+++ b/userguide/pl/applications/icon-o-matic.html
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ Of course you can move these indicators to change the gradient to your liking. Y
Tips & Tricks
A few things you should keep in mind when working with Icon-O-Matic and some general tips for its usage:
-
Read the Icon Guidelines to learn about important characteristics of Haiku icons, e.g. perspective, colors and shadows.
+
Read the Icon Guidelines to learn about important characteristics of Haiku icons, e.g. perspective, colors and shadows.
You should always try to minimize your use of paths, those are the most expensive, file size wise. Re-use paths wherever possible and work with manipulated shapes and their transformers instead. Smart use of gradients can also save space.
Wherever possible, you should activate Snap-to-Grid from the Options menu when editing paths. Path points that align with the 64x64 pixel grid use less storage space. You'll also get the crispest look if points are set on exact pixel borders. For example, it is important to align the most prominent outlines with the 16x16 grid.
Check the preview to see if your icon still looks good in 16x16. You may want to use the Level Of Detail settings described in the Shapes section.
Tłumaczenie tej strony jest niekompletne. Nieukończone części wyświetlane są w języku angielskim.
+
+
Repositories
+
+
Deskbar:
Preferences
+
Location:
/boot/system/preferences/Repositories
+
Settings:
~/config/settings/Repositories_settings
+
+
Repositories are collections of software packages. Set up by default, there's the Haiku repo with all of the operating system's packages and HaikuPorts, which provides a large number of ported and native Haiku software. There are several more repositories, curated by members of the Haiku community. Checkout Software Sites on the website.
+
This is the preference panel to manage your respositories (you can open it also from HaikuDepot'sTools menu):
+
+
The first column in the list of known repositories shows if a repo is currently enabled. If it doesn't have a checkmark, it will not be queried by HaikuDepot or pkgman from the command line. Use the buttons to Enable or Disable the selected repositories, or double-click a repo to toggle the status.
+
Depending on the size of the repository and the speed of the internet connection, enabling a repository may take a few seconds. If it takes longer, you're informed of pending tasks in the little text box above the +/- buttons. If it takes unusually long, you'll be asked to either cancel or retry.
+
To be able to remove a repository completely with the "-" button, it has to be disabled.
+You add a new repository with the "" button, which will open this panel:
+
+
To add a new repository, just paste its URL into the text field. It'll be named "Unknown" until you enable it.
+
It goes without saying that adding a repository and downloading and installing software from it is a matter of trust. Don't carelessly just add any URL you happen upon on the internets.
The last tab shows the detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far.
+
Here you find a detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far, if the maintainer of the package provides that information.
+
Contents
+
The last tab shows all the files and folders a package contains. This only works for already downloaded packages.
In the Tools menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to Refresh depots. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories.
-
Under Options you can choose to also Show develop packages and Show source packages in the packages list. For the normal user those are of no interest and would only clutter the list. They are important, however, for people who need the libraries, headers etc. of a package to develop and compile programs depending on them.
-
Of more interest are the other two items, Show available packages and Show installed packages, which are pretty self-explanatory.
In the Tools menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to Refresh repositories. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories. The other item is to Manage repositories.... It opens the Repositories preferences, to add/remove or disable and enable repositories.
+
Under Show you can deactivate Only featured packages. Now you'll always see all packages and not just the featured ones when HaikuDepot starts up or the search text field is empty.
+Furthermore, you can choose to also Show Develop packages and Source packages in the packages list. For the normal user those are of no interest and would only clutter the list. They are important, however, for people who need the libraries, headers etc. of a package to develop and compile programs depending on them.
+
Of more interest are the options to only show Available packages and Installed packages, which are pretty self-explanatory.
@@ -141,7 +148,7 @@ With the little thumb up/down icons to the right, you can show your approval or
After you've created a user account and are logged in, you can rate a package and leave a comment, if you want. Just hover the mouse over the rating stars in the info area of a package and they turn into a Rating... button. Click it to open the rating window:
Here you move the mouse over the stars to light them up and choose your rating, you can also choose from a number of levels to judge the stability of the application and pick the language of your optional comment. To make a comment meaningful, you should have worked with the application you're about to rate for a while to become familiar with its features, bugs and quirks. And don't write the next great American novel... keep it short, sweet and polite. :)
-After you click Send the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the Tools menu to Refresh depots before you can see your changes.
+After you click Send the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the Tools menu to Refresh repositories before you can see your changes.
At any time, you can come back and edit your comment and re-rate it. You can also hide your rating from other users by deactivating the checkbox Other users can see this rating.
diff --git a/userguide/pt_BR/applications/icon-o-matic.html b/userguide/pt_BR/applications/icon-o-matic.html
index 2f68758f..484f65b9 100644
--- a/userguide/pt_BR/applications/icon-o-matic.html
+++ b/userguide/pt_BR/applications/icon-o-matic.html
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ Naturalmente pode-se mover estes indicadores para alterar o gradiente ao seu gos
Dicas & Truques
Mantenha em mente umas poucas coisas quando trabalhar com o Icon-O-Mático e algumas dicas gerais para sua utilização:
-
Leia os Parâmetros para Ícones para aprender sobre importantes características dos ícones do Haiku, por exemplo perspectiva, cores e sombras.
+
Leia os Parâmetros para Ícones para aprender sobre importantes características dos ícones do Haiku, por exemplo perspectiva, cores e sombras.
Deve sempre tentar minimizar o uso de caminhos, aqueles que são mais custosos, racionalizando o tamanho do arquivo. Reutilize caminhos onde for possível e ao invés disso trabalhe com formas manipuladas e seus transformadores. O uso inteligente de gradientes também pode economizar espaço.
Onde for possível, deve ativar Alinhar à grade a partir do menu Opções quando editar caminhos. Pontos de caminho alinhados com a grade de 64x64 pixels utiliza menos espaço de armazenamento. Também poderá obter o visual mais crespo se os pontos forem definidos nas bordas de pixel exatas. Por exemplo, é importante alinhar os contornos mais proeminentes com a grade de 16x16.
Confira a pré-visualização para ver se seu ícone ainda aparenta bem em 16x16. Poderá querer utilizar as definições de Nível De Detalhe descritas na seção Formas.
Exibir Imagem permite ver imagens em todos os formatos que são suportados através dos Tradutores de Dados. Novos formatos são automaticamente reconhecidos quando seu tradutor é adicionado ao sistema. Isto é feito para arquivos de ícones vetoriais do Haiku, imagens do WonderBrush ou quando imagens WebP tornam-se disponíveis, por exemplo.
+
Exibir Imagem permite ver imagens em todos os formatos que são suportados através dos Tradutores de Dados. Novos formatos são automaticamente reconhecidos quando seu tradutor é adicionado ao sistema. Isto é feito para arquivos de ícones vetoriais do Haiku, imagens do WonderBrush ou quando imagens WebP tornam-se disponíveis, por exemplo.
Exibir Imagem proporciona funcionalidades de edição mínimas para cortas, rotacionar e inverter imagens e para salvá-las em outro formato.
Blacklist entries
Allows to select system files that shall be ignored. Useful e.g. to disable drivers temporarily. See Troubleshooting below.
Selecionar opções de depuração
-
Aqui encontram-se diversas opções que ajudam a depurar ou obter detalhes para um relatório de erros. Novamente, uma explanação curta para cada opção é mostrada na base da tela.
-
+
Aqui encontram-se diversas opções que ajudam a depurar ou obter detalhes para um relatório de erros. Novamente, uma explanação curta para cada opção é mostrada na base da tela.
Habilitar saída de depuração serial
Liga o encaminhamento da saída do relatório de sistema para a interface serial (padrão: 115200, 8N1).
Se o Haiku se recusa a iniciar em seu equipamento desde o início, experimente definir opções diferentes em Selecionar opções de modo seguro. Considere gerar um relatório de erro em todo caso.
+
Se o Haiku se recusa a iniciar em seu equipamento desde o início, experimente definir opções diferentes em Selecionar opções de modo seguro. Considere gerar um relatório de erro em todo caso.
Por outro lado, se o Haiku apenas age de repente após ter instalado alguns programas, especialmente drivers de dispositivo, existem várias opções para tornar o Haiku iniciável novamente para fazer tudo certo, ao desinstalar os pacotes problemáticos novamente:
Ativar Modo seguro evitará que a maioria dos servidores, daemons e o UserBootScript sejam iniciados.
diff --git a/userguide/pt_BR/images/prefs-images/repositories.png b/userguide/pt_BR/images/prefs-images/repositories.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..259c059e
Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/pt_BR/images/prefs-images/repositories.png differ
diff --git a/userguide/pt_BR/images/prefs-images/repositories_add.png b/userguide/pt_BR/images/prefs-images/repositories_add.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5915c396
Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/pt_BR/images/prefs-images/repositories_add.png differ
diff --git a/userguide/pt_BR/images/prefs-images/screen.png b/userguide/pt_BR/images/prefs-images/screen.png
index 75cfe8bc..3fb219a4 100644
Binary files a/userguide/pt_BR/images/prefs-images/screen.png and b/userguide/pt_BR/images/prefs-images/screen.png differ
diff --git a/userguide/pt_BR/preferences.html b/userguide/pt_BR/preferences.html
index 5678d125..31ceb131 100644
--- a/userguide/pt_BR/preferences.html
+++ b/userguide/pt_BR/preferences.html
@@ -87,7 +87,9 @@
A tradução desta página ainda não está completa. Até lá, partes incompletas mostrarão o original em inglês.
+
+
Repositories
+
+
Deskbar:
Preferences
+
Location:
/boot/system/preferences/Repositories
+
Settings:
~/config/settings/Repositories_settings
+
+
Repositories are collections of software packages. Set up by default, there's the Haiku repo with all of the operating system's packages and HaikuPorts, which provides a large number of ported and native Haiku software. There are several more repositories, curated by members of the Haiku community. Checkout Software Sites on the website.
+
This is the preference panel to manage your respositories (you can open it also from HaikuDepot'sTools menu):
+
+
The first column in the list of known repositories shows if a repo is currently enabled. If it doesn't have a checkmark, it will not be queried by HaikuDepot or pkgman from the command line. Use the buttons to Enable or Disable the selected repositories, or double-click a repo to toggle the status.
+
Depending on the size of the repository and the speed of the internet connection, enabling a repository may take a few seconds. If it takes longer, you're informed of pending tasks in the little text box above the +/- buttons. If it takes unusually long, you'll be asked to either cancel or retry.
+
To be able to remove a repository completely with the "-" button, it has to be disabled.
+You add a new repository with the "" button, which will open this panel:
+
+
To add a new repository, just paste its URL into the text field. It'll be named "Unknown" until you enable it.
+
It goes without saying that adding a repository and downloading and installing software from it is a matter of trust. Don't carelessly just add any URL you happen upon on the internets.
+
+
+
diff --git a/userguide/pt_BR/preferences/screen.html b/userguide/pt_BR/preferences/screen.html
index 1e0111a6..d7c3e0c5 100644
--- a/userguide/pt_BR/preferences/screen.html
+++ b/userguide/pt_BR/preferences/screen.html
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
@@ -109,7 +110,7 @@ Em todo caso, tente manter o estado com o nome curto. Assim ele sempre ficará e
Utilizando consultas
Certo, você especifica uma pasta para armazenar todas as suas mensagens, pode abrí-la e voilà, lá estão todas as suas mensagens. Mas progressivamente a pasta torna-se lotada e mostrar tudo tomará mais e mais tempo com milhares de arquivos e seus atributos sendo analisados e ordenados. Também, na maior parte do tempo você não realmente não liga pra mensagens de dois anos atrás dos príncipes nigerianos e seus problemas com herança...
-
Muito tempo de preenchimento de uma pasta é gasto em colocar arquivos lidos do disco dentro da ordem correta e exibir na janela. Se precisa abrir uma pasta com um número enorme de arquivos, pode reduzir a espera fazendo a janela do Rastreador "invisível", ou seja, tanto minimizá-la ou mudar para outro espeço de trabalho. Leia Controlador de Processo para ver como ela afeta a utilização da CPU.
+
Muito tempo de preenchimento de uma pasta é gasto em colocar arquivos lidos do disco dentro da ordem correta e exibir na janela. Se precisa abrir uma pasta com um número enorme de arquivos, pode reduzir a espera fazendo a janela do Rastreador "invisível", ou seja, tanto minimizá-la ou mudar para outro espeço de trabalho. Leia Controlador de Processo para ver como ela afeta a utilização da CPU.
Ao utilizar consultas, pode-se visualizar suas mensagens usando seta para baixo. Em verdade, o ícone da caixa de correio na Deskbar utiliza consultas.
diff --git a/userguide/pt_PT/applications/cli-apps.html b/userguide/pt_PT/applications/cli-apps.html
index 6d775457..a7eef043 100644
--- a/userguide/pt_PT/applications/cli-apps.html
+++ b/userguide/pt_PT/applications/cli-apps.html
@@ -123,6 +123,11 @@ Would you like a link to it?" "On Desktop" "In Deskbar" "No thanks"
diskimage
diskimage lets you register a regular file as disk device. For example, you can register a Haiku anyboot image, mount it in Tracker and copy, edit or remove files there before using it as source in the Installer.
+
launch_roster
+
The launch_daemon starts all sorts of services and applications at boot-up. For some it was instructed to re-start them if they were quit. If you don't want that – maybe you'd like to test a modified Tracker, for example – you use launch_roster to stop the re-starting of the application before quitting it. Similarly, you can start it again or get info about it. Without parameter, launch_roster lists all apps/services that are under its control.
+For example, this will stop the re-launching of the Deskbar:
+
launch_roster stop x-vnd.be-tskb
+
mountvolume mount
mountvolume is preferred by many to mount local partitions and disks, because its usage is so easy: just call it with the name of the partition and you're done. Try --help for more options.
mount can additionally mount remote disks by using a network filesystem, like NFS4. You specify the used filesystem with the -t parameter and the remote location with the -p parameter. As filesystem parameter you can use anything you find in /system/add-ons/kernel/file_system (and corresponding file hierarchies under ~/config or "non-packaged", of course). You also have to create a folder as mountpoint. Here's an example:
@@ -131,6 +136,21 @@ mount -t nfs4 -p "192.168.178.3:volume1" /DiskStation
open
open is a very handy little tool. With it you open any file with its preferred application, or start a specific application by its signature without the need to know its exact path. It also works with URLs and even with the "virtual" directories . for the current directory and .. for the parent, opening the folder in Tracker.
+
ramdisk
+
A ramdisk is like a harddisk running only in the computer's memory. That makes it very fast but also volatile, because its contents vanishes when you shut down the computer, or it crashes or you experience a blackout.
+To create a ramdisk of 1 GiB, format to the name "RAMses" and mount it, you enter this in Terminal or create a script of it:
+
ramdisk create -s 1gb
+mkfs -q -t bfs /dev/disk/virtual/ram/0/raw RAMses
+mountvolume RAMses
+
Note: When creating a ramdisk, the ramdisk command prints out the path to it. If you create several disks, that path /dev/disk/virtual/ram/0/raw will change!
+
To preserve the contents, at least if no calamity like a blackout etc. strikes, a ramdisk can be set up to read/write an image on the harddisk. For that, you need to supply a file of the desired size that will be read from every time you start your ramdisk, and written to when you unmount it. To create an image file "RAMimage" of 500MiB and format it, do this:
It's very important to always cleanly unmount you ramdisk, either from Tracker or with unmount /RAMimage, or the changes won't be written back to the image file!
The last tab shows the detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far.
+
Here you find a detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far, if the maintainer of the package provides that information.
+
Contents
+
The last tab shows all the files and folders a package contains. This only works for already downloaded packages.
In the Tools menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to Refresh depots. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories.
-
Under Options you can choose to also Show develop packages and Show source packages in the packages list. For the normal user those are of no interest and would only clutter the list. They are important, however, for people who need the libraries, headers etc. of a package to develop and compile programs depending on them.
-
Of more interest are the other two items, Show available packages and Show installed packages, which are pretty self-explanatory.
In the Tools menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to Refresh repositories. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories. The other item is to Manage repositories.... It opens the Repositories preferences, to add/remove or disable and enable repositories.
+
Under Show you can deactivate Only featured packages. Now you'll always see all packages and not just the featured ones when HaikuDepot starts up or the search text field is empty.
+Furthermore, you can choose to also Show Develop packages and Source packages in the packages list. For the normal user those are of no interest and would only clutter the list. They are important, however, for people who need the libraries, headers etc. of a package to develop and compile programs depending on them.
+
Of more interest are the options to only show Available packages and Installed packages, which are pretty self-explanatory.
@@ -138,7 +145,7 @@ With the little thumb up/down icons to the right, you can show your approval or
After you've created a user account and are logged in, you can rate a package and leave a comment, if you want. Just hover the mouse over the rating stars in the info area of a package and they turn into a Rating... button. Click it to open the rating window:
Here you move the mouse over the stars to light them up and choose your rating, you can also choose from a number of levels to judge the stability of the application and pick the language of your optional comment. To make a comment meaningful, you should have worked with the application you're about to rate for a while to become familiar with its features, bugs and quirks. And don't write the next great American novel... keep it short, sweet and polite. :)
-After you click Send the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the Tools menu to Refresh depots before you can see your changes.
+After you click Send the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the Tools menu to Refresh repositories before you can see your changes.
At any time, you can come back and edit your comment and re-rate it. You can also hide your rating from other users by deactivating the checkbox Other users can see this rating.
diff --git a/userguide/pt_PT/applications/icon-o-matic.html b/userguide/pt_PT/applications/icon-o-matic.html
index c7999dc0..8805b0d3 100644
--- a/userguide/pt_PT/applications/icon-o-matic.html
+++ b/userguide/pt_PT/applications/icon-o-matic.html
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ Of course you can move these indicators to change the gradient to your liking. Y
Tips & Tricks
A few things you should keep in mind when working with Icon-O-Matic and some general tips for its usage:
-
Read the Icon Guidelines to learn about important characteristics of Haiku icons, e.g. perspective, colors and shadows.
+
Read the Icon Guidelines to learn about important characteristics of Haiku icons, e.g. perspective, colors and shadows.
You should always try to minimize your use of paths, those are the most expensive, file size wise. Re-use paths wherever possible and work with manipulated shapes and their transformers instead. Smart use of gradients can also save space.
Wherever possible, you should activate Snap-to-Grid from the Options menu when editing paths. Path points that align with the 64x64 pixel grid use less storage space. You'll also get the crispest look if points are set on exact pixel borders. For example, it is important to align the most prominent outlines with the 16x16 grid.
Check the preview to see if your icon still looks good in 16x16. You may want to use the Level Of Detail settings described in the Shapes section.
The translation of this page isn't yet complete. Until it is, unfinished parts use the English original.
+
+
Repositories
+
+
Deskbar:
Preferences
+
Location:
/boot/system/preferences/Repositories
+
Settings:
~/config/settings/Repositories_settings
+
+
Repositories are collections of software packages. Set up by default, there's the Haiku repo with all of the operating system's packages and HaikuPorts, which provides a large number of ported and native Haiku software. There are several more repositories, curated by members of the Haiku community. Checkout Software Sites on the website.
+
This is the preference panel to manage your respositories (you can open it also from HaikuDepot'sTools menu):
+
+
The first column in the list of known repositories shows if a repo is currently enabled. If it doesn't have a checkmark, it will not be queried by HaikuDepot or pkgman from the command line. Use the buttons to Enable or Disable the selected repositories, or double-click a repo to toggle the status.
+
Depending on the size of the repository and the speed of the internet connection, enabling a repository may take a few seconds. If it takes longer, you're informed of pending tasks in the little text box above the +/- buttons. If it takes unusually long, you'll be asked to either cancel or retry.
+
To be able to remove a repository completely with the "-" button, it has to be disabled.
+You add a new repository with the "" button, which will open this panel:
+
+
To add a new repository, just paste its URL into the text field. It'll be named "Unknown" until you enable it.
+
It goes without saying that adding a repository and downloading and installing software from it is a matter of trust. Don't carelessly just add any URL you happen upon on the internets.
Traducerea acestei pagini nu este completă încă. Până când va fi, părțile incomplete utilizează originalul în limba engleză.
BePDF
-
Deskbar:
Aplicații
+
Deskbar:
Applications
Locație:
/boot/system/apps/BePDF/BePDF
-
Documentation:
/boot/system/apps/BePDF/docs/*
+
Documentație:
/boot/system/apps/BePDF/docs/*
Configurări:
~/config/settings/BePDF
-
BePDF is a fast launching PDF viewer. Besides viewing, it supports annotating and user-defined bookmarking for unencrypted PDFs. It's fully localized for 20 languages at the moment with additional languages being easily added via text files.
-
Documentation is available as HTML or PDF. The latter will also open from the menu Help | Show Help....
+
BePDF este un vizualizator PDF care se lansează rapid. Pe lângă vizualizare, permite adnotarea și crearea de semne de carte definite de utilizator pentru PDF-uri necriptate. Este localizat complet pentru 20 de limbi străine în acest moment cu limbi străine adiționale fiind adăugate ușor via fișiere text.
+
Documentația este disponibilă ca HTML sau PDF. Cea din urmă se va deschide de asemenea din meniul Ajutor | Afișare ajutor....
Traducerea acestei pagini nu este completă încă. Până când va fi, părțile incomplete utilizează originalul în limba engleză.
BootManager
-
Deskbar:
No entry, normally started from Installer's Tools menu
+
Deskbar:
Nicio intrare, de obicei pornit din meniul Unelte al Installer
Locație:
/boot/system/apps/BootManager
-
Configurări:
none MBR backups are saved by default in ~/config/settings/bootman/
+
Configurări:
nimic Copiile de rezervă MBR sunt salvate implici în ~/config/settings/bootman/
-
If you don't add the Haiku partition to an existing boot manager like GRUB, BootManager can install a small boot menu in the Master Boot Record (MBR) that looks something like this:
+
Dacă nu adăugați partiția Haiku la un gestionar de boot precum GRUB, BootManager poate instala un meniu de boot minimalist în Master Boot Record (MBR) care arată în felul următor:
-
Boot Manager isn't yet tested very well and still has a few restrictions that it will complain about if they aren't met: the menu can only be installed on your first harddisk and there has to be a 2KiB space after the Master Boot Record (MBR).
-
BootManager guides you through the installation process of the boot menu.
+
BootManager încă nu este testat foarte bine și mai are câteva restricții de care vă va atenționa dacă nu v-ați ocupat de ele: meniul poate fi instalat doar pe primul hard disc și trebuie să existe un spațiu de 2KiB după Master Boot Record (MBR).
+
BootManager vă ghidează prin procesul de instalare al meniului de pornire a sistemului.
The BootManager starts off with a list of all available drives from which you choose the destination. If there's already a boot menu on that drive, the Uninstall button becomes active, leading you through the simple procedure to restore a formerly backed-up MBR, thereby removing the boot menu again.
-Otherwise, choose Install to continue.
+
BootManager începe cu o listă cu toate discurile disponibile din care alegeți destinația. Dacă deja există un meniu de boot pe acel disc, butonul Dezinstalare devine activ, care vă conduce prin procedura simplă de recuperare a copiei de rezervă MBR, în acest fel eliminând din nou meniul de boot.
+Alfter, alegeți Instalare pentru a continua.
In case anything goes wrong or you want to remove the boot menu again, the Master Boot Record (MBR) is now saved. This is obviously a very important step, make sure you don't accidentally overwrite some other MBR-backup maybe from some earlier experimentation, for example!
În cazul în care ceva nu merge bine sau doriți să eliminați din nou meniul de boot, Master Boot Record (MBR) este acum salvată. Acesta este evident un pas foarte important, asigurați-vă, de exemplu, că nu suprascrieți accidental altă copie de rezervă MBR de la un eventual experiment anterior!
-
Just select a destination for the backup file "MBR" or leave the default path. After clicking Next you'll get a confirmation if the backup was successful.
+
Selectați doar destinația pentru fișierul copiei de rezervă „MBR” sau lăsați calea implicită. După ce ați dat clic pe Următorul veți primi o confirmare dacă s-a realizat cu succes copia de rezervă.
Next you're presented with a list of all partitions on the destination drive. By setting checkmarks you decide what entries will appear in the boot menu, the text boxes allow you to rename an entry.
-
After that, you pick from the pop-up menu which partition will be booted from by default and set a timeout with the slider below. Here, "Immediately" will skip the boot menu entirely, "Never" will just stop at the boot menu. You can override the timeout setting by holding ALT while booting.
+
După asta vă este prezentată o listă cu toate partițiile de pe discul destinație. Prin adăugarea de marcaje decideți care intrări vor apărea în meniul de boot, căsuțele de text vă permit să redenumiți o intrare.
+
După aceea, alegeți din meniul contextual de pe care partiție se va porni implicit sistemul și stabiliți o limită de timp cu glisorul de mai jos. Aici „Imediat" va sări peste meniul de boot cu totul, "Niciodată" doar se va opri la meniul de boot. Puteți suprascrie configurarea de limită de timp prin ținerea apăsată a tastei ALT în timpul pornirii sistemului.
Before the boot menu is written to the MBR, you'll get a summary of your configuration and then one last chance to abort the operation. Don't worry though, as long as you keep the MBR backup safe, you can easily revert the changes. Should things get thoroughly messed up, you can always boot from a Haiku install CD or USB stick and write back the MBR backup with BootManager.
+
Înainte ca meniul de boot să fie scris la MBR, veți primi un rezumat al configurării și apoi o ultimă șansă să anulați operația. Nu vă faceți griji totuși, atât timp cât păstrați în siguranță copia de rezervă MBR, veți putea să întoarceți modificările cu ușurință. Dacă lucrurile se încurcă peste măsură, puteți să porniți întotdeauna de pe un CD sau stick USB de instalare Haiku și să scrieți înapoi copia de rezervă MBR cu BootManager.
Traducerea acestei pagini nu este completă încă. Până când va fi, părțile incomplete utilizează originalul în limba engleză.
CharacterMap
-
Deskbar:
Aplicații
+
Deskbar:
Applications
Locație:
/boot/system/apps/CharacterMap
Configurări:
~/config/settings/CharacterMap settings
-
CharacterMap will show you the UTF-8 code of every character a font supports.
+
CharacterMap vă va arăta codul UTF-8 al fiecărui caracter admis de un font.
-
To the left you have the standardized blocks, together with a handy filter function. Optionally, you can choose to also Show private blocks from the View menu. The right shows the actual characters in these blocks, using the font specified in the Font menu. Below that you can change the font size. And below that, the values of the character currently under the mouse pointer is displayed in hex, decimal and UTF-8 notation.
-
You can drag&drop a character directly from the character map into a text editor, or right-click on one to either Copy character (ALTC) or Copy as escaped byte string (SHIFTALTC). Resulting in, e.g. either € or \xe2\x82\xac.
+
La stânga aveți blocurile standardizate, împreună cu o utilă funcție de filtru.
+Opțional, puteți de asemenea să alegeți Afișează blocuri private din meniul Vizualizare. La dreapta se arată caracterele efective din aceste blocuri, utlizând fontul specificat în meniul Font.
+Mai jos puteți să schimbați dimensiunea fontului. Și mai jos, valorile caracterului curent de sub indicatorul de mouse sunt afișate în notație hex, zecimal și UTF-8.
+
Puteți să trageți&plasați un caracter direct din harta de caractere într-un editor de text, sau dublu clic pe unul la Copiază caracter (ALTC) sau Copiază un șir de octeți escapat (SHIFTALTC). Rezultând în, ex: € sau \xe2\x82\xac.
All commandline applications shipped with Haiku are in /boot/system/bin/. Your own or additionally installed commandline apps will appear there as well, or in ~/config/bin/, when installed from a .hpkg package. Otherwise you can put them into /boot/system/non-packaged/bin/ or ~/config/non-packaged/bin/. All these locations are part of the PATH variable and are therefore automatically found.
The following isn't an exhaustive list of all Haiku-specific CLI apps, it serves just to highlight a few of the most useful to give you a taste. Feel encouraged to explore what's in the bin/ folders on your own a bit. Executing an app with the parameter --help shows the usage of the command and all its various options.
These commands are used to display, read out, add and remove attributes of files. Remember that these meta data are currently only available on BFS formatted volumes. Moving files onto other file systems will strip all attributes!
All these commands are described in topic Attributes in Terminal.
With these commands you list, make, reindex and remove attributes to BFS' index. Every volume has it's own index, remember that when copying files from one volume to another.
These commands are described in topic Index.
The package command is used to manage HPKG packages. Have a look at the article Installing applications to learn the very basics. Usually the tool haikuporter is used to create so-called recipes for automatic package building.
pkgman is used to search, install, update and uninstall packages. Package repositories can be added, dropped and their package lists refreshed. A special kind of update is invoked with the parameter full-sync: It is more aggressive and also downgrades or removes packages, if necessary.
For more details on a parameter, append "--help", e.g. pkgman search --help.
Iată câteva comenzi utile din linia de comandă care sunt în special utilizate pentru scriptare (vedeți și subiectul Bash și Scriptare).
alert
alert conjures up the typical alert window with a pre-defined icon, explanatory text and up to three buttons. It will return the title of the pressed button and an exit status (starting with 0). For example, this is made of the line:
@@ -105,7 +104,7 @@ Would you like a link to it?" "On Desktop" "In Deskbar" "No thanks"
query is the commandline version of the Find panel. In fact, a quick way to generate the search term is to build a query in the Find panel, switch to by formula, add double quotes (") in front and back and paste the whole string after your query command in Terminal or your script.
waitfor
-
waitfor is a nice way to wait for a particular application or thread to be started or to have ended.
+
waitfor este o metodă bună de a aștepta pornirea sau oprirea unei aplicații sau fir de execuție specific.
@@ -113,7 +112,7 @@ Would you like a link to it?" "On Desktop" "In Deskbar" "No thanks"
checkfs
-
checkfs is an important tool to check for errors in your file system. Simply add a volume name like /Haiku or device path and it'll run through every file and correct inconsistencies where possible.
+
checkfs este o unealtă importantă pentru verificarea de erori în sistemul de fișiere. Adăugați un nume de volum ca /Haiku sau o cale către un dispozitiv și va trece prin fiecare fișier și va corecta incoerențe acolo unde este posibil.
desklink
desklink can install an icon for any file, folder, query or application in the Deskbar tray. It also offers the option to provide a context menu when right-clicking an icon to execute special actions. As an example, try this to add the commandline app screenshot with various options (the "\" in the first line is just for the line break in Terminal):
@@ -125,6 +124,11 @@ Would you like a link to it?" "On Desktop" "In Deskbar" "No thanks"
diskimage
diskimage lets you register a regular file as disk device. For example, you can register a Haiku anyboot image, mount it in Tracker and copy, edit or remove files there before using it as source in the Installer.
+
launch_roster
+
The launch_daemon starts all sorts of services and applications at boot-up. For some it was instructed to re-start them if they were quit. If you don't want that – maybe you'd like to test a modified Tracker, for example – you use launch_roster to stop the re-starting of the application before quitting it. Similarly, you can start it again or get info about it. Without parameter, launch_roster lists all apps/services that are under its control.
+For example, this will stop the re-launching of the Deskbar:
+
launch_roster stop x-vnd.be-tskb
+
mountvolume mount
mountvolume is preferred by many to mount local partitions and disks, because its usage is so easy: just call it with the name of the partition and you're done. Try --help for more options.
mount can additionally mount remote disks by using a network filesystem, like NFS4. You specify the used filesystem with the -t parameter and the remote location with the -p parameter. As filesystem parameter you can use anything you find in /system/add-ons/kernel/file_system (and corresponding file hierarchies under ~/config or "non-packaged", of course). You also have to create a folder as mountpoint. Here's an example:
@@ -133,6 +137,21 @@ mount -t nfs4 -p "192.168.178.3:volume1" /DiskStation
open
open is a very handy little tool. With it you open any file with its preferred application, or start a specific application by its signature without the need to know its exact path. It also works with URLs and even with the "virtual" directories . for the current directory and .. for the parent, opening the folder in Tracker.
+
ramdisk
+
A ramdisk is like a harddisk running only in the computer's memory. That makes it very fast but also volatile, because its contents vanishes when you shut down the computer, or it crashes or you experience a blackout.
+To create a ramdisk of 1 GiB, format to the name "RAMses" and mount it, you enter this in Terminal or create a script of it:
+
ramdisk create -s 1gb
+mkfs -q -t bfs /dev/disk/virtual/ram/0/raw RAMses
+mountvolume RAMses
+
Note: When creating a ramdisk, the ramdisk command prints out the path to it. If you create several disks, that path /dev/disk/virtual/ram/0/raw will change!
+
To preserve the contents, at least if no calamity like a blackout etc. strikes, a ramdisk can be set up to read/write an image on the harddisk. For that, you need to supply a file of the desired size that will be read from every time you start your ramdisk, and written to when you unmount it. To create an image file "RAMimage" of 500MiB and format it, do this:
It's very important to always cleanly unmount you ramdisk, either from Tracker or with unmount /RAMimage, or the changes won't be written back to the image file!
Traducerea acestei pagini nu este completă încă. Până când va fi, părțile incomplete utilizează originalul în limba engleză.
CodyCam
-
Deskbar:
Aplicații
+
Deskbar:
Applications
Locație:
/boot/system/apps/CodyCam
Configurări:
~/config/settings/codycam
-
With CodyCam you take pictures at a specified interval from a connected webcam or any other video-in device and save it via FTP.
+
Cu ajutorul lui CodyCam aveți posibilitatea să faceți poze la un interval specific de la o cameră web sau alt dispozitiv video-in și să le salvați via FTP.
-
To the left under the preview, you set the filename that'll be suffixed with an increasing number for every picture taken. Beneath that you decide on the file format and the rate the pictures are taken.
-
To the right you choose either FTP or sFTP (if SSH is available) and enter the needed data to save the images on a server.
+
La stânga sub previzualizare, stabiliți numele fișierului care va fi sufixat cu un număr care se incrementează pentru fiecare poză făcută. Sub aceasta decideți formatul fișierului și rata de poze care sunt făcute.
+
La dreapta alegeți ori FTP sau sFTP (dacă SSH este disponibil) și introduceți datele necesare pentru a salva imaginile pe un server.
The Debugger is an application the common user hasn't much use for. It's targetted at developers to investigate bugs in programs. Sometimes those bugs result in crashes and that is where even end users come into contact with the Debugger. When a program crashes, you're confronted with this alert:
-
It gives three options to react to the crash:
+
It gives four options to react to the crash:
Terminate will clean up after the crashed app but otherwise does nothing further.
Debug will start the Debugger for further investigation.
+
Write core file creates a possibly huge dump of the system's state. Better attach a regular debug report first when submitting a bug report and only provide a core file on request.
Save report creates a debug report which is saved as a text file on the Desktop and can be emailed to the developer of the crashed app or attached to a ticket at its bugtracker, if available.
The debug report contains information on your hardware (type of CPU and used memory etc.), the exact version of Haiku and all available information on the state of the system that could be relevant to the crash.
Describing the usage of the actual Debugger is out of scope for this guide that is addressing the needs of the common user of Haiku. For completeness sake, here's the window that'll come up if you choose the Debug option in the above alert:
As you'll quickly see when you start poking around a bit, the Debugger is one of the most complex and sophisticated applications for Haiku. If you're a developer and are used to graphical debuggers on other platforms, many features will be familiar to you.
-
As there's not a single document explaining the intricacies of Haiku's Debugger, below are a few links that may shed some light. If you have a specific question, you may want to consider posting it on the development mailing list. If you find more useful resources, please file a bugreport with that info.
+
Below are a few links that may shed some light on the intricacies of Haiku's Debugger. If you have a specific question, you may want to consider posting it on the development mailing list. If you find more useful resources, please file a bugreport with that info.
A video from the BeGeistert meeting in 2012, in which Ingo Weinhold demonstrates the state of the Debugger back then and shows other interesting tools like the profiler to hunt down bottlenecks.
A video from the BeGeistert meeting in 2012, in which Ingo Weinhold demonstrates the state of the Debugger back then and shows other interesting tools like the profiler to hunt down bottlenecks.
DeskCalc is a simple calculator that nevertheless has some nice features that aren't apparent on first sight.
+
DeskCalc este un calculator simplu care are în orice caz câteva caracteristici drăguțe care nu sunt aparente la prima vedere.
DeskCalc understands much more than its simple keypad suggests.
@@ -89,10 +91,10 @@ Also, be aware that . and , are both considered floating point
Even better, the reverse is also possible:
Create clippings as described at various stages of your calculation and go back to them by drag & dropping them back into DeskCalc.
Or you drag&drop a calculation directly out of an email onto DeskCalc.
-
DeskCalc can be used in Terminal. Just put the expression in double quotes, like this:
+
DeskCalc poate fi utilizat în Terminal. Puneți expresia în ghilimele duble, în felul acesta:
DiskProbe is a HEX editor to view and alter data of a file or on a device on a byte-level. It's a very low-level tool and has therefore the potential to really mess things up if you're not careful!
-
Always work with the backup of a file and be extra careful when working directly on a device.
+
DiskProbe este un editor HEX pentru vizualizarea și modificarea datelor unui fișier sau pe un dispozitiv la nivelul de byte.
+Este o unealtă foarte low-level și prin urmare are potențialul să încurce rău lucrurile dacă nu sunteți atent!
+
Lucrați întotdeauna cu copia de rezervă a unui fișier și acordați atenție extra atunci când lucrați direct pe un dispozitiv.
When starting DiskProbe you'll first be asked for the file or the device to work on. After that you are presented with this interface:
The main view shows always one block of data, the size of which can be adjusted with View | BlockSize. To the left is the offset to the start of the block, in the middle the data as HEX values and to the right the same as ASCII symbols.
diff --git a/userguide/ro/applications/diskusage.html b/userguide/ro/applications/diskusage.html
index efe268e8..d74ec2ae 100644
--- a/userguide/ro/applications/diskusage.html
+++ b/userguide/ro/applications/diskusage.html
@@ -9,6 +9,8 @@
*
* Authors:
* Humdinger
+ * Translators:
+ * Emrys
*
-->
@@ -58,7 +60,7 @@
Dealing with creating/deleting/initializing partitions is very dangerous business. Always check twice to be sure you're working with the right one and always keep an up-to-date backup of your data in case something goes wrong!
If you plan to use the entire drive as one partition, e.g. a USB stick or a Compact Flash card, you can skip the creation of a partition and proceed right to Initializing.
When you found unformatted space on a drive, like the above <empty>, you can create a new partition in this space with Partition | Create...(ALTC).
@@ -81,11 +83,11 @@ Which brings us to this:
Before you can use, or even mount the newly created partition, it has to be initialized with a filesystem.
Doar partițiile demontate pot fi inițializate utilizând meniul Partiție | Inițializare .
-
Here you set the name for the partition and it's blocksize. 2048 bytes per block are recommended, but you can choose larger or smaller sizes if you have these very specific needs.
-Initializing will destroy all data on that partition!
+
Aici stabilii numele partiției și dimensiunea blocurilor. Este recomandat să alocați 2048 bytes per bloc, dar puteți să alegeți mărimi mai mari sau mai mici dacă aveți aceste necesități specifice.
+Inițializarea va distruge toate datele de pe acea partiție!
Traducerea acestei pagini nu este completă încă. Până când va fi, părțile incomplete utilizează originalul în limba engleză.
Expander
-
Deskbar:
No entry, normally launched via double-clicking a supported file.
+
Deskbar:
Nicio intrare, de obicei lansat via dublu clic pe un fișier admis.
Locație:
/boot/system/apps/Expander
Configurări:
~/config/settings/Expander_Settings
-
Expander is a small tool to quickly unpack the most common archives, among them zip, gzip, bzip2, rar and tar.gz.
-Just double-click an archive to see this simple interface:
+
Expander este o mică unealtă cu care se poate despacheta rapid cele mai uzuale arhive, printre care zip, gzip, bzip2, rar și tar.gz.
+Dați doar dublu clic pe o arhivă pentru a vedea această interfață simplă:
-
Source
ALTO
will open a file dialog to find an archive to unpack.
-
Destination
ALTD
will open a file dialog to set the destination.
-
Expand
ALTE
will start the unpacking. It can be aborted with ALTK.
+
Sursă
ALTO
va deschide un dialog de fișier pentru a găsi o arhivă de despachetat.
+
Destinație
ALTD
va deschide un dialog de fișier pentru a stabili destinația.
+
Extinde
ALTE
va începe despachetarea. Poate fi anulată cu ALTK.
-
You can toggle the display of the file listing by un/checking Show contents or pressing ALTL.
-
Expander can only unpack whole archives.
-You can't select individual files to expand or add/remove files from the archive.
-
Settings | Settings... or ALTS opens a preference panel that offers some useful settings to adjust Expander's behavior.
-The options are all self-explanatory:
+
Puteți comuta afișarea listei de fișiere prin (de)bifarea Afișează conținut sau apăsare ALTL.
+
Expander poate doar să despacheteze arhive întregi.
+Nu puteți selecta fișiere individuale pentru a le extinde sau să adăugați/eliminați fișiere din arhivă.
+
Configurări | Configurări... sau ALTS deschide un panou de preferințe care oferă câteva configurări utile pentru a ajusta felul în care acționează Expander.
+Opțiunile sunt toate de la sine înțelese:
~/config/settings/HaikuDepot/ - Configurările principale ale aplicației
+~/config/cache/HaikuDepot - Pictograme în cache, capturi de ecran, descrieri, etc.
-
HaikuDepot is the central application when it comes to managing your software packages. With it you can browse and search through package repositories (also called "depots") and install, update and uninstall packages. HaikuDepot starts up with a list of "Featured packages", software that's deemed interesting to many users. As soon as you enter a term in the search box or choose a category, the display changes to smaller icons and more information arranged in columns.
+
HaikuDepot is the central application when it comes to managing your software packages. With it you can browse and search through package repositories and install, update and uninstall packages. By default, HaikuDepot starts up with a list of "Featured packages", software that's deemed interesting to many users.
+
As soon as you enter something in the Search terms box, the display changes to smaller icons and more information arranged in columns.
At the top we find a few means to filter the list of available packages below:
The Category pop-up menu lets you limit the list to individual categories like "Audio" or "Games".
-
The Depot pop-up menu determines which online depots are queried or if only those packages shown, that were installed from somewhere other than an online depot ("Local"). Maybe from an USB thumb drive or downloaded from some website or a package that you've built yourself.
+
The Repositories pop-up menu determines which online repos are queried or if only those packages are shown, that were installed from somewhere other than an online repo ("Local"). Maybe from an USB thumb drive or downloaded from some website or a package that you've built yourself.
The Search terms text field filters the list to those packages that have all the entered (space-delimited) strings in their name or description.
Like in any Tracker window, you can choose from a context menu which columns to display by right-clicking the column heading. A left-click sorts the list according to that column. Of course, you can rearrange the columns by dragging them to a new position.
The status column of a package can have one of several states:
Active: The package is currently installed and ready to be used.
-
Available: The package exists in that depot and can be downloaded and installed. If there are any dependencies on other packages, you'll be informed of that while installing and get the choice of downloading/installing all that's necessary.
+
Available: The package exists in that repository and can be downloaded and installed. If there are any dependencies on other packages, you'll be informed of that while installing and get the choice of downloading/installing all that's necessary.
Pending / %: Pending is shown for a package that is queued for download/installation. While a package is downloaded, the progress is shown as percentage.
Update available: There's a newer version than your installed one available.
You can grab the dotted line between the packages list and the info area to vertically resize the packages list.
At the bottom is an area that displays information on the package that is currently selected in the list above it.
To the right of package name, author, rating and version is a button, that – depending on the current state of the package – lets you Install, Uninstall or Update it. If a package is already installed, you'll find an additional button there to Open the application.
-
Below are three tabs: About, Ratings, and Changelog.
+
Below are four tabs: About, Ratings, Changelog and Contents.
About
The first tab has a detailed description of the package, as well as screenshots and a contact address and URL of the team that maintains the packaged software, if available. Clicking the screenshot thumbnail will open it full-size in a new window
@@ -111,35 +115,40 @@ To the right of package name, author, rating and version is a button, that – d
To the left is a statistic, showing the number of stars (1 to 5) the package got from how many users.
In the middle are user comments with their nickname, the number of stars they gave the package and which version of the package they were rating or commenting on. You'll find more on how to rate a package yourself further down.
-With the little thumb up/down icons to the right, you can show your approval or disapproval with a certain comment.
+
+
Changelog
-
The last tab shows the detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far.
+
Here you find a detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far, if the maintainer of the package provides that information.
+
Conținut
+
Ultimul tab afișează toate fișierele și dosarele care sunt conținute într-un pachet. Aceasta funcționează doar pentru pachetele deja descărcate.
In the Tools menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to Refresh depots. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories.
-
Under Options you can choose to also Show develop packages and Show source packages in the packages list. For the normal user those are of no interest and would only clutter the list. They are important, however, for people who need the libraries, headers etc. of a package to develop and compile programs depending on them.
-
Of more interest are the other two items, Show available packages and Show installed packages, which are pretty self-explanatory.
In the Tools menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to Refresh repositories. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories. The other item is to Manage repositories.... It opens the Repositories preferences, to add/remove or disable and enable repositories.
+
Under Show you can deactivate Only featured packages. Now you'll always see all packages and not just the featured ones when HaikuDepot starts up or the search text field is empty.
+Furthermore, you can choose to also Show Develop packages and Source packages in the packages list. For the normal user those are of no interest and would only clutter the list. They are important, however, for people who need the libraries, headers etc. of a package to develop and compile programs depending on them.
+
Of more interest are the options to only show Available packages and Installed packages, which are pretty self-explanatory.
To be able to rate a package, you need a user account at the Haiku Depot Server that serves all the packages and keeps track of ratings and user comments. You can create an account within the HaikuDepot application by clicking on the menu in the far right of the menu bar that shows your current status: Not logged in. Choosing Log in... opens a window with two tabs; one to enter your user name and password (once you have those) to log in, and the other to create a new account:
-
To create an account you need to:
-
use an all lower-case user name without special characters
-
use a password that's at least 8 characters long with at least 2 capitals and 2 numbers
-
provide a valid email address (if you want a new password sent to you in case you forgot it)
-
solve the captcha
+
Pentru crearea unui cont trebuie să:
+
utilizați un nume de utilizator scris cu minuscule fără caractere speciale
+
utilizați o parolă care are cel puțin 8 caractere și care conține minimum 2 litere majuscule și 2 cifre
+
furnizați o adresă de email validă (dacă doriți să fie trimisă o parolă nouă în cazul în care o uitați)
+
rezolvați captcha
After logging in, the top-right menu of the HaikuDepot window will now say Logged in as (...), showing your user name. The menu now offers you to Switch account... or Log out.
After you've created a user account and are logged in, you can rate a package and leave a comment, if you want. Just hover the mouse over the rating stars in the info area of a package and they turn into a Rating... button. Click it to open the rating window:
După ce ați creat un cont de utilizator și sunteți autentificat, puteți să evaluați pachete și să scrieți un comentariu dacă doriți. Doar planați mouseul pe stelele de evaluare din zona de informații pentru un pachet și acestea se transformă într-un buton de Evaluare.... Dați clic pe acesta pentru a deschide fereastra de evaluare:
Here you move the mouse over the stars to light them up and choose your rating, you can also choose from a number of levels to judge the stability of the application and pick the language of your optional comment. To make a comment meaningful, you should have worked with the application you're about to rate for a while to become familiar with its features, bugs and quirks. And don't write the next great American novel... keep it short, sweet and polite. :)
-After you click Send the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the Tools menu to Refresh depots before you can see your changes.
-
At any time, you can come back and edit your comment and re-rate it. You can also hide your rating from other users by deactivating the checkbox Other users can see this rating.
+After you click Send the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the Tools menu to Refresh repositories before you can see your changes.
+
În orice moment puteți reveni și edita comentariul și reevalua pachetul. Puteți de asemenea să ascundeți evaluarea de alți utilizatori prin deactivarea căsuței Alți utilizatori pot să vadă această evaluare.
A path consists of several points which are connected with lines or Bezier curves. To add or change points, make sure the path is selected in the path list.
Simply clicking in the canvas will set the first point. While setting a point, you decide if the resulting line will be straight or curved: a simple click and release produces a straight line, holding down the mouse button and moving the mouse will drag out the handles for a Bezier curve. Of course, you can also change it all later on.
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Vice versa, to go from Bezier to a corner-point, hold ALT
Selected points are deleted by pressing DEL or by clicking on any point while holding CTRL.
-
The mouse pointer indicates the current mode:
+
Cursorul mouseului indică modul curent:
@@ -166,30 +166,30 @@ Selected points are deleted by pressing DEL or by click
Puteți invoca un meniu contextual prin clic dreapta pe un punct sau o selecție de puncte:
-
Select all
ALTA
Selects all points of the current path.
-
Transform
T
Puts all selected points in a transformation box, so you can move, resize and rotate them together. It works just like with shapes, described a bit further down.
-
Split
Splits selected points into two, one sitting on top of the other.
-
Flip
Rotates selected points by 180°. Only has an effect on Bezier points.
-
Eliminare
DEL
Deletes selected points.
+
Selectează tot
ALTA
Selectează toate punctele traseului curent.
+
Transformă
T
Adaugă toate punctele selectate într-o cutie de transformare, deci puteți să le mutați, redimensionați și rotați împreună. Funcționează exact ca formele, descrise puțin mai jos.
+
Împarte
Împarte punctele selectate în două, unul stă deasupra celuilalt.
+
Inversează
Rotește punctele selectate cu 180°. Are efect doar pentru punctele Bezier.
The Path menu offers a few obvious entries to Add rectangle and Add circle or to Duplicate or Remove a path. Here are some that may need a bit more explaining:
-
Reverse
If your path isn't "closed" (see Path Properties below), a click into the canvas always creates a new point, connecting it with the last one. "Reverse" will reverse this order and your new point will connect to original start point instead.
+
Inversează
If your path isn't "closed" (see Path Properties below), a click into the canvas always creates a new point, connecting it with the last one. "Reverse" will reverse this order and your new point will connect to original start point instead.
Clean up
Most useful with imported SVGs, this function will remove redundant points.
Rotate indices right
ALTR
Practically, this rotates the opening of a path. It's best seen when using a not-closed path with a style and a shape with a stroke transformer. Now, if your path looks like a ⊂ it will rotate like this: ⊂ ∩ ⊃ ∪.
Properties at the bottom left of the window offers all available settings of the currently selected object. A path only has two: a Name and if it's Closed or not.
A shape groups together one or more paths with a style. Practically, it's the object that you'll actually see on the canvas. The grouping is done with the checkboxes in front of the paths and styles: Just select your shape and tick off the desired path(s) and a style.
A shape defines how a path and style is applied, e.g. if the object is filled or only stroked (which is done by using Transformers on the shape, we'll get to that later). Also, a shape can be moved, rotated or resized without touching the used path. That way, you can re-use a single path and get different, but related, shapes.
@@ -204,16 +204,16 @@ Selected points are deleted by pressing DEL or by click
-
Move
-
Resize
-
Rotate
-
Move rotation point
+
Mutare
+
Redimensionare
+
Rotire
+
Mutare punct de rotație
Shapes lie on top of each other, each is on its own layer, if you will. To reorder them you drag&drop their entry to a different position in the list.
The Shape menu offers the before mentioned possibility to Add empty, with path/style/path & style and to Duplicate or Remove a shape. Then, there is:
Reset transformation
Reverts all the move, resize and rotate transformations you have applied to the shape.
@@ -221,15 +221,15 @@ Selected points are deleted by pressing DEL or by click
If not, "Freeze transformation" will apply the current shape transformation to the assigned path(s). A future "Reset Transformation" will then return to this new state.
@@ -245,12 +245,12 @@ With the LOD you control the visibility of a shape depending on its size. That w
For example, if Shape 1 were to be shown below 48px and Shape 2 from 48px upward (LOD: 48/64 = 0.75):
-
OK
Not OK!
-
Forma 1
Min LOD
0.00
Min LOD
0.00
-
Max LOD
0.74
Max LOD
0.75
+
Corect
Nu e corect!
+
Forma 1
LOD min
0.00
LOD min
0.00
+
LOD max
0.74
LOD max
0.75
-
Forma 2
Min LOD
0.75
Min LOD
0.75
-
Max LOD
4.00
Max LOD
4.00
+
Forma 2
LOD min
0.75
LOD min
0.75
+
LOD max
4.00
LOD max
4.00
@@ -265,10 +265,10 @@ Besides the predefined colors under Swatches, you can
Of course you can move these indicators to change the gradient to your liking. You can also insert more indicators to add more colors by double-clicking into the gradient. Pressing DEL removes the selected indicator.
You can move, resize and rotate the representing box of a gradient on the canvas until it fits your needs. This works just like with shapes.
Besides a Name and the actual Width for the transformer, the Properties view has these (depending on its type slightly differing) options:
Caps
Stroke only. Defines the end caps of a line: Butt, Square or Round.
@@ -305,12 +305,12 @@ Of course you can move these indicators to change the gradient to your liking. Y
HVIF
Haiku Vector Icon Format
HVIF RDef
Saves as resource used by programmers
-
HVIF source code
Saves as source code used by programmers
+
Cod sursă HVIF
Saves as source code used by programmers
SVG
Saves as SVG
PNG
Saves as a 64px sized PNG
-
PNG set
Saves as 16, 32 and 64px sized PNGs
-
BEOS:ICON attribute
Choose a file and set its icon attribute directly
-
META:ICON attribute
Choose a file and attach the icon as mere meta data
+
Set PNG
Saves as 16, 32 and 64px sized PNGs
+
Atribut BEOS:ICON
Choose a file and set its icon attribute directly
+
Atribut META:ICON
Choose a file and attach the icon as mere meta data
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ Of course you can move these indicators to change the gradient to your liking. Y
Sfaturi & Trucuri
A few things you should keep in mind when working with Icon-O-Matic and some general tips for its usage:
-
Read the Icon Guidelines to learn about important characteristics of Haiku icons, e.g. perspective, colors and shadows.
+
Read the Icon Guidelines to learn about important characteristics of Haiku icons, e.g. perspective, colors and shadows.
You should always try to minimize your use of paths, those are the most expensive, file size wise. Re-use paths wherever possible and work with manipulated shapes and their transformers instead. Smart use of gradients can also save space.
Wherever possible, you should activate Snap-to-Grid from the Options menu when editing paths. Path points that align with the 64x64 pixel grid use less storage space. You'll also get the crispest look if points are set on exact pixel borders. For example, it is important to align the most prominent outlines with the 16x16 grid.
Check the preview to see if your icon still looks good in 16x16. You may want to use the Level Of Detail settings described in the Shapes section.
The Installer is used to copy Haiku onto another volume.
-Upon launch it displays a start window with important information. It's not a mindless EULA you're used to click away in the blink of an eye, it states:
+
Installer este utilizat pentru a copia Haiku pe un alt volum.
+După lansare acesta afișează o fereastră de start cu informații importante. Aceasta nu este o EULA unde puteți să dați clic într-o clipă, afirmă:
-
This is alpha-quality software. Make backups or suffer the consequences!
-
The Installer needs a prepared partition. You may have to use a GParted LiveCD or a similar tool until Haiku's DriveSetup is mature enough to handle this task.
-
Haiku can be added manually to the bootmanager GRUB. How that is done exactly is available as an online guide.
+
Acesta este software de calitate alpha. Realizați copii de reservă sau suferiți consecințele!
+
Installer are nevoie de o partiție pregătită. Este posibil să aveți nevoie să utilizați un LiveCD GParted sau o unealtă similară pâncă când DriveSetup este destul de avansat să se ocupe de această sarcină.
+
Haiku poate fi adăugat manual la gestionarul de boot GRUB. Intrucțiunile prin care se realizează asta sunt disponibile ca ghid online.
-
Once you acknowledged with Continue, you're presented with the main window:
+
Odată ce ați confirmat cu butonul Continuă, vi se arată fereastra principală:
In the first pop-up menu you choose the source for the installation. It can be a currently installed Haiku or can come from an install CD or USB drive, etc.
The second pop-up menu specifies the target for the installation. This target partition/volume will be completely overwritten and has to be set aside beforehand by a partitioning tool like GParted.
@@ -80,7 +82,7 @@ The second pop-up menu specifies the target for the installation. This target pa
Begin starts the installation procedure, which basically copies the /home/ and /system/ folder onto the target volume and makes it bootable.
At the end of the installation procedure, the partition is automatically made bootable. However, it can happen that some other operating system or partitioning tool (accidentally) overwrites the boot sector of your Haiku volume. In this case, boot your installation CD and start the Installer. Select your Haiku boot partition from the Onto: Please choose target menu and select Write boot sector from the Tools menu to make it bootable again.
The other item in the Tools menu is used to Set up a boot menu that puts a menu in the boot sector to choose what operating system to boot. See topic BootManager for more information.
You don't need to run the BootManager if you already use a bootmanager like GRUB, in which case you have to add Haiku manually (see above), or Haiku runs exclusively on your machine.
No entry, normally launched via
-double-clicking a supported file.
+
Deskbar:
Nicio intrare, lansat uzual via dublu clic pe un fișier admis.
Locație:
/boot/system/apps/PackageInstaller
-
Configurări:
none
+
Configurări:
nimic
-
This page is currently only a first draft. Please check back later for a refined version.
+
Această pagină este doar o primă ciornă deocamdată. Verificați mai târziu pentru o versiune rafinată.
PackageInstaller is a software installer for BeOS packages in PKG format. It provides an easy-to-use GUI that helps in fast package installation in Haiku.
It is being executed automatically when you try to open files with .pkg extension.
-
The main window gives access to two configurations:
+
Fereastra principală oferă acces la două configurări:
-
installation type (depending on the developer there might be more than one (standard) installation option)
+
type of installation (depending on the developer there might be more than one (standard) installation option).
Installation location (only entire partitions/hard disks can be chosen, not custom paths)
After clicking Install the extraction and installation process will begin.
Traducerea acestei pagini nu este completă încă. Până când va fi, părțile incomplete utilizează originalul în limba engleză.
Pe
-
Deskbar:
Aplicații
+
Deskbar:
Applications
Locație:
/boot/system/apps/Pe/Pe
-
Documentation:
/boot/system/apps/Pe/Documentation/index.html
+
Documentație:
/boot/system/apps/Pe/Documentation/index.html
Configurări:
~/config/settings/pe/*
-
Pe is a sophisticated editor, with its syntax highlighting targeted mainly at programmers and HTML writers. Originally created by Maarten Hekkelmann, it's been open sourced and maintained by Haiku developers. A bugtracker and more information is available at the Pe project page.
-
Find out more about Pe's features in its local documentation.
+
Pe este un editor sofisticat, cu evindețierea sintaxei destinată mai ales programatorilor și celor care scriu cod HTML. Original creat de Maarten Hekkelmann, a fost publicat open source și menținut de dezvoltatori Haiku. Un monitor de defecțiuni și mai multe informații sunt disponibile la pagina proiectului Pe.
+
Aflați mai multe despre caracteristicile lui Pe în documentația locală.
Screenshots are taken by either starting the Screenshot application or by pressing the PRINT key,
+
Capturile de ecran sunt luate fie prin pornirea aplicației Screenshot sau prin apăsarea tastei PRINT.
In the Screenshot panel you can toggle between taking the whole screen or just the active window and decide if the window border and mouse pointer should be included. You can also enter a delay before a screenshot is taken.
Below that you set the name, format and location for the screenshot that will be used when you click Save. Instead of saving the file to disk you can also decide to Copy to clipboard to be able to paste the shot directly into another application, or take a New screenshot.
@@ -76,7 +78,7 @@
-Taking a screenshot from Terminal
+Luarea unei capturi de ecran din Terminal
There's a special screenshot application to be used from Terminal or a script. screenshot --help shows the familiar options as parameters:
No entry, normally launched via
-double-clicking a supported file.
+
Deskbar:
Nicio intrare, lansat uzual via dublu clic pe un fișier admis.
Locație:
/boot/system/apps/ShowImage
Configurări:
~/config/settings/ShowImage_settings
-
ShowImage allows you to view images in all formats that are supported through DataTranslators. New formats are automatically recognized when their translator is added to the system. This has been done for Haiku's vector icon files, WonderBrush images or when WebP images became available, for example.
+
ShowImage allows you to view images in all formats that are supported through DataTranslators. New formats are automatically recognized when their translator is added to the system. This has been done for Haiku's vector icon files, WonderBrush images or when WebP images became available, for example.
ShowImage provides minimal editing features to crop, rotate and flip images and to save them in another format.
-
Viewing
+
Vizualizare
The View menu offers to start a Slide show of all images in a folder (or query result window) and set a Slide delay from 2 to 20 seconds.
Other commands apply to the currently displayed image (without changing the size of the window):
@@ -86,31 +87,31 @@ ShowImage provides minimal editing features to crop, rotate and flip images and
After opening an image you can quickly browse through all the other images in its folder (or query result window) by pressing ↑/↓ or ←/→. You can see the selection change accordingly in the Tracker window.
There is a quick way to open the folder of the current image and even navigate to its parent and subfolders. It works just like with drill-down navigating in Tracker by clicking in the info area in the status bar that shows size and format of the current image.
Looking at the Browse menu, shows another type of browsing: Some image formats, like TIFF, can contain several pages in one file. Commands like First page and Next page let you navigate those pages.
-
Editing
+
Editare
The Image menu offers the few image manipulations necessary for an image viewer: rotating and flipping the image. Note however, that the actual image data won't be changed. Only an attribute is added to the file so it'll be shown rotated or flipped the next time you open it.
Use as backgroud... will open the Backgrounds preferences to set the current picture as image for your workspaces.
Cropping is another feature that's needed sometimes. To define the frame to cut to, you can switch to Selection mode from the Edit menu and drag out a box with your left mouse button. If you don't want to change modes first, you can create this box in "normal mode" by simply holding CTRL while left-click-dragging, which otherwise would just pan the image around. Clear selection or ESC will remove the selection box.
-
The following chapter shows how to actually save the cropped area.
-
Saving and converting
+
Următorul capitol vă arată cum să salvați zona decupată.
+
Salvare și convertire
To save or convert an image into any available format, you can invoke the normal Save as... item from the File menu, select the format and choose a file name.
Often quicker, especially when the Tracker window with the destination folder is already open, is using drag & drop.
This is also how the above mentioned cropping is finalized. Either select a frame as described above, or choose Edit | Select all for the whole image. Then drag & drop the selection onto the Desktop or any Tracker window to create a new image clipping in the same format of the original image.
To save in another file format, do the dragging with the right mouse button and choose a format from the context menu when dropping the image.
Scurtături tastatură
-
Here's a list of the most useful shortcuts:
+
Aceasta este o listă cu cele mai folositoare scurtături:
-
← / ↑
Previous image
-
→ / ↓
Next image
-
DEL
Move to Trash
-
+
Zoom in
-
-
Zoom out
-
0
Original size (100% zoom)
-
1
Fit to window
-
ALTENTER
Toggle full screen mode (also via doubleclick)
-
CTRL
While holding CTRL you can create a selection frame without explicitly switching to selection mode.
+
← / ↑
Imagine anterioară
+
→ / ↓
Imagine următoare
+
DEL
Mută la gunoi
+
+
Mărire
+
-
Micșorare
+
0
Dimensiune originală (zoom 100%)
+
1
Potrivire la fereastră
+
ALTENTER
Comută la modul ecran complet (și prin dublu clic)
+
CTRL
În timp ce țineți apăsat CTRL puteți crea un cadru de selectare fără să comutați explicit la modul de selectare.
StyledEdit is Haiku's simple text editor. Although it saves files in plain text format, additional attributes are written in order to have limited formatting capabilities when viewed with StyledEdit.
~/config/settings/Terminal ~/config/settings/profile - adaugă/suprascrie implicite în /boot/system/settings/etc/profile
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Via Edit | Window title... the Terminal window's title
Settings | Settings... opens a panel to configure the standard settings of a Terminal.
+
Configurări | Configurări... deschide un panou pentru a stabili configurările standard ale unui Terminal.
Most of the offered settings speak for themselves.
@@ -94,9 +94,9 @@ You can choose pre-defined color schema like Midnight
A few more options follow: you can have a Blinking cursor and choose to Use bright instead of bold text. The latter setting avoids the sometimes rather unsightly rendering of bold fonts in the Terminal.
Activate the checkbox to Confirm exit if active programs exist and you'll be warned when trying to close a Terminal window while an app is still being executed.
-
Save to file...
let's you save different settings as separate profiles, which on double-click open an accordingly configured Terminal.
-
Revert
brings back the settings that were active when you opened the settings panel.
-
Defaults
resets everything to default values.
+
Salvare la fișier...
let's you save different settings as separate profiles, which on double-click open an accordingly configured Terminal.
+
Revenire
brings back the settings that were active when you opened the settings panel.
+
Implicit
resetează totul la valorile implicite.
@@ -116,12 +116,12 @@ Both files can be created in the /boot/home/config/settings/<
The profile is loaded every time you open a new Terminal. It sets all kinds of aliases and variables that will affect bash's behavior and appearance. You'll find many online resources that will detail all possibilities.
The Haiku/BeOS Tip Server has quite a few tips to get you started, for example:
The inputrc deals with keybindings. Since Haiku provides useful defaults, you probably don't have to mess with these more involved settings. If you do have special needs here, consult one of the many online resources, e.g. The GNU Readline Library.
This is useful when working in a "unixy" environment, where often administrative files are hidden inside ".folders/". Source versioning systems like SVN and CVS are examples of applications using this and are also widely used in Haiku.
Escape search text
TextSearch uses the command line tool grep. For it, special characters like '"*\$?! and spaces have to be escaped with a \. Deactivating this setting means you have to do this yourself, but in exchange grants you the power of regular expressions.
-
Text files only
TextSearch is currently only useful for finding strings in plain text files. Deactivating this setting will have it look through any kind of file anyway.
+
Doar fișiere text
TextSearch is currently only useful for finding strings in plain text files. Deactivating this setting will have it look through any kind of file anyway.
Meniu istoric
-
Contains recently used search strings.
+
Conține șiruri de căutat recent utilizate.
Meniu codare
-
Lets you choose different character encodings if needed.
+
Vă permite să alegeți codări de caracter diferite dacă este necesar.
Vision este un client IRC dezvoltat original pentru BeOS. Documentația și un manager de defecțiuni sunt disponibile la site-ul Vision.
-
You can find help from other Haiku users and developers on Haiku channels in various languages.
-The most frequented is the English speaking #haiku at irc.freenode.org.
-
Some advice, especially if you're new to IRC:
+
Puteți primi ajutor de la alți utilizatori și dezvoltatori Haiku pe canalele Haiku în diferite limbi străine.
+Cel mai frecventat este cel de limba engleză, #haiku pe irc.freenode.org.
+
Câteva sfaturi, mai ales dacă sunteți nou la RC:
Search the web for "IRC etiquette" to learn about the do's and don'ts of chatting. Without much searching, I found Getting help on IRC by Christoph Haas to be quite helpful.
By registering your nickname you make sure nobody can pull any shenanigans and you gain the trust of the residents. See Freenode's FAQ on that matter.
Set up a sound in Haiku's Sounds preferences to be notified if someone mentions your nickname. People don't always watch their IRC client screen. Putting the nickname of the person you're talking to at the beginning of what you're about to post increases your chance to be noticed. Similar to the Terminal, Vision supports tab-completion for nicknames, i.e. if you enter the starting letters of a nickname and press the tab key, Vision completes it with the first name that matches.
-
Here's a list of built-in commands, taken with permission from Vision's website.
+
Aceasta este o listă de comenzi integrate, obținute cu permisiune de pe pagina web Vision.
Sintaxa:
/COMMAND
comanda
@@ -86,10 +86,10 @@ The most frequented is the English speaking #haiku at irc.freenode.org.
/ABOUT
-Opens Vision's About window.
+Deschide fereastra Despre a Vision.
/ACRONYM [word]
-Opens www.acronymfinder.com with your current html handler. (Note: If the file-handler is not a browser, it opens the application specified in FileTypes.)
+Deschide www.acronymfinder.com cu navigatorul web curent. (Notă: Dacă gestionarul de fișier nu este un navigator web, se deschide aplicația specificată în FileTypes.)
/AWAY [away-reason]
Sets away status on current network. If no away reason is specified, it is set to 'BRB'. (be right back)
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Clears the contents of the current text buffer.
Executes the specified ctcp command on a channel or nick.
/DCC <CHAT> <nick>
-Opens a private dcc chat session with the specified nick.
+Deschide o sesiune de chat dcc privată cu nick-ul specificat.
/DCC <SEND> <nick> [file]
Sends a file to <nick>. If no file is specified, a File panel will open.
@@ -113,25 +113,25 @@ Sends a file to <nick>. If no file is specified, a File panel will open.
De-ops or de-voices <nick(s)>.
/DESCRIBE <nick> <message>
-Same as /ME, but opens a query on <nick>.
+La fel ca /ME, dar deschide o interogare cu <nick>.
/DNS <domain name/IP address>
-Resolves the given IP or domain name.
+Rezolvă IP-ul sau numele de domeniu furnizat.
/EXIT
-Quits Vision.
+Oprește Vision.
/GAWAY [away-reason]
-Same as /AWAY [away-reason], but applies to all connected networks.
+La fel ca /AWAY [away-reason], dar se aplică la toate rețelele conectate.
/GBACK
-Same as /BACK, but on applies to all connected networks.
+La fel ca /BACK, dar se aplică doar la toate rețelele conectate.
/GOOGLE [search-string]
Opens www.google.com with your current html handler. (Note: If the file-handler is not a browser, it opens the application specified in FileTypes.)
/INVITE /I <nick> <channel>
-Invites <nick> to the <channel>.
+Invită <nick> la <channel>.
/JOIN /J <channel> [channel-key]
Joins the <channel>. Provide a [channel-key] if necessary.
@@ -152,31 +152,31 @@ Displays the channel modes of the current channel.
Same as MODE <channel> <modes> <nick>, but on current channel.
/M <+-kfL,l,psmntirRcOAQKVHGCuzN>
-Same as /MODE <channel> <modes>, but on current channel.
+La fel ca /MODE <channel> <modes>, dar pe canalul curent.
Traducerea acestei pagini nu este completă încă. Până când va fi, părțile incomplete utilizează originalul în limba engleză.
WebPositive
-
Deskbar:
Aplicații
+
Deskbar:
Applications
Locație:
/boot/system/apps/WebPositive
Configurări:
~/config/settings/WebPositive/ - Fișiere de configurare, cookies, cache și istoric navigare
~/config/settings/WebPositive/Bookmarks - Toate favoritele ca fișiere unice
@@ -77,8 +77,8 @@ At the bottom of the window is a status bar, showing the URL of the site being l
Two pop-up menus let you decide what page to load - if any - when opening a new window or tab.
Via the following checkboxes you can avoid showing the tab bar when there's only one page open anyway. WebPositive's interface can be told to automatically hide in full screen mode, and the mouse pointer can be automatically hidden whenever it's not moved for a while.
Finally, you can decide to include the "Home" button in the navigation bar and set the number of days the browser remembers the sites you have visited in its history.
-
In the second tab you can choose the fonts used for standard, serif, non-serif and monospaced fonts and set their default sizes.
-
The last tab is used to configure a proxy server.
+
În al doilea tab puteți alege fonturile utilizate pentru fonturi standard, cu serife, fără serife și monospațiate și să stabiliți dimensiunile implicite.
+
Ultimul tab este utilizat pentru configurarea unui server proxy.
Navigare
If you have used any browser before, WebPositive shouldn't provide too many surprises. Instead of going through every menu item and feature, let's have a look at just a few points.
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ Finally, you can decide to include the "Home" button in the navigation bar and s
While you type in the locator text field, the browser matches the string to sites you have visited in the past and lists them below the text field. You either keep adding more letters to shorten the list of possible sites, or choose an entry with ↑ or ↓. ENTER will load the page. You can also use the button to the far right which also serves to reload a page.
Strings not recognized as URLs will get looked up with Google, so the locator field doubles as quick shortcut to web searches.
Right-clicking opens a context menu which, depending on the object you've clicked on, offers to open the link in a new window or a new tab, download the object etc.
-
Edit | Find shows a find bar at the bottom to start an in-page search. Matches are highlighted in the page.
+
Editare | Căutare afișează o bară de căutare pentru a începe o căutare în pagină. Potrivirile sunt evidențiate în pagină.
Favorite
WebPositive's bookmarks are managed as files and folders in ~/config/settings/WebPositive/Bookmarks/. Adding a bookmark will create a new file there. You can quickly open the folder with Manage Bookmarks....
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Strings not recognized as URLs will get looked up with Google, so the locator fi
Activating Type-ahead filtering in Tracker's preferences, you can instantly trim down your list of bookmarks to matches of your filter-string. A few more ↑ or ↓ to move the selection and pressing ENTER opens the site. Make sure to display all attribute columns to have the filter applied to name, title, URL and keywords.
For this to work, all bookmarks should be kept in the ~/config/settings/WebPositive/Bookmarks/ folder and only copies should be sorted into custom subfolders for usage in WebPositive's Bookmarks menu (if at all). Also, actually filling the keywords attribute helps...
Descărcări
-
Window | Downloads opens a window listing all past and ongoing downloads:
+
Fereastră | Descărcări deschide o fereastră care listează toate descărcările precedente și actuale:
Currently downloading files are shown with a growing progress bar and, similar to copying files in Tracker, information on the download speed, file size and expected finishing time. Buttons to the right let you Cancel and Restart a download, or Open the file, or Remove its entry from the list. The Remove missing and Remove finished buttons at the bottom do this for all entries in this list. "Missing" are files that were deleted in the meantime.
Moving a file that is currently being downloaded to Trash will stop the download. You'll also notice, that its icon becomes "ghosted".
diff --git a/userguide/ro/applications/wonderbrush.html b/userguide/ro/applications/wonderbrush.html
index a64cb6f4..d57a1336 100644
--- a/userguide/ro/applications/wonderbrush.html
+++ b/userguide/ro/applications/wonderbrush.html
@@ -9,6 +9,8 @@
*
* Authors:
* Humdinger
+ * Translators:
+ * Emrys
*
-->
@@ -53,17 +55,16 @@
-
Traducerea acestei pagini nu este completă încă. Până când va fi, părțile incomplete utilizează originalul în limba engleză.
WonderBrush
-
Deskbar:
Aplicații
+
Deskbar:
Applications
Locație:
/boot/system/apps/WonderBrush/WonderBrush
-
Documentation:
/boot/system/apps/WonderBrush/Documentation en
+
Documentație:
/boot/system/apps/WonderBrush/Documentation en
Configurări:
~/config/settings/WonderBrush
-
WonderBrush is an editor for bitmap and vector graphics. Find more information and workshops at the YellowBites website and in the local documentation.
+
WonderBrush este un editor pentru grafică vectorială și bitmap. Găsiți mai multe informații și seminare la pagina YellowBites și în documentația locală.
Attributes are displayed quite similar to a database or spreadsheet. Using Tracker you can choose which attributes to display (columns) and sort file listings (rows) accordingly.
-
To do this, open a Tracker window, click on the Attributes menu, and select the attributes you want to display. Alternatively, simply right-click onto a column heading and mark the items in the context menu. You can rearrange the columns by a simple drag&drop of the column heading. Moving a column out of a window, is a fast way to get rid of columns you don't need.
-
Double-click on the line between two attributes in the heading to automatically resize a column to its optimal width.
-
Click on a column heading to toggle the sorting order from ascending to descending. You can establish a secondary sort order by pressing the SHIFT key while clicking on a column heading. You can sort your People files by company and within that order sort by contact name, for instance. See the above screenshot as an example. The secondary sort order is marked by a lighter colored indicator beside the heading.
-
Editing these attributes is as simple as renaming a file: Either click on an entry or press ALTE and move between the attributes with TAB and SHIFTTAB. ESC leaves the editing mode without applying the changes.
+
Atributele sunt afișate similar cu o bază de date sau foaie de calcul. Prin intermediul Tracker puteți alege atributele de afișat (coloane) și sorta corespunzător listele de fișiere (rânduri).
+
Pentru a face asta, deschideți o fereastră Tracker, dați clic pe meniul Atribute și selectați atributele pe care vreți să le afișați. Alternativ, pur și simplu dați clic dreapta pe antetul unei coloane și marcați elementele în meniul contextual. Puteți să rearanjați simplu coloanele prin tragerea&plasarea antetului coloanei. Mutarea unei coloane în afara unei ferestre este o metodă rapidă de eliminarea coloanelor de care nu aveți nevoie.
+
Dați dublu clic pe linia dintre două atribute în antet pentru a redimensiona automat o coloană la dimensiunea optimă.
+
Dați clic pe antetul unei coloane pentru a comuta ordinea de sortare de la ascendent la descendent. Puteți stabili o ordine de sortare secundară prin apăsarea tastei SHIFT în timp ce dați clic pe antetul unei coloane. Puteți sorta fișierele People după companie și în cadrul acestei ordini, să sortați după numele de contact, de exemplu. Vedeți captura de ecran de mai sus ca exemplu. Ordinea de sortare secundară este marcată printr-un indicator colorat mai dechis, de lângă antet.
+
Editarea acestor atribute este la fel de simplu ca redenumirea unui fișier: Dați clic pe o intrare sau apăsați ALTE și vă mutați prin atribute cu TAB și SHIFTTAB. ESC părăsește modul de editare fără aplicarea modificărilor.
If you prefer to use the commandline or plan to work with many files using scripting, there are several commands for controlling attributes from Terminal.
+
Dacă preferați să utilizați linia de comandă sau plănuiți să lucrați cu multe fișiere utilizând scripting, există mai multe comenzi pentru controlarea atributelor din Terminal.
listattr lists a file's attributes, but doesn't show the contents of the attributes.
+
listattr listează atributele unui fișier dar nu afișează conținutul atributelor.
usage: listattr 'filename' ['filename' ...]
-
From our screenshot example above:
+
De la exemplul din captura de ecran de mai sus:
~/people ->listattr Clara\ Botters
File: Clara Botters
Type Size Name
@@ -112,25 +111,25 @@ MIME String 21 "BEOS:TYPE"
Raw Data 20 "_trk/pinfo_le"
131 bytes total in attributes.
-
Besides all the "META:*" attributes that hold the contact's information, there are two attributes that are managed by the system:
+
Pe lângă toate atributele "META:*" care conțin informațiile de contact, există două atribute care sunt gestionate de către sistem:
-
BEOS:TYPE holds the file type as a MIME string, here "application/x-person". It determines the default icon and the application that opens the file when you e.g. double click it.
-
"_trk/pinfo_le" is the attribute with which Tracker keeps track of a file's icon position.
-
Note the backslash after "Clara". In Terminal you have to "escape" special characters like '"*\$?!. The space between "Clara" and "Botters" is also one of those. Therefore the backslash is really in front of the space character, and not after "Clara".
+
BEOS:TYPE conține tipul fișierului ca șir MIME, aici "application/x-person". Determină pictograma implicită și aplicația care deschide fișierul atunci când ex: dați dublu clic pe el.
+
"_trk/pinfo_le" este atributul cu care Tracker monitorizează poziția pictogramei unui fișier.
+
Observați bara oblică inversă (backslash) după "Clara". În Terminal trebuie să „escapați” caracterele speciale precum '"*\$?!. Spațiul între „Clara” și "Botters" este unul dintre acestea. Prin urmare bara oblică inversă este chiar în fața caracterului spațiu, și nu după „Clara”.
string, mime, int, llong, float, double, bool, icon, raw
or a numeric value (ie. 0x1234, 42, 'ABCD', ...)
The default is "string"
-
So, say dear Clara took a job with the multi-national Barkelbaer Inc., you fill the formerly empty "Company" attribute with that data (which is of type "string"):
+
Deci, să spunem că Clara a obținut un job la multi-naționalul Barkelbaer Inc., completați atributul înainte liber „Companie” cu aceste date (care sunt de tipul „string”):
~/people ->addattr -t string META:company Barkelbaer\ Inc. Clara\ Botters
Traducerea acestei pagini nu este completă încă. Până când va fi, părțile incomplete utilizează originalul în limba engleză.
Bash și Scriptare
-
"Scripting" is the technique of automating procedures by stringing together commands and saving it all as text files, so called "scripts". Every time you run such a script, the commands are processed one after the other just like they would if you entered them into the Terminal by hand.
-Scripts can range from simply executing a few commands in a specific order to sophisticated pieces of code that solve complex tasks.
+
„Scriptarea” este tehnica de automatizare de proceduri prin alăturarea comenzilor și salvarea lor împreună ca fișiere text, așa numitele „scripturi”. De fiecare dată când rulați un script, comenzile sunt procesate una după alta exact în felul în care le-ați fi scris manual într-un Terminal.
+Scripturile pot să varieze de la executarea simplă a câtorva comenzi într-o ordine specifică, la fragmente de cod sofisticate care rezolvă sarcini complexe.
Since scripts rely naturally a lot on the shell they are interpreted by, you should first familiarize yourself with the BASH that's used by Haiku. There are many resources online as it's a widely used shell. One nice document is Johan Jansson's Introduction to bash - a tutorial for bash under BeOS.
+
De vreme ce scripturile se bazează natural pe shell, de care sunt interpretate, ar trebui să vă familiarizați întâi cu BASH folosit de Haiku. Există multe resurse online întrucât este un shell utilizat pe scară largă. Un document bun este Introducere în bash - un tutorial pentru bash din BeOS, scris de Johan Jansson.
After you've learned a few basics about working in the shell, it's time to slowly ease yourself into the world of scripting. Again, you'll find loads of tutorials and reference material online as well as in bookstores. A very nice introduction that's practically tailor-made for Haiku is the online available Scripting Chapter (PDF, 900kb) of Scot Hacker's BeOS Bible.
+
După ce ați învățat câteva aspecte de bază despre lucrul în shell, a venit timpul să faceți primii pași în lumea scriptării. Din nou, veți găsi o multitudine e tutoriale și material de referință online și în librării. O introducere bună, disponibilă online, care se potrivește perfect cu Haiku este Capitolul de Scriptare (PDF, 900kb) din Biblia BeOS, scrisă de Scot Hacker.
Haiku used to have scripts for booting and shutting down. Today it uses the launch_daemon instead. However, the user can still augment this process with certain user scripts.
-If they don't exist already, you'll have to create the needed files yourself. Otherwise simply add your commands where in the process you want them to be executed.
+
Haiku obișnuia să aibă scripturi pentru pornirea și oprirea sistemului. În prezent se utilizează în schimb launch_daemon. Totuși, utilizatorul poate augmenta încă acest proces cu anumite scripturi de utilizator.
+Dacă nu există deja, va trebui să creați fișierele necesare. Altfel, pur și simplu adăugați comenzile în locurile din proces unde vreți să fie executate.
/boot/home/config/settings/boot/UserBootscript will be executed after the system has finished its boot process. For example, you could launch a number of programs that would then be automatically started on every boot up:
+
/boot/home/config/settings/boot/UserBootscript va fi executat după ce sistemul a terminat procesul de boot. De exemplu, ați putea să lansați un număr de programe care vor fi apoi rulate automat la fiecare pornire a sistemului.
Remember to end a command with an "&" to start it as a background process, or the script will halt until that command has finished (in this case: the launched app was closed again).
+
Amintiți-vă să terminați o comandă cu un „&” pentru a o porni ca process de plan secund, sau scriptul se va opri brusc până când acea comandă va fi terminată (în cazul acesta: aplicația lansată a fost închisă din nou).
-
A simple alternative to the above for launching applications at boot up is to put links to them in the /boot/home/config/settings/boot/launch directory. This can be done simply by right-clicking on the application you wish to have started automatically, going to Create Link and then navigating to the above directory.
+
O alternativă simplă la cele de mai sus pentru lansarea de aplicații la pornire este să adăugați legături către acestea în dosarul /boot/home/config/settings/boot/launch. Acest lucru se poate realiza simplu prin clic dreapta pe aplicația care vreți să pornească automat, apoi dați clic pe Creează legătură și după aceea navigați la dosarul precedent.
/boot/home/config/settings/boot/UserShutdownScript will be executed as the first step in the shutdown process. If the script returns a non-zero exit status, the shutdown is aborted.
+
/boot/home/config/settings/boot/UserShutdownScript va fi executat ca primul pas al procesului de oprire. Dacă scriptul întoarce o stare de ieșire diferită de zero, oprirea este anulată.
/boot/home/config/settings/boot/UserShutdownFinishScript is executed as the last step in the shutdown process. Note, that most parts of the system have terminated by the time this script is executed.
+
/boot/home/config/settings/boot/UserShutdownFinishScript este executat ca ultimul pas al procesului de oprire. Observați că majoritatea componentelor sistemului s-au închis până ce scriptul acesta este executat.
@@ -108,7 +107,7 @@ If they don't exist already, you'll have to create the needed files yourself. Ot
There are several options to try in case of hardware related trouble or if the system becomes unstable or unbootable because of a misbehaving add-on. When moving the selection bar to an option, a short explanation appears at the bottom of the screen.
+
Selectează volum de boot
Alegeți care instalare/versiune de Haiku să înceapă.
+
Selectează opțiuni safe mode
There are several options to try in case of hardware related trouble or if the system becomes unstable or unbootable because of a misbehaving add-on. When moving the selection bar to an option, a short explanation appears at the bottom of the screen.
Safe mode
Puts the system into safe mode. This can be enabled independently from the other options.
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
Disables Advanced Configuration and Power Interface hardware support, overriding the ACPI setting in the kernel settings file.
Blacklist entries
Allows to select system files that shall be ignored. Useful e.g. to disable drivers temporarily. See Troubleshooting below.
-
Select debug options
Here you'll find several options that help with debugging or getting details for a bug report. Again, a short explanation for each option is displayed at the bottom.
+
Selectează opțiuni depanare
Here you'll find several options that help with debugging or getting details for a bug report. Again, a short explanation for each option is displayed at the bottom.
Enable serial debug output
Turns on forwarding the syslog output to the serial interface (default: 115200, 8N1).
If Haiku refuses to boot on your hardware from the get-go, try out setting different options under Select safe mode options. Consider filing a bug report in any case.
+
If Haiku refuses to boot on your hardware from the get-go, try out setting different options under Select safe mode options. Consider filing a bug report in any case.
On the other hand, if Haiku only suddenly acts up after you have installed some software, especially hardware drivers, you have several options to get Haiku bootable again so you can uninstall the offending package:
Activating Safe mode will prevent most servers, daemons and the UserBootScript from being started.
@@ -135,19 +135,19 @@ So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku v
After activating one or more options, you return to the main menu and continue booting, which presents you with this boot screen:
+
După activarea uneia sau mai multor opțiuni, vă întoarceți la meniul principal și continuați pornirea sistemului, care vă arată acest ecran de boot:
-
If everything works OK, one symbol after another quickly lights up.
-The different symbols roughly correspond to these boot stages:
+
Dacă totul fucționează corect, se aprinde rapid un simbol, unul după altul.
+Diferitele simboluri corespund aproximativ cu aceste etape de boot:
-
Atom
Initializing modules.
-
Disk + magnifier
Creating rootfs (/) and mounting devfs (/dev).
-
Plug-in card
Initializing device manager.
-
Disc pornire
Mounting boot disk.
-
Cip
Loading CPU specific modules.
-
Dosar
Final initialization of subsystems.
-
Rachetă
Launch_daemon has started the system.
+
Atom
Se inițializează modulele.
+
Disc + lupă
Se creează rootfs (/) și se montează devfs (/dev).
+
Card plug-in
Se inițializează gestionarul de dispozitive.
+
Disc de boot
Se montează discul de boot.
+
Cip
Se încarcă modulele specifice CPU.
+
Dosar
Se finalizează inițializarea subsistemelor.
+
Rachetă
Launch_daemon a pornit sistemul.
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ The different symbols roughly correspond to these boot stages:
Conținut
-:: Aranjament sistem de fișiere »
+:: Filesystem layout »
diff --git a/userguide/ro/contents.html b/userguide/ro/contents.html
index b02b767f..2e7bc37c 100644
--- a/userguide/ro/contents.html
+++ b/userguide/ro/contents.html
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
- Ghid de Utilizare Haiku - Conținut
+ Ghidul de utilizare Haiku - Conținut
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
Traducerea acestei pagini nu este completă încă. Până când va fi, părțile incomplete utilizează originalul în limba engleză.
-
Bine ați venit la Ghidul de Utilizare Haiku
+
Bine ați venit la Ghidul de utilizare Haiku
Mai jos veți găsi documentația a celor mai importante aspecte a Haiku. Completarea și extinderea documentației este un continuu proces (vedeți versiunea online pentru pagini actualizate și traduceri). Dacă găsiți erori, vreți să sugerați subiecte sau poate chiar să contribuiți, luați legătura pe lista de discuții pentru documentație. Dacă sunteți interesat să ajutați cu traduceri, veți găsi informații despre asta la wiki i18n pentru ghidul de utilizare.
@@ -72,11 +72,11 @@
Step by step guides covering Haiku installation during the (pre-) alpha release phase.
One or more LaunchBox applets can be started to organize shortcuts to your favorite applications or documents. You decide if each is shown on all or just the current workspace. They can also serve to quickly open a document in a specific application. For example, you could drag&drop a HTML file onto a text editor in a LaunchBox to open it in the editor instead of its preferred application, the browser.
-
All options are reached from the context menu:
+
Toate opțiunile sunt accesate din meniul contextual:
-
Add button here
Adds an empty button.
-
Clear button
Empties a button.
-
Remove button
Removes a button.
-
Set description...
Hovering the mouse over an icon shows a tooltip with the file's name and, in case of an application, its short description if it differs from its name (see topic FileTypes). With this menu item you can customize the description for this tooltip.
+
Adaugă buton aici
Adds an empty button.
+
Eliberează butonul
Empties a button.
+
Elimină butonul
Removes a button.
+
Stabilește descrierea...
Hovering the mouse over an icon shows a tooltip with the file's name and, in case of an application, its short description if it differs from its name (see topic FileTypes). With this menu item you can customize the description for this tooltip.
Settings - Horizontal layout - Icon size
@@ -90,7 +92,7 @@ Add a new pad.
Duplicate the current pad.
Close the current pad.
Traducerea acestei pagini nu este completă încă. Până când va fi, părțile incomplete utilizează originalul în limba engleză.
NetworkStatus
-
Deskbar:
Mini-aplicații Desktop
+
Deskbar:
Desktop Applets
Locație:
/boot/system/apps/NetworkStatus
-
Configurări:
none
+
Configurări:
nimic
-
NetworkStatus shows the status of your network connections. If not yet running, launching the applet will ask if it should open in window mode or live in the Deskbar. In window mode you're able to resize the icon by resizing the window and use the Replicant handle to drag it to the Desktop.
-Wherever installed, it's operated via a right-click context menu.
+
NetworkStatus afișează starea conexiunilor la rețea. Dacă încă nu rulează, la lansarea mini-aplicației va întreba dacă ar trebui să se deschidă în mod fereastră sau direct pe Deskbar. În mod fereastră aveți posibilitatea să redimensionați pictograma prin modificarea mărimii ferestrei și utilizarea unui mâner de Replicant pentru a o plasa pe Desktop.
+Oriunde instalată, se manevrează via meniu contextual clic dreapta.
-The first section contains all network devices' names and their state. Clicking on such an entry brings up a window showing its IP, broadcast and netmask address.
-Below is a list of all wireless networks found by the first wireless adapter and an indicator of their signal strength. Have a look at the Workshop: Wireless networking for more information on how to set up a connection.
-Lastly, you can Open network preferences... to change your network configuration or Quit the applet.
+Prima secțiune conține toate numele dispozitivelor de rețea și starea acestora. Clic pe una din intrări va afișa o fereastră care arată adresa de IP, de broadcast și masca de rețea.
+Mai jos este o listă cu toate rețelele wireless găsite de primul adaptor wireless și un indicator al puterii semnalului. Uitați-vă la Seminar: Wireless networking pentru mai multe informații despre cum să configurați o conexiune.
+În cele din urmă, puteți Deschide preferințe rețea... pentru modificarea configurării rețelei sau a Închide mini-aplicația.
-
Traducerea acestei pagini nu este completă încă. Până când va fi, părțile incomplete utilizează originalul în limba engleză.
PowerStatus
-
Deskbar:
Mini-aplicații Desktop
+
Deskbar:
Desktop Applets
Locație:
/boot/system/apps/PowerStatus
Configurări:
~/config/settings/PowerStatus settings
-
PowerStatus shows information about the battery level, so it's only useful on mobile computers. If not yet running, launching the applet will ask if it should open in window mode or live in the Deskbar. In window mode you're able to resize the icon by resizing the window and use the Replicant handle to drag it to the Desktop.
-Wherever installed, it's operated via a right-click context menu.
-
Note: PowerStatus requires a working ACPI support.
+
PowerStatus afișează informații despre nivelul bateriei, deci este util doar pentru calculatoarele mobile. Dacă încă nu rulează, la lansarea mini-aplicației veți fi întrebat dacă ar trebui să se deschidă în mod fereastră sau live pe Deskbar. În modul fereastră veți putea redimensiona pictograma prin modificarea mărimii ferestrei și utilizând mânerul de Replicant pentru a o plasa pe Desktop.
+Oriunde instalată, se operează via meniu contexual clic dreapta.
The primary task of the ProcessController applet is to show the activity of your CPU(s) and the amount of used memory. It allows monitoring of individual teams, change their priority, and kill them if the program freezes. In multiprocessor environments it allows you to disable individual processors/cores. When Tracker or Deskbar crash you can restart them from ProcessController's menu.
@@ -69,10 +71,10 @@
If not yet running, launching ProcessController asks if it should open in window mode or live in the Deskbar. In window mode you can resize the bar-display by resizing the window and then use the Replicant handle to drag it to the Desktop.
Wherever it's installed, it's operated via a right-click context menu.
To remove the applet again from the Deskbar, uncheck Live in the Deskbar in its context menu.
-
Quit an application
+
Ieșirea dintr-o aplicație
To quit an application just choose its name from the Quit an application menu. This is a clean way to close app, just like clicking its close button. Be careful not to quit system processes like servers or daemons, however. Your system may stop working reliably.
-
Memory usage
+
Utilizarea memoriei
Monitoring memory usage can be rather inaccurate.
This menu allows you to monitor memory usage of different teams in your system. Next to the team's name there are two columns: first with the amount reserved for writable memory, while the second shows all memory including read-only space (shared libraries for example).
@@ -82,14 +84,14 @@ To remove the applet again from the Deskbar, uncheck Live in
Memory including read-only space (can be shared with other applications)
-
Threads and CPU usage
+
Thread-uri și utilizarea CPU
This menu allows you to change thread priorities, kill teams or debug them.
Changes via the commands in this menu reach deep into the system and can cause data loss and system instability. Keep that mouse hand steady!
-
Kernel code
-
User code
-
Idle thread
+
Cod kernel
+
Cod utilizator
+
Thread în așteptare
At the first level you see team names. By clicking on one, you can kill the whole team. The dark-blue part of the bar is time spent in kernel code, the light-blue part in user code, the green part in the idle thread(s). A bar completely filled with blue means that the team is using all processoring power.
The second level shows particular threads of a team. By clicking on one, you can debug or kill it. A bar completely filled with blue means that the thread is pegging one processor/core.
@@ -102,7 +104,7 @@ To remove the applet again from the Deskbar, uncheck Live in
Pentru a muta o fereastră o capturați în mini-aplicația Workspaces și o trageți în alt spațiu de lucru. Acest aspect are avantajul că puteți să o mutați fără să plecați din desktop-ul curent. Desigur că asta funcționează bine doar atunci când nu sunt prea multe ferestre într-un spațiu de lucru și ținta nu este acoperită de alte ferestre. Altă posibilitate este să capturați o fereastră prin tab-ul acesteia și să nu o pierdeți în timp ce comutați spații de lucru cu ALTFx.
Pentru mai multe informații despre spațiile de lucru în general și mai multe scurtături de tastatură, vedeți topicul Workspaces.
-
Try this: Make the Workspaces window really big and hide the window tab and border. Now go to the Shortcuts preferences and assign CTRL^ to the Workspaces applet (/system/preferences/Shortcuts).
-Now you can quickly summon the applet with a key combo and equally quickly dismiss it again with ESC.
+
Încercați asta: Măriți foarte mult fereastra Workspaces și ascundeți tabul ferestrei și marginea. Acum mergeți la Preferințe scurtături și atribuiți CTRL^ la mini-aplicația Workspaces (/system/preferences/Shortcuts).
+Acum puteți să deschideți rapid mini aplicația cu o combinație de taste și la fel de rapid puteți să o închideți din nou cu ESC.
@@ -93,7 +92,7 @@ Now you can quickly summon the applet with a key combo and equally quickly dismi
diff --git a/userguide/ro/filesystem-layout.html b/userguide/ro/filesystem-layout.html
index 51422625..0330738f 100644
--- a/userguide/ro/filesystem-layout.html
+++ b/userguide/ro/filesystem-layout.html
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
- Aranjament sistem de fișiere
+ Filesystem layout
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
Traducerea acestei pagini nu este completă încă. Până când va fi, părțile incomplete utilizează originalul în limba engleză.
-
Aranjament sistem de fișiere
+
Filesystem layout
Haiku's filesystem layout is quite transparent, trying to always use non-cryptic names for files and folders, that don't leave the user guessing. Files and folders that are important for the system to function properly, are protected from accidental tempering by showing one of these alerts:
@@ -66,8 +66,8 @@
The second alert pops up if you try to rename or delete something in the system hierarchy. Here, the "Rename" button will only become clickable when you're holding down the SHIFT key.
Generally, there are two separate branches springing from the root folder of the boot volume:
-
/boot/system/
Contains system files and applications/packages shared by all users.
-
/boot/home/
This is your personal folder where you keep your data and settings and the applications/packages that are not shared by all users.
+
/boot/system/
Conține fișierele de sistem și aplicațiile/pachetele partajate de toți utilizatorii.
+
/boot/home/
Acesta este dosarul personal unde păstrați datele, configurările și aplicațiile/pachetele care nu sunt partajate de toți utilizatorii.
As long as Haiku isn't multi-user, this distinction between shared and not-shared applications/packages has no apparent effect, as there's only one user with one home folder. But since there will be support for more users than one eventually, it makes sense to learn the right way from the start.
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Most of the folders inside /boot/system/ are read-only
/boot/system/settings/
Contains system-wide settings.
/boot/system/var/
Contains logs like the syslog (important when troubleshooting) and is the default location for the swap file.
-
For more information on the packages and non-packaged folders, see topic Applications.
+
Pentru mai multe informații despre dosarele packages și non-packaged, vedeți subiectul Applications.
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Files that you'd like to share with other users in a future multi-user environme
This folder contains the settings to all applications and a few configurations for the system. Some applications manage their settings in their own subfolders, others simply put their configuration file in there.
-
For more information on the packages and non-packaged folders, see topic Applications.
+
Pentru mai multe informații despre dosarele packages și non-packaged, vedeți subiectul Applications.
Here are some of the more interesting subfolders in ~/config/settings/:
Traducerea acestei pagini nu este completă încă. Până când va fi, părțile incomplete utilizează originalul în limba engleză.
-
Tipuri de fișiere
+
Filetypes
Other than Windows, Haiku doesn't rely on the 3-letter file extension for a file type (e.g. .txt, .jpg, .mp3). This method is only a last resort fallback. Haiku uses MIME types just like it's custom on the internet.
While there's no reason to use file extensions in Haiku, remember to add them to files you want to share with users of other operating systems, e.g. over email, uploading to a server or via exchange of an USB drive. Otherwise their system may not recognize the file type.
The above is a PNG file, it's MIME string image/png. Let's say you definitely know that it's not a PNG but a GIF. You can change that either by entering the correct MIME string by hand or with one of the two buttons below the textbox:
-
Select...
shows a hierarchical list of filetypes where you navigate to image | GIF Image.
-
Same as...
opens a file dialog where you choose any file that already has the filetype you're looking for.
+
Selectare...
afișează o listă ierarhică de tipuri de fișier unde navigați la imagine | Imagine GIF.
+
La fel ca...
deschide un dialog de fișier unde alegeți orice fișier care are deja tipul de fișier pe care îl căutați.
@@ -95,20 +95,20 @@
If you invoke the Filetype add-on on an executable (here: StyledEdit), you'll get a different dialog:
On top, you'll see, instead of a standardized MIME string, the unique application signature. With it, the system finds the program wherever it's installed.
-
Below it are several flags, controlling the app's behaviour:
+
Mai jos sunt câteva marcaje, care controlează comportamentul aplicației:
-
Single launch
Only one instance of the app can be running per executable file. If you have two copies of that app, however, they can run side by side.
-
Multiple launch
Many instances of the app can run simultaneously.
-
Exclusive launch
Really only one instance with that app's signature is allowed to run at a time.
-
Args only
Indicates the app doesn't respond to messages.
-
Background app
The app won't appear in Twitcher or the list of running apps of the Deskbar.
+
Lansare unică
Only one instance of the app can be running per executable file. If you have two copies of that app, however, they can run side by side.
+
Lansare multiplă
Multe instanțe ale aplicației pot rula simultan.
+
Lansare exclusivă
Really only one instance with that app's signature is allowed to run at a time.
+
Doar argumente
Indică faptul că aplicația nu răspunde la mesaje.
+
Aplicație plan secund
The app won't appear in Twitcher or the list of running apps of the Deskbar.
Then there's the list of supported filetypes. You can add (and remove) filetypes if you think the application can handle them. As a consequence, the app will appear in the menu for preferred applications or Tracker's Open with... context menu when you right-click on a file of that type.
At the bottom are version and copyright information. Like the application signature, they are filled in by the app's author and shouldn't be altered.
The FileTypes preferences don't deal with individual files but with global settings of filetypes. You can change default icons and preferred applications or add, remove, or alter attributes of whole filetypes. You can even create your own filetype from scratch.
All filetypes and their configurations are stored in /boot/home/config/settings/beos_mime/. Before you start experimenting, it may be prudent to make a backup of that folder...
There are only a few things in Haiku's GUI that aren't obvious and deserve an explanation.
-
The Deskbar is Haiku's "Start" menu and taskbar, if you will. See topic Deskbar.
+
Deskbar este, dacă vreți, meniul de „Start” și bara de activități ale Haiku. Vedeți subiectul Deskbar.
The yellow tab offers more than just a program's name or a document's filename:
You can move it by holding the SHIFT key while dragging it to another position, enabling you to stack a number of windows and conveniently access them by their named tab.
You minimize a window with a double-click on its tab (or with CTRLALTM). A such hidden window can be accessed by its entry in the Deskbar or the Twitcher.
You can send a window to the back with a right-click on its tab (or its border).
Butonul de închidere.
The "zoom" button (or CTRLALTZ). In most applications, this will expand a window to maximum size. It doesn't have to, however. Tracker windows, for example, will resize to best fit the contents.
-
The window border. Left-dragging moves the window, right-dragging resizes.
+
Marginea ferestrei. Tragere la stânga mută fereastra, tragere la dreapta este redimensionare.
Colțul de redimensionare.
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ While holding OPT, tabs change color when they overlap;
"Tiling" means gluing windows horizontally or vertically together.
Again, while holding OPT, the borders that'll fuse together when you drop the window change color when brought near each other.
-
Separation is done in the same way, by holding OPT while dragging a window by its tab out of the group.
+
Separarea se face în același fel, ținând apăsat OPT în timp ce se trage o fereastră de la tabul acesteia în afara grupului.
@@ -127,12 +127,12 @@ You can enter parent folders with the pop-up menu above the file listing.
Scurtături tastatură
Many shortcuts in open and save panels are the same used in Tracker. Besides the commands that are also available through the File menu, there are a few not that obvious:
-
ALTN
Creates a new folder.
-
ALTE
Lets you rename the selected entry.
-
ALT↑
Moves into the parent folder.
-
ALT↓ sau ENTER
Moves into the selected folder.
-
ALTD
Takes you to your Desktop.
-
ALTH
Takes you to your Home folder.
+
ALTN
Creează un dosar nou.
+
ALTE
Vă permite să redenumiți intrarea selectată.
+
ALT↑
Mutare în dosarul superior.
+
ALT↓ sau ENTER
Mutare în dosarul selectat.
+
ALTD
Vă trimite pe Desktop.
+
ALTH
Vă trimite la dosarul Home.
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ A right-click on a Replicant handle offers a context menu to show the originatin
diff --git a/userguide/ro/images/prefs-images/repositories.png b/userguide/ro/images/prefs-images/repositories.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..259c059e
Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/ro/images/prefs-images/repositories.png differ
diff --git a/userguide/ro/images/prefs-images/repositories_add.png b/userguide/ro/images/prefs-images/repositories_add.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5915c396
Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/ro/images/prefs-images/repositories_add.png differ
diff --git a/userguide/ro/index.html b/userguide/ro/index.html
index 79a24cab..c5843db2 100644
--- a/userguide/ro/index.html
+++ b/userguide/ro/index.html
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ The index is part of the filesystem and is kept for every volume/partition separ
Indexarea comenzilor în Terminal
-
There are several commands to manage the index:
+
Există mai multe comenzi pentru a gestiona indexul:
lsindex - Displays the indexed attributes on the current volume/partition.
These are the attributes that are indexed by default:
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ name
size
-
mkindex - Adds an attribute to the index of a volume/partition.
+
mkindex - Adaugă un atribut la indexul unui volum/partiție.
Usage: mkindex [options] <attribute>
Creates a new index for the specified attribute.
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ Existing files have to be added manually by copying them and deleting the origin
-
rmindex - Removes an attribute from the index of a volume/partition.
+
rmindex - Elimină un atribut din indexul unui volum/partiție.
Traducerea acestei pagini nu este completă încă. Până când va fi, părțile incomplete utilizează originalul în limba engleză.
Preferințe
-
While a key philosophy of Haiku is to cut down on options and have sensible defaults instead, there are some things that have to be configured or can be set to individual preference. You find all panels in Deskbar's Preferences menu.
+
În timp ce o filosofie cheie a Haiku este simplificarea opțiunilor și deținerea de configurări implicite relevante în locul lor, există câteva lucruri care trebuie configurate sau pot fi stabilite la preferințe individuale. Puteți găsi toate panourile în meniul Preferințe de pe Deskbar.
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ The configuration is done in the E-Mail preference panel.
Let's go through the process of setting up an e-mail account.
You start by clicking the Add button to create a new, unnamed account. This opens a panel where you fill in your account info:
-
First, you set how you get your mail, via POP3 or IMAP.
+
Mai întâi configurați cum primiți email, via POP3 sau IMAP.
Now you enter your E-mail address, Login name and Password, give an Account name under which it will be known under Haiku and your Real name.
If your account is from a major e-mail provider, Haiku already knows all technical details like server IP addresses. If that is not the case, clicking Next will open another window to enter this information by hand:
@@ -94,16 +94,16 @@ See below for more info about the various settings and additional options.
Prin selectarea unui nume de cont din lista din stânga, puteți să modificați câteva configurări generale:
The Account name is the name that's shown for example in the list of accounts in the E-mail preferences. Real name is the name someone sees when she gets mail from you. Return address is the email address that is used when someone replies to your mail. Normally that is the same address you've sent your email from.
If you'd like to use an email account to only send or only receive email, you can de/activate that usage by right-clicking the account's name in the leftside list to set the checkmarks accordingly.
Dați clic pe Primit sub numele de cont pentru a configura cum sunt primite emailurile.
First is the Mail server address for incoming mails. If your provider needs you to log into a specific port, you add that to the address, separated by a colon. For example, pop.your-provider.org:1400.
Then you enter your login information, Login name and Password, and if necessary change the Login type from the default Plain text to APOP for authentication.
@@ -115,8 +115,8 @@ See below for more info about the various settings and additional options.
Dați clic pe Trimis sub numele de cont pentru a configura cum sunt trimise emailurile.
First is the SMTP server address for outgoing mails. As with the incoming server before, you can use a specific port if needed, e.g. mail.your-provider.org:1200.
If you need to login, you change the Login Type to ESMTP and enter username and password above. The other type is used for providers that need you to check for mail with POP3 before SMTP for identification.
@@ -124,13 +124,13 @@ See below for more info about the various settings and additional options.
Notifications for newly arrived email and methods to sort and filter emails are found in E-Mail filters under an account's name. You can add any number of filters that are applied one after the other and rearrange them by drag&dropping them to their new position.
Currently there are three Incoming mail filters you can add. After adding a filter, you have to select it to see its options.
-Spam filter (AGMS Bayesian)
+Filtru spam (AGMS Bayesian)
The spam filter uses statistical methods to classify a mail as unwanted spam. It assigns a value between 0 and 1 to it and you can decide what are the limits for a genuine mail and what will be considered spam.
You can have that spam rating added to the start of the subject.
@@ -139,36 +139,36 @@ Also, the spam filter can learn from all incoming e-mail. Of course, you'll have
-Rule filter
+Filtru de reguli
This filter compares the mail header to a search pattern and performs some action according to the rules you set up.
With the first text field you specify which header to check against. These are available:
-
Name
-
the name of the sender
-
From
-
the e-mail address of the sender
-
To
-
your e-mail address (different for each e-mail account)
-
Reply to
-
the e-mail address replies are sent to
-
When
-
the date and time the mail was received
-
Subject
-
the subject line
+
Nume
+
numele expeditorului
+
De la
+
adresa de email a expeditorului
+
Către
+
adresa de email pe care o aveți (diferit pentru fiecare cont de email)
+
Răspuns către
+
adresa de email la care sunt trimise răspunsurile
+
Când
+
data și ora când a fost primit emailul
+
Subiect
+
linia de subiect
Cc
-
addresses of anyone receiving a carbon copy (Cc)
-
Account
-
the name of the e-mail's account
-
Status
+
adresele persoanelor care primesc o copie carbon (Cc)
+
Cont
+
numele contului de email
+
Stare
The current status of the e-mail. Normally, this can be "Read", "Replied", "Sent", "Forwarded", "New", or anything you have defined yourself. However, unless you change it yourself in a filter, it will always be "New" after the Mail Service fetched the mail.
-
Priority
+
Prioritate
is set by the sender's e-mail program (e.g. "urgent")
Thread
essentially the same as "Subject", but without things like Re: or Fwd:
-
Classification group
+
Grup de clasificare
depending on what the spam filter classified it as, this will either be empty (if uncertain) or contain the word "Genuine" or "Spam"
-
Spam/Genuine estimate
+
Estimare spam/autentic
this is a numerical estimate that the spam filter assigned to the e-mail. They are shown in scientific notation, where 1.065e-12 translates to 1.065 divided by 10 to the 12th power, which in this case translates to 0.000000000001065.
The second text field holds your search pattern. It accepts regular expressions which gives it great flexibility, while unfortunately complicating things a bit. Read up on it a bit, it's well worth it and simple search patterns aren't that complicated at all.
@@ -176,35 +176,35 @@ Rule filter
-New mails notification
+Notificare de emailuri noi
There are several ways you can choose to be notified of newly arrived email. Under Method you find a number of options that can be combined as well:
-
none
-
No notification
-
Beep
+
nimic
+
Fără notificări
+
Bip
Plays the sound file of the "New E-mail" event set in the Sounds preferences for every new email
-
Alert
+
Alertă
Shows an alert window for every new email
-
Keyboard LEDs
+
LEDuri tastatură
Blinks some LEDs like the caps-lock indicator
-
Central alert
+
Alertă centrală
Shows one alert window for all new mails
-
Central beep
+
Bip central
Plays the sound file of the "New E-mail" event set in the Sounds preferences once for new mail
-
Log window
-
Shows the log window
+
Fereastră istoric
+
Afișează fereastra de istoric
-Outgoing Mail Filters
+Filtre de email de trimis
At this moment, there's only one filter that deals with outgoing mail: fortune.
It will attach a randomly chosen funny or wise "fortune cookie" to the end of every mail before it's sent out. You can do a dry run by issuing the command fortune in a Terminal.
Now that your incoming and outgoing mail servers (and maybe some filters, too), are configured, you have to tell the Mail Service that does all the actual checking and fetching how to do its job.
Under Mail checking you configure the interval at which the account's mail server is probed for new mail.
@@ -216,11 +216,11 @@ If you're on a dial-up connection, you may want to do that On
From that menu, you can also Create new message..., Check for mail now or edit Preferences....
If you hold down SHIFT when invoking the context menu, you'll get additional commands:
-
Check for mails only
+
Verifică doar pentru email
Offers a submenu to check only one specific account
-
Send pending mails
+
Trimitere email în așteptare
Allows you to send pending mails without also checking for new mails
-
Shutdown mail services
+
Oprire servicii email
Quits the whole email infrastructure (mail_daemon)
The mailbox icon itself shows if there are unread messages (status "New") when there are envelopes inside.
Traducerea acestei pagini nu este completă încă. Până când va fi, părțile incomplete utilizează originalul în limba engleză.
Keyboard
-
Deskbar:
Preferințe
+
Deskbar:
Preferences
Locație:
/boot/system/preferences/Keyboard
Configurări:
~/config/settings/Keyboard_settings
-
Set the repeat rate and the delay until a held down key starts to repeat. You can test your settings in the text field at the bottom.
+
Stabilește rata de repetare și amânarea până când o tastă apăsată începe să se repete. Puteți să testați configurările în câmpul de text din partea de jos.
-
Defaults
resets everything to default values.
-
Revert
brings back the settings that were active when you started the Keyboard preferences.
+
Implicit
resetează totul la valorile implicite.
+
Revenire
aduce înapoi configurările care au fost active când ați pornit preferințele Keyboard.
~/config/settings/Keymap/* - Location of user modified keymaps.
+
Configurări:
~/config/settings/Keymap/* - Locația hărților de tastatură modificate de utilizator. ~/config/settings/Key_map
@@ -69,10 +71,10 @@
Thus, the Keymap preferences are not only for configuring your local keymap, but are also useful when looking for a special symbol used in other languages. For example, you can switch the keymap to "French", find the "ç" and copy it into your mail to François. (Though you'll find the "cedil" also in other keymaps...)
Pressing modifier keys like SHIFT, CONTROL or OPTION changes the displayed keyboard accordingly.
Then there are the keys that are marked with a blue background. These keys are called Dead Keys that can change the key you press after that. If you click on such a blue key with your mouse, those changeable keys light up yellow. Click again and everything's back to normal. Examples are é, ñ, ó or ë.
-
Below the keyboard representation are two more options:
+
Mai jos de reprezentarea tastaturii există încă două opțiuni:
-
Select dead keys
for setting the above mentioned blue keys.
-
Switch shortcut key...
for using the shortcut key in Windows/Linux mode, i.e. CONTROL (normally CTRL) or Haiku mode, i.e. COMMAND (normally ALT).
+
Selectare taste moarte
pentru configurarea tastelor albastre sus menționate.
+
Comutare tastă scurtătură...
pentru utilizarea tastei de scurtătură în mod Windows/Linux, adică CONTROL (de obicei CTRL) sau mod Haiku, adică COMMAND (de obicei ALT).
The lists on the left offer the available pre-configured keymaps of the system, and below that, if available, user-defined maps. You can change a keymap in the keyboard representation: drag&drop one key on another and they switch places.
Alternatively to this drag&dropping of keys, there's the menu File | Set modifier keys... that opens this window:
@@ -86,18 +88,18 @@ Pressing Set modifier keys applies your changes and
There's another method to customize your keymap besides the Keymap preference panel. It involves editing a text file containing loads of hex values, which may appear daunting on first sight, but isn't really that impossible to grasp.
-
You can dump the current keymap with a command in Terminal:
+
Puteți transfera harta de taste curentă cu o comandă în Terminal:
keymap -d > MyKeymap
The generated text file can then be opened in a text editor. Make sure to use a fixed font in that editor or you'll never grok that file...
At the beginning of that file, you'll find a legend of a stylized keyboard with the hex value corresponding to each key. Below that are the actual assignments of every value. You can do all the customizing that's also available from the Keymap preference panel, and then some. If you happen to have some special keys on your keyboard, you may be able to activate them. That is, use them as ordinary keys or like an option or control key. You won't be able to, for example, have your multimedia keys de/increase the volume or start some application. For this you can use the Shortcuts preferences.
-
When you're finished, you'll save the file and have your system load the modified keymap with this command:
+
Când ați terminat veți salva fișierul și spuneți sistemului să încarce harta de taste modificată cu această comandă:
keymap -s < MyKeymap
-
If you'd like to import this keymap into the Keymap panel, you have to compile it first to a binary format:
+
Dacă doriți să importați această hartă de taste în panoul Keymap, trebuie să o compilați mai întâi într-un format binar:
keymap -c < MyKeymap
-
This will produce a file keymap.out which you can load into Keymap via its Open... menu. By the way, the keymap command is able to load this binary format as well: keymap -l < keymap.out
-
This is the dumped file (the rightmost keys of the stylized keyboard are cut-off for a nicer display on this page):
+
Aceasta va produce un fișier keymap.out pe care puteți să îl încărcați în Keymap via meniul Deschide.... Apropo, comanda keymap poate de asemenea să încarce acest format binar: keymap -l < keymap.out
+
Acesta este fișierul transferat (tastele cele mai din dreapta ale tastaturii stilizate sunt decupate pentru o afișare mai plăcută pe această pagină):
Haiku's localization system does not only include replacing texts with their translations, but also more complex tasks such as formatting numbers, dates, and times in a way that matches your Locale preferences.
If you would like to help with translations or start with a language that is currently missing, please get in contact on the Haiku-i18n mailing list.
-Language
+Limbă
Haiku has been translated to dozens of languages, unfortunately some translations are not complete yet. For that reason, you can choose more than one language as “Preferred languages”. If some text is missing in a translation, it's replaced with the words of the next preferred language. English is the default fallback (also when not listed).
In this example, the preferred language is set to Spanish. The first fallback is Italian, and if the text is missing there too, it's back to default English.
As you can see, expanding a language entry on the left side reveals sub-entries for specific variations or dialects of a language (if available).
-Formatting
+Formatare
On the Formatting tab you can set up the formatting of date, time, number and currency formats independently from the settings of your preferred language.
You may be a Spanish fellow located in the Italian speaking part of Switzerland. So, you'd prefer your system in Spanish, but numbers and currency formatted like at work: Swiss/Italian.
If you're more comfortable with your Spanish names for days and months (think of the modified dates of files, for example), you can override this time-specific formatting with the checkbox at the top to Use month/day-names from preferred language.
Granted, the above example is maybe not the most common scenario, but it demonstrates the flexibility of the system.
-Options
+Opțiuni
The last tab provides an option that will Translate application and folder names in Deskbar and Tracker. Disable the checkbox if you prefer the graphical interface localized, while retaining the original English names for preference panels, applications and standard folder names.
Changes are applied immediately, though currently running applications may require to be closed and restarted before showing the new setting.
-
Defaults
resets everything to default values.
-
Revert
brings back the settings that were active when you started the Locale preferences.
+
Implicit
resetează totul la valorile implicite.
+
Revenire
brings back the settings that were active when you started the Locale preferences.
The window under the mouse pointer automatically gets the focus. Actually raising it, is done as described in the Click to focus mode.
Activating Accept first click relieves you of having to first put the focus on an inactive window in order to trigger widgets like a button or menu. This bears the risk of unintentionally closing a window, for example, by accidentally hitting the close button when aiming for the window tab. On the other hand it speeds up your workflow considerably.
-
All settings are immediately applied.
+
Toate configurările sunt aplicate imediat.
-
Defaults
resets everything to default values.
-
Revert
brings back the settings that were active when you started the Mouse preferences.
+
Implicit
resetează totul la valorile implicite.
+
Revenire
aduce înapoi configurările care au fost active când ați pornit preferințele Mouse.
The Network preference is the one-stop panel to configure all available network devices and services. To the left is a collapsible list of your devices and services, the right has information or settings for the selected entry.
At the bottom you find a checkbox to Show Network status in Deskbar. Revert brings back the settings that were active when you've started the panel.
-
Devices
+
Dispozitive
Here we see the wireless device, using the iprowifi4965 driver. From the pop-up menu you select the WLAN to connect to. After every WLAN name in the menu, you're shown a little icon representing the signal strength.
@@ -81,8 +83,8 @@ Once a WLAN is selected, Haiku will try to connect to it automatically on every
The settings for a tethered device are similar, without the WLAN connecting pop-up menu, obviously.
-
Services
-
DNS settings
+
Servicii
+
Configurări DNS
If you're using DHCP the IP address for a DNS server and the domain are provided by you network (router etc.). You can add and remove other DNS servers and adjust their priorities by moving them up and down in the list with the buttons to the right of it.
@@ -94,7 +96,7 @@ Once a WLAN is selected, Haiku will try to connect to it automatically on every
Haiku provides a few servers that you can Enable or Disable. On the right side of the window, you'll find information on that particular server that you should heed: The FTP and the Telnet server are insecure and unencrypted. By default they're turned off and should only be turned on, if you're aware of the security risks.
-
Settings files
+
Fișiere de configurare
The network settings are found in the folder /system/settings/network/. Normally you don't have to care about those, other than maybe having to delete them to begin with a clean slate after things have gone terribly wrong...
One file however can be really useful, especially when working from the Terminal. The hosts file lets you define aliases to specific IP addresses in the network. For example:
Depozitele sunt colecții de pachete software. Configurate implicit, este depozitul Haiku cu toate pachetele sistemului de operare și HaikuPorts, care oferă un număr mare de software Haiku portat și nativ. Există mai multe depozite menținute de membrii comunității Haiku. Vizitați Site-uri Software pe pagina web.
+
Acesta este panoul de preferințe pentru gestionarea depozitelor (puteți să îl deschideți și de la meniul Unelte din HaikuDepot):
+
+
Prima coloană în lista de depozite cunoscute arată dacă un depozit este activ în mod curent. Dacă nu este bifat, nu va fi interogat de HaikuDepot sau pkgman din linie de comandă. Utilizați butoanele pentru Activare sau Dezactivare a depozitelor selectate, sau dați dublu clic pe un depozit pentru a comuta starea.
+
În funcție de dimensiunea depozitului și de viteza conexiunii la Internet, activarea unui depozit poate să dureze câteva secunde. Dacă durează mai mult, sunteți informat de sarcinile în așteptare în căsuța de text de deasupra butoanelor +/-. Dacă durează neobișnuit de mult, veți fi întrebat dacă doriți să anulați sau să reîncercați.
+
Pentru a putea elimina complet un depozit cu butonul "-" acesta trebuie să fie dezactivat.
+Adăugați un nou depozit cu butonul "" care va deschide acest panou:
+
+
Pentru a adăuga un depozit nou, doar lipiți URL-ul acestuia în câmpul de text. Va fi numit „Necunoscut” până când îl activați.
+
Desigur că adăugarea unui depozit, descărcarea și instalarea de software de la acesta este o problemă de încredere. Nu adăugați orice URL pe care se întâmplă să îl găsiți pe Internet.
~/config/settings/system/app_server/workspaces
-~/config/settings/kernel/drivers/vesa - Only when running in VESA mode.
-~/config/settings/Screen_data - Stores the panel's window position.
+~/config/settings/kernel/drivers/vesa - Doar când se rulează în mod VESA.
+~/config/settings/Screen_data - Stochează poziția ferestrei panoului.
-
Each of your workspaces can have its own resolution, color depth and refresh rate.
+
Fiecare din spațiile de lucru poate să aibă propria rezoluție, adâncime a culorii și rată de actualizare.
The top menu specifies if your changes are applied only to the current or to all workspaces. Depending on your graphics card, the other menus contain all supported resolution, color depth and refresh rate settings.
After clicking on Apply, the graphics mode is changed and an alert appears, asking you to keep or cancel the changes. If you don't answer that alert, the graphics mode reverts after 12 seconds to the previous setting. Maybe you couldn't see the alert because your monitor didn't support the setting.
-
To the left, you see a representation of your screen with the manufacturer and model it reports and it's resolution in dots per inch (dpi). Hovering the mouse pointer over it shows a tooltip with the name of graphics card if it's supported by a driver. Otherwise it says "VESA", the quick fallback solution that works with pretty much every hardware.
-
Revert brings back the setting that was active when you started the Screen preferences.
+
There's a key combination that always works, not only when the Screen preferences are open: SHIFTCTRLALTESC sets a fall-back video safe mode. Handy if your monitor doesn't report its capabilities correctly and your settings result in a distorted or black screen. Here too, an alert pops up and if you do nothing for 12 seconds or press ESC you'll revert back.
+
On the left side of the window, you see a representation of your screen with the manufacturer and model it reports and it's resolution in dots per inch (dpi). It also shows the name of graphics card if it's supported by a driver. Otherwise it says "VESA", the quick fallback solution that works with pretty much every hardware.
While Haiku's VESA mode performs very well, you may experience some limitations. You may not be able to drive your widescreen display in its native resolution, resulting in a somewhat blurred picture. There may also be limitations with regard to available color depths and refresh rates.
+
Revert brings back the setting that was active when you started the Screen preferences.
To the bottom left you can set the number of workspaces and arrange them in columns and rows and open the Backgrounds preferences.
The second tab shows a list of all installed screen savers and their individual settings. You can test your settings with the Test button below the list.
diff --git a/userguide/ro/preferences/shortcuts.html b/userguide/ro/preferences/shortcuts.html
index a40b7837..47b8dc1d 100644
--- a/userguide/ro/preferences/shortcuts.html
+++ b/userguide/ro/preferences/shortcuts.html
@@ -9,6 +9,8 @@
*
* Authors:
* Humdinger
+ * Translators:
+ * Emrys
*
-->
@@ -54,18 +56,17 @@
-
Traducerea acestei pagini nu este completă încă. Până când va fi, părțile incomplete utilizează originalul în limba engleză.
Traducerea acestei pagini nu este completă încă. Până când va fi, părțile incomplete utilizează originalul în limba engleză.
Sounds
-
Deskbar:
Preferințe
+
Deskbar:
Preferences
Locație:
/boot/system/preferences/Sounds
Configurări:
~/config/settings/Media/MediaFiles
-
You can assign sounds to certain events in the system. Just select the event from the list and choose a sound from the pop-up menu below.
+
Puteți atribui sunete la anumite evenimente din sistem. Selectați evenimentul din listă și alegeți un sunet din meniul contextual de mai jos.
-
None
will silence an event.
-
Other...
will open a file panel to find a new sound that isn't yet in the menu.
-
You can use any format that's supported by the system. If MediaPlayer can deal with it, so can any other program.
-You can "pre-hear" an event's sound by selecting it and using the Play and Stop buttons.
+
Nimic
va reduce la tăcere un eveniment.
+
Altele...
va deschide un panou de fișier pentru a găsi un sunet nou care nu se află încă în meniu.
+
Puteți utiliza orice format care este admis de sistem. Dacă MediaPlayer poate să aibă de a face cu el, atunci și celelalte programe pot să facă asta.
+Puteți să „ascultați înainte” sunetul unui eveniment prin selectarea acestuia și utilizarea butoanelor Redare și Stop.
~/config/settings/networktime settings - All the settings concerning synchronizing the time through the network
-~/config/settings/RTC_time_settings - The setting of the hardware clock (local or GMT)
-~/config/settings/Time settings - The time zone setting
-~/config/settings/Time_preflet_window - The panel's window position etc.
+
Configurări:
~/config/settings/networktime settings - Toate configurările cu privire la sincronizarea orei prin rețea
+~/config/settings/RTC_time_settings - Configurarea ceasului de hardware (local sau GMT)
+~/config/settings/Time settings - Configurarea fusului orar
+~/config/settings/Time_preflet_window - Poziția ferestrei panoului, etc.
-
The panel of the Time preferences is split into four tabs:
+
Panoul preferințelor Time este secționat în patru tab-uri:
On the left side, you can set the day of the month by simply clicking on it in the calendar. You change the month and year by clicking on it and using the up/down arrows to the right or the cursor keys on your keyboard.
Similarly, you set the time at the right. Or simply move the hands of the clock directly.
Simply find and choose your country in the list of continents and press Set time zone. For countries with more than one time zone you'll have to expand one level deeper.
To the right you'll find the time of the currently set time zone and the preview time of the the zone you've chosen.
Also on the right side is a setting for the hardware clock of your computer. There are two modes for the clock:
-
Local time
to display your local time, which you normally want if you dual-boot into Windows.
+
Oră locală
to display your local time, which you normally want if you dual-boot into Windows.
GMT
to display Greenwich Mean Time, which is the UNIX compatible setting.
Setting date and time manually is pretty much obsolete if you're connected to the internet. There are public servers that supply very exact time signals.
With the +/- buttons you can add/remove NTP-servers to/from the list.
@@ -98,7 +100,7 @@ To the right you'll find the time of the currently set time zone and the preview
The last tab shows the options of the clock displayed in the Deskbar. You can disable the clock there completely with the top checkbox. The rest are equally self-explanatory.
diff --git a/userguide/ro/preferences/touchpad.html b/userguide/ro/preferences/touchpad.html
index c31101dd..3202947d 100644
--- a/userguide/ro/preferences/touchpad.html
+++ b/userguide/ro/preferences/touchpad.html
@@ -9,6 +9,8 @@
*
* Authors:
* [Insert your name and address here]
+ * Translators:
+ * Emrys
*
-->
@@ -59,12 +61,12 @@
Touchpad
-
Deskbar:
Preferințe
+
Deskbar:
Preferences
Locație:
/boot/system/preferences/Touchpad
Configurări:
~/config/settings/Touchpad_settings
-
This panel offers several touchpad related settings that are interesting when you're running on a notebook.
+
Acest panou oferă mai multe configurări în legătură cu touchpad-ul care sunt interesante când rulați de pe un laptop.
@@ -75,8 +77,8 @@ The acceleration setting decides how much quicker a list scrolls by if you swish
If you feel comfortable using this feature, you can dispense with setting scroll areas and instead use the whole pad for normal navigation.
At the bottom is another slider to set the tap click sensitivity. If your taps keep getting ignored, increase the sensitivity. If the system registers clicks all the time, while all you want is to move the mouse pointer, try decreasing it.
-
Defaults
resets everything to default values.
-
Revert
brings back the settings that were active when you started the Touchpad preferences.
+
Implicit
resetează totul la valorile implicite.
+
Revenire
aduce înapoi configurările care au fost active atunci când ați pornit preferințele Touchpad.
Here is a tip that's not related to the Touchpad preferences, but fits the general topic:
Did you know that you can do a drag and drop just by using the touchpad, i.e. not using the buttons? Just do a double click without lifting the finger after the second click. The picked up icon will stick to the mouse pointer and you can drag it around by moving your finger. Lifting your finger will drop the icon.
Traducerea acestei pagini nu este completă încă. Până când va fi, părțile incomplete utilizează originalul în limba engleză.
Tracker
-
Deskbar:
Preferințe
+
Deskbar:
Preferences
Locație:
/boot/system/preferences/Tracker
Configurări:
~/config/settings/Tracker/TrackerSettings
-
The Tracker preference panel is also available from every Tracker window with the menu Window | Preferences....
-Its functions are discussed in the topic on Tracker.
+
Panoul de preferințe Tracker este de asemenea disponibil din fiecare fereastră Tracker cu meniul Fereastră | Preferințe....
+Funcțiile acestuia sunt discutate în subiectul despre Tracker.
Traducerea acestei pagini nu este completă încă. Până când va fi, părțile incomplete utilizează originalul în limba engleză.
VirtualMemory
-
Deskbar:
Preferințe
+
Deskbar:
Preferences
Locație:
/boot/system/preferences/VirtualMemory
Configurări:
~/config/settings/kernel/drivers/virtual_memory
-~/config/settings/VM_data - Stores the panel's window position.
+~/config/settings/VM_data - Stochează poziția ferestrei panoului.
-
Virtual memory let's the system swap out memory to harddisk, if the RAM can be used more sensibly for other things. So, even if you have lots of RAM, providing virtual memory is never a bad idea.
+
Memoria virtuală permite sistemului să schimbe memorie la hard disc, dacă memoria RAM poate fi utilizată mai eficient pentru alte lucruri. Prin urmare, deși aveți multă memorie RAM, furnizarea de memorie virtuală nu e niciodată o idee greșită.
-
You can set the size to even more than your physical memory size if needed. With today's huge harddisks, assigning the physical memory size shouldn't be a problem. Still, you can quickly adjust the size if your free space ever runs low. In that case you should also have a look at DiskUsage to find out what's eating up your diskspace.
-
Normally, the swap file's written to your boot partition. If you often run into disk thrashing due to the virtual memory system swapping memory in and out, you can try to use a separate harddisk for you swap file. Simply another partition on the same harddisk with your system/data won't help.
-Upgrading your RAM is of course the most effective way to go...
+
Puteți stabili dimensiunea chiar și peste mărimea fizică a memoriei dacă este necesar. Având în vedere hard discurile uriașe de azi, atribuirea mărimii memoriei fizice nu ar trebui să fie o problemă. Oricum, puteți ajusta dimensiunea rapid dacă spațiul liber devine scăzut vreodată. În acest caz ar trebui de asemenea să vă uitați la DiskUsage pentru a determina sursa care ocupă spațiul pe disc.
+
De obicei fișierul swap este scris pe partiția de boot. Dacă întâmpinați vreodată avertismente ale discului din cauza sistemului de memorie virtuală care schimbă memorie, puteți încerca să utilizați un hard disc separat pentru fișierul swap. Doar o partiție pe același hard disc cu sistemul/datele nu va ajuta.
+Desigur că actualizarea memoriei RAM este cel mai eficient mod de a rezolva...
-
Defaults
resets everything to default values.
-
Revert
brings back the settings that were active when you started the VirtualMemory preferences.
+
Implicit
resetează totul la valorile implicite.
+
Revenire
aduce înapoi configurările care au fost active când ați pornit preferințele VirtualMemory.
diff --git a/userguide/ro/queries.html b/userguide/ro/queries.html
index c150a19e..1097b486 100644
--- a/userguide/ro/queries.html
+++ b/userguide/ro/queries.html
@@ -83,17 +83,17 @@ Even better, you don't have to double-click to re-do a query. You can
Select recent or saved queries or save the current search parameters as Query Template.
-
Narrow down your search from All files and folders to specific file types.
+
Restrângeți căutarea de la Toate fișierele și dosarele la tipuri de fișier specifice.
Define the search method:
by Name - a basic search by file or folder name
by Attribute - an advanced search, you specify search terms for one or more attributes
by Formula - an even more advanced search, you can fine-tune a complex query term
-
Select which drives to search on.
-
Enter the search term.
-
The expander hides/unhides the additional options.
+
Selectați dispozitivele în care căutați.
+
Introduceți termenul căutat.
+
Expander ascunde/afișează opțiunile adiționale.
Uncheck the Temporary checkbox if you don't want this query self-destruct after 7 days.
-
Check if your query is supposed to Include trash.
-
Optionally, enter a name for this query if you want to save it.
+
Verificați dacă interogarea ar trebui de asemenea să Include gunoi.
+
Opțional, introduceți un nume pentru această interogare dacă vreți să o salvați.
You can drag&drop the icon anywhere to save a query. Doing that with the right mouse button, offers the option to save as template.
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Even better, you don't have to double-click to re-do a query. You can
You start by setting the filetype from All files and folders to, for example, Text | E-mail and change the search method to by Attribute.
This adds a pop-up menu to the left of the textbox and the buttons Add and Remove under that. From the menu you choose which attribute to query. With Add and Remove you can query additional attributes or remove them again. These attributes can be logically linked with AND/OR.
-
Let's do an email query as an example:
+
Să luăm o interogare de email ca exemplu:
This is your Find window when you're looking for all emails Clara Botters has sent to you in the last two months that had in the subject "vibraphone" or "skepticality".
As you see, searching through time-based attributes supports some useful phrases: besides for the "last 2 months", you could also use "today", "yesterday", "Monday" or "last Monday" (which would be the Monday last week), or "last 2 minutes/hours/days/weeks".
@@ -121,15 +121,15 @@ A good way to cut down the number of search results.
Typing in a formula query by hand is daunting and really quite unpractical. It still has its uses.
Take the above query by attribute of Clara's mails concerning vibraphones etc. If you have all the attributes and their search terms set, try switching to by Formula mode and be overwhelmed by this one line query string:
You could copy and paste the string into an email, forum or IRC for others to use or debug.
+
Puteți copia și lipi șirul într-un email, forum sau IRC pentru utilizarea sau depanarea acestuia de către alte persoane.
You can use this method to construct a query in Attribute mode and then switch to Formula mode, to comfortably generate a search string to use for a query in Terminal or a script.
You can fine tune your query by inserting parenthesis where needed, make parts case-sensitive or negate logical combinations by changing. e.g. "==" to "!=" for a NOT AND. All you need is a basic understanding of regular expressions and maybe some scripting basics.
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ A good way to cut down the number of search results.
Besides the gray background, result windows work exactly like any other Tracker window. Some things are worth noting:
-
You can open the location of a file or folder by double clicking on its path attribute.
+
Puteți deschide locația unui fișier sau dosar prin dublu clic pe atributul de cale al acestuia.
With File | Edit query or ALTG you get back to your Find window to refine your query.
A query is live, i.e. if a file that matches your search criteria appears or disappears from your system, this change is reflected in your results in real-time.
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ A good way to cut down the number of search results.
Șabloane Interogări
If you double click a saved query, the file search is at once started and the result window opens immediately. However, you may not want to search with these exact search parameters, but use it as starting point to only slightly tweak the formula.
By using the Save query as template menu item (see (1) in screenshot at the top) or drag&dropping the icon (10) anywhere with the right mouse button, you can create just such a template. Double clicking it won't open a result window, but the Find panel, giving you the opportunity to quickly change search strings or add/remove attributes.
-
Wherever you choose to save query templates, they'll be listed in the Find panel's menu of recent queries.
+
Oriunde alegeți să salvați șabloanele de interogări, acestea vor fi listate în meniul panoului Căutare al interogărilor recente.
Traducerea acestei pagini nu este completă încă. Până când va fi, părțile incomplete utilizează originalul în limba engleză.
Team Monitor
Cu CTRLALTDEL invocați Team Monitor ce listează toate programele care rulează în mod curent.
-
Programs that were launched by the system are blue, those started by the user black.
-Applications that are unresponsive, which is often a sign the program has crashed, are marked red. You can try to quit a program by selecting it and pressing Quit application (or either DEL or Q). If that doesn't work, try Kill application (or SHIFTDEL or K) instead.
+
Programele care au fost lansate de sistem sunt albastre, cele pornite de utilizator sunt negre.
+Aplicațiile care nu răspund, ceea ce este de obicei un semn că programul este în pană, sunt marcate cu roșu. Puteți încerca să închideți un program prin selectarea acestuia și apăsarea pe Închide aplicația (sau fie DEL sau Q). Dacă asta nu funcționează, încercați Termină aplicația (sau SHIFTDEL or K) în schimb.
Puteți invoca un Terminal cu OPTALTT.
-
If your Tracker or Deskbar crashed or froze, a new button appears (you may have to kill the offending team first): Restart the desktop will restart Tracker and/or Deskbar for you.
+
Dacă Tracker sau Deskbar sunt în pană sau au înghețat, un buton nou apare (e posibil să trebuiască să termini echipa care a cauzat problema mai întâi): Repornire desktop va reporni Tracker și/sau Deskbar.
The Tracker is the graphical interface to all your files. It lets you create new files and folders or find, launch or rename as well as copy or delete existing ones.
+
Tracker este interfața grafică pentru toate fișierele. Vă permite să creați fișiere și dosare noi sau să căutați, lansați sau redenumiți precum și să copiați sau să ștergeți fișiere și dosare existente.
Being an application like any other (the Desktop with its icons is really just a fullscreen window in the background), Tracker appears with its windows in the Deskbar and can be quit and restarted. The easiest way to quit and restart a crashed or frozen Tracker (or a wayward Deskbar) is to call the Team Monitor.
In order to access a harddisk, CD, USB stick etc., you first have to mount the volume, that is, let the system know it's there. This is done with a right-click on the Desktop or an already mounted volume (like the boot disk) and choosing the volume from the Mount submenu. You find the same Mount menu in the Deskbar.
There are also Settings so you don't have to mount everything manually after every bootup.
The above settings will automatically mount any storage device you connect/insert and also mount all disks on bootup that were mounted previously.
-
Before you disconnect e.g. a harddrive or USB stick, make sure you have successfully unmounted the volume. This guarantees that all data transfer has finished. Otherwise you may lose data or corrupt the disk!
+
Înainte să deconectați de ex: un hard disc sau stick USB, asigurați-vă că ați demontat cu succes volumul. Aceasta garantează că tot transferul de date s-a terminat. Alfel este posibil să pierdeți date sau să corupeți discul!
@@ -94,13 +94,13 @@ This is also true for keyboard navigation. For more on that, see topic Drilling down the submenus
-
Instead of double-clicking your way down folder after folder, there's a better way to drill down:
În loc să dați dublu clic dosar după dosar, există o metodă mai bună pentru forare:
Right-click onto a folder, and at the top of the usual context menu you'll find a submenu of the current folder that let's you navigate down a level. Just move down the hierarchy until you find the file or folder you're looking for and click on it to open it. The above shows the contents of the folder /boot/home/config/.
If you do the above while dragging a file with you, it will be moved to where you eventually drop it.
-
A similar method can be used from any Tracker window:
+
O metodă similară poate fi utilizată din orice fereastră Tracker:
Click on the area in the lower left, where the number of items is listed, and you'll get submenus for every level above your current location. From there you can drill down through the folders as usual.
Note, that the Desktop is always the topmost level as that is where Tracker shows mounted volumes. So, if you want to go to another disk, you first have to navigate to the top (Desktop) and cross over to your other disk from there.
@@ -108,13 +108,13 @@ If you do the above while dragging a file with you, it will be moved to where yo
You may be familiar with the concept from file managers of other operating systems: typing the first few letters of a filename will jump to the first file matching these starting characters. Haiku took the idea a step further. If there isn't a file starting with those letters it will jump to the first file including the string anywhere in its name. And if there's nothing with the string in its filename, the attributes are searched next.
In the above example, there are many files starting with "Haiku logo", rendering simpler approaches to typing ahead quite useless. In Haiku however, typing "web" jumps right to its first occurence in "Haiku logo - website". The characters you enter appear in the bottom left corner where you normally find the item count of all files in the folder. A second after entering a character, the display jumps back to normal and you're ready for a new type ahead search.
Instead of jumping to a file while typing, there's also the option to filter out all files not matching your type-ahead string. This can improve clarity dramatically, especially when dealing with crowded folders. By using SHIFTSPACE as delimiter, you can even filter on multiple strings.
Contrary to type-ahead jumping, the filtering will stick until you press ESC or close the window (or leave the folder if you're using Single Window Navigation).
This type-ahead filtering is set in the Tracker preferences.
@@ -123,13 +123,13 @@ This type-ahead filtering is set in the Trac
Aspect
-
Tracker windows offer three different viewing modes from the Window menu:
+
Ferestrele Tracker oferă trei moduri de vizualizare diferite din meniul Fereastră:
-
Icon view (ALT1) - Big icons, you can change the size from the submenu or in/decrease their size with ALT+/-.
-
Mini icon view (ALT2) - Small icons.
-
List view (ALT3) - A detailed list of your files enabling you to show/hide available attributes. (See topic Attributes.)
+
Vizualizare pictogramă (ALT1) - Pictograme mari, puteți modifica dimensiunea din submeniu sau mări/micșora dimensiunea lor cu ALT+/-.
+
Vizualizare pictogramă mini (ALT2) - Pictograme mici.
+
Vizualizare listă (ALT3) - O listă detaliată a fișierelor, care vă permite afișarea/ascunderea atributelor disponibile. (Vedeți subiectul Attributes.)
-
The Window menu offers a number of other functions:
+
Meniul Fereastră oferă un număr de alte funcții:
Resize to fit (ALTY) - Resizes the window to its ideal size.
Arrange by... - Only available in Icon or Mini icon view, a submenu allows to set the sorting order to various properties:
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ This type-ahead filtering is set in the Trac
Sometimes you just want to rearrange a few icons without doing a complete Clean up (ALTK). In that case, you select these icons and start to drag them to their new location. Before you drop them there, keep ALT pressed. This will align the icons to the invisible grid.
-
The rest of the functions are pretty self-explanatory, leaving the Tracker preferences.
+
Restul funcțiilor se explică de la sine destul de bine, rămân doar preferințele Tracker.
@@ -161,15 +161,15 @@ This type-ahead filtering is set in the Trac
Când sunt invocate pentru un fișier selectat, majoritatea comenzilor din meniul Fișier sunt de asemenea oferite de meniul contextual prin clic dreapta pe acel fișier.
+
Ca de obicei comenzile sunt destul de clare.
-
Find... - Find a file or folder. See topic Query for more info.
+
Căutare... - Caută un fișier sau dosar. Pentru mai multe informații, vedeți Query.
New - Create a new folder or any other file based on a template.
@@ -186,8 +186,8 @@ This type-ahead filtering is set in the Trac
Edit name, Duplicate and Move to trash - lets you rename or duplicate a file or put the selected file(s) to the trash.
-
Move to, Copy to and Create link - lets you move, copy or link the selected file(s) using the submenu navigating method. Holding SHIFT while invoking the menu offers the option to create a relative link.
+
Editează nume, Duplicare și Mută la gunoi - vă permite să redenumiți sau duplicați un fișier sau să plasați fișierul(ele) selectat(e) la gunoi.
+
Mută la, Copiază la și Creează legătură - vă permite să mutați, copiați sau legați fișierul(ele) selectat(e) utilizând metoda de navigare a submeniului. Ținând apăsat SHIFT în timp ce invocați meniul oferă opțiunea de creare a unei legături relative.
Cut, Copy and Paste - lets you cut, copy and paste files using the clipboard. By holding SHIFT while invoking the menu you can Copy/Cut more files, maybe from another folder that you can paste somewhere else later. Also, while holding SHIFT you can paste the copied files in the clipboard as links.
Identify - will sniff out and set the type of files if they didn't have one before, e.g. if you transferred a file with wget which doesn't set a filetype itself. Holding SHIFT while invoking the menu changes the item to Force identify which identifies the filetype and corrects it if it was false before.
Add-Ons - offers you every generic Tracker add-on and those that can handle the selected file(s). See topic Tracker Add-ons for more information.
@@ -196,9 +196,9 @@ This type-ahead filtering is set in the Trac
When you copy, move or delete files, Tracker shows its progress with a status window. If you initiate more than one transaction, each job gets its own status display.
+
Când copiați, mutați sau ștergeți fișiere, Tracker arată progresul cu o fereastră de stare. Dacă începeți mai mult de o tranzacție, fiecare dintre acestea obține propria afișare de stare.
-
To the right are two buttons to pause or stop a transaction entirely. Sometimes it can be useful to temporarily pause a large transaction. For example, you may need to quickly launch a large application. Copying large amounts of data chokes your harddisk's IO bandwidth and thus delays your workflow.
+
La dreapta sunt două butoane pentru a pauza sau stopa o tranzacție complet. Câteodată poate fi util să pauzați temporar o tranzacție mai mare. De exemplu, poate aveți nevoie să deschideți rapid o aplicație mai mare. Copierea de cantități mari de date ocupă mult din lungimea de bandă IO al hard discului și prin urmare întârzie modul de lucru.
Just tap CTRLTAB to switch between the current and the last application/window. Tapping CTRLTAB very quickly will switch between all applications. Or press and hold CTRLTAB to go through all running applications by repeatedly hitting TAB or ←/→. If you need to get to a specific window of a program, move to its icon as described and then go through its open windows with the ↑/↓ keys.
You cycle through all an applications visible windows on the current workspace with CTRL~ (which, depending on the keymap you're using, is the key below ESC).
It's also possible to invoke the Twitcher with CTRLTAB and then use the mouse to choose the application/window you'll jump to when releasing the CTRL key.
-
The Twitcher also offers a few more advanced keyboard shortcuts:
+
Twitcher oferă de asemenea câteva scurtături de tastatură mai avansate:
-
ESC
Aborts the twitching and returns to the formerly active window.
-
Q
Quits the selected application.
-
H
Hides all windows of the selected application.
+
ESC
Anulează comutarea și se întoarce la fereastra activă anterioară:
If you come to Haiku from other operating systems, you're probably used to big applications like MS Outlook or Mozilla's Thunderbird. You have to configure them by entering all the info on mail server addresses etc. and they use their own contacts database. They take care of sending and fetching email and store them in some big special file.
Changing you email client can be a hassle with quite some ex/importing and converting going on. Using more than one client in parallel to check out what else is available is also not without the occasional kerfuffle.
-
Haiku's mail system is different. It breaks down into smaller separate modules.
-
There's the mail_daemon that takes care of the communication with your mail servers. The E-Mail preferences is the one central point to configure your email accounts and how often they're checked, for example.
+
Sistemul de email Haiku este diferit. Se împarte în module separate mai mici.
+
Există mail_daemon care are grijă de comunicarea cu serverele de email. Preferințele E-Mail sunt punctul central pentru configurarea conturilor de email pe care le aveți și cât de frecvent sunt verificate, de exemplu.
Every message that is fetched or sent is saved as one single email file, with its header information (like sender, subject, date) and status (like New, Replied, Sent) in BFS attributes. This enables searching/filtering them with Haiku's fast queries.
With every email being in a separate file, viewing them becomes just as easy as browsing through a folder (or query result) of images with ShowImage. Leaving the Tracker window open, you'll see the moving selection of the currently viewed file while you use the previous/next button to move through them.
@@ -88,18 +88,18 @@ As they are independent files, using a viewer other than Haiku's People application.
In a nutshell, where other mail clients do everything, from communicating with the mail servers to providing a view with all your mails and tools to search and filter them, Haiku uses a chain of smaller tools and general file management:
-
The mail_daemon to fetch/send mail and save them as normal files.
-
Tracker windows and queries to find and show email files.
-
The Mail application to view email files and create new messages relying on system-wide contact management by the People app.
+
mail_daemon pentru a primi/trimite email și salvarea lor ca fișiere normale.
+
Ferestre și interogări Tracker pentru a găsi și afișa fișiere email.
+
Aplicația Mail pentru a vizualiza fișiere email și pentru crearea de mesaje noi pe baza gestionării de contacte a sistemului prin aplicația People.
Especially using Tracker and queries to manage emails is a powerful idea. The experience you gain can be transferred to any other problem that is dealing with files. Be it images, music, video, contacts or any other documents, using Tracker is at the core of all file managing.
Also, improvements in any of these system areas benefit not just emailing, but all applications that make use of them.
When you browse through your newly arrived email, you may want to come back to some of them later to think about it in more depth. While you could use Mail's menu Close and | Leave as New to keep them in your "New messages" query, things tend to pile up that way...
-
One solution is of course to just start a reply and save it as draft. But if you don't expect to write a reply and just want to re-read the mail later, that isn't ideal.
+
O soluție este desigur doar să începeți un răspuns și să-l salvați drept ciornă. Dar dacă nu vă așteptați să scrieți un răspuns și doar vreți să recitiți emailul mai târziu, această metodă nu este ideală.
Better use Close and | Set to... to create a new status and use that to categorize your mail. For example, you could call the status "Later", and then query for that when you find more time.
Or you use different statuses for specific projects. For example, I created a status "HUG" (for "Haiku user guide") under which I collect every mail that may influence the contents of the user guide, like commit messages about code changes that alter or introduce some feature or anything else I feel could improve the user guide.
@@ -108,38 +108,38 @@ In any case, try to keep the status name short. That way it always fits in a nor
Sure, you specify a folder to store all your email, you can open it et voilà, there's all you mail. But over time the folder becomes crowded and showing all will take longer and longer as thousands of files and their attributes have to be parsed and sorted. Also, most of the time you don't really care about two year old emails of Nigerian princes and their inheritory trouble ...
-
A lot of time when populating a folder is spent on putting files read from disk into the correct sorting order and displaying that in the window. If you do have to open a folder with a huge number of files, you can shorten the wait by making the Tracker window "invisible", i.e. either minimize it or change to another workspace. Watch ProcessController to see how it affects CPU usage.
By using queries, you can narrow down the view of your mails. Actually, the mailbox icon in the Deskbar uses queries.
+
A lot of time when populating a folder is spent on putting files read from disk into the correct sorting order and displaying that in the window. If you do have to open a folder with a huge number of files, you can shorten the wait by making the Tracker window "invisible", i.e. either minimize it or change to another workspace. Watch ProcessController to see how it affects CPU usage.
Prin utilizarea interogărilor, puteți restrânge vizualizarea de email. De fapt, pictograma căsuței poștale de pe Deskbar utilizează interogări.
The Open Draft submenu does a query for the status "Draft", which is set by Mail when you save a message.
Open Inbox Folder and Open Mail Folder are just links to regular folders (and not very useful in my opinion).
The # new messages submenu is populated by a query for email with the status "New" (that same query is used to change the mailbox icon to show some letters in it, by the way).
-
You can add your own queries (or folders, applications, scripts etc.) to that context menu too, by putting them or links to them into ~/config/settings/Mail/Menu Links.
+
De asemenea, puteți adăuga interogările personale (sau dosarele, aplicațiile, scripturile, etc.) la acel meniu contextual, prin adăugarea acestora sau legături către acestea la ~/config/settings/Mail/Menu Links.
The query ~/config/settings/Mail/mailbox is a special case: It is executed when left-clicking the mailbox icon in the Deskbar. If you want to change that behavior, you can replace it with any other file (or link to a file), just name it "mailbox". It doesn't have to be a query, a link to a folder of queries or a script or application works just as well.
If you don't save a query as "Query" but as "Query template", invoking it won't show the result window, but the Find... window instead. That way you can easily exchange the search string for the subject or sender, for example, or change a "2 days" time limit to "3 days".
Activating "type-ahead filtering" in Tracker's preferences allows you to very quickly filter a query result even further. Often it's enough to query for all mails of the last 3 days and go with type-ahead filtering from there. The big advantage is, that you don't have to exactly specify which attribute to search for, as all displayed are considered when filtering.
Start the Filetypes preferences, and click on the Add... button below the hierarchical list on the left. A small dialog opens and you specify in which MIME Group your new filetype will reside. You can also create a completely new group. Let's put it into "applications" and set the "Internal Name" to DVDdb.
-
Now, a panel for your new DVDdb filetype opens:
+
Un panou pentru noul tip de fișier DVDdb se deschide:
Double-click the icon well to open Icon-O-Matic to design an icon for your filetype. You can also drag&drop an icon from the icon well of another type, maybe as starting point for a modified version.
You can add suffixes like .txt, .jpg, .mp3 to recognize files by their extention. Useful when working with files from systems without MIME typing. We don't need that for our example.
This pop-up menu shows a list of all applications that can handle this particular filetype. From here you can choose which program should open this specific file when it's double-clicked.
-
Select...
opens a file dialog where you choose the application to open with this filetype. Here, we set ShowImage to display the DVD's cover.
-
Same as...
opens a file dialog where you choose any file that already has the preferred application set that you're looking for.
+
Selectare...
deschide un dialog de fișier unde alegeți aplicația de deschis cu acest tip de fișier. Aici vom stabili ShowImage ca să afișeze coperta DVD.
+
La fel ca...
deschide un dialog de fișier unde alegeți orice fișier care are deja stabilită aplicația preferată pe care o căutați.
Before we start entering data in our little DVD database, we should add certain attributes to the Index. Only indexed attributes can use Haiku's fast Queries.
So, what will we be searching in the future? We probably won't ask "What's in the B4 coordinate in my shelf?" or "Does the IMdB URL or the plot of the movie contain the word 'pope-shenooda'?".
-
This leaves these attributes:
+
Aceasta lasă următoarele atribute:
-
Internal Name
Attribute type
+
Nume intern
Tip de atribut
DVDdb:title
text
DVDdb:genre
text
DVDdb:cast
text
DVDdb:rating
int-32
-
To index them, we open a Terminal and simply add one attribute after the other:
+
Pentru a le indexa, deschidem un Terminal și adăugăm pur și simplu atributele unul după altul:
Now, everything's set and we can begin putting some data into our base.
Since our basic file is a cover image, we go to some online resource like IMdB, look for our first movie and save the cover or movie poster in a new folder where we want to keep our DVDdb files.
Opening that folder we see a typical Tracker window with one JPEG in it. Right-clicking it, we change its filetype to application/DVDdb with the Filetype Addon. There's more info on this in the Filetypes document.
@@ -213,12 +213,12 @@ Since our basic file is a cover image, we go to some online resource like IMdB,
Several hours of grunt work later, we have a nice little database that you can query to find all your Christina Ricci movies that have a 7+ rating... :)
You can assign a sensible attribute layout for query results of a specific filetype.
Open the folder containing your DVDdb files and arrange the attributes how you'd like to have query results presented. Copy this layout with Attributes | Copy layout.
Open /boot/home/config/settings/Tracker/DefaultQueryTemplates, create a new folder and rename it to group/filetype, replacing slashes with underscores; in our case "applications_DVDdb".
-
Open the new folder and paste in the layout with Attributes | Paste layout. Voilà:
+
Deschideți un dosar nou și lipiți aranjamentul cu Atribute | Lipire aranjament. Voilà:
Even if the first hurdle of generally supported hardware is taken, some wireless network cards require binary firmware modules to properly operate. Haiku cannot include some of these proprietary firmware files due to licensing issues. Haiku does however include a simple script which will retrieve and install all of the needed proprietary bits for you. Generally, if you are planning to use wireless networking, it is a good idea to run this script to ensure your system has all of these firmwares available when they are needed.
-
Open a Terminal and type:
+
Deschideți un Terminal și scrieți:
install-wifi-firmwares.sh
-
Now review the licenses and accept them to install all of the available firmware files.
+
Revizuiți licențele și acceptați-le pentru a instala toate fișierele firmware disponibile acum.
-
If you don't have internet access to download those lacking firmwares under Haiku, there's an offline method, see under tips below.
+
Dacă nu aveți acces la Internet pentru a descărca firmware lipsă în Haiku, există o metodă deconectată, vedeți sfaturile de mai jos.
By default, Haiku will join the first unencrypted wireless network it finds after booting up. To connect to a specific network, you use the Desktop applet NetworkStatus.
Right-click on its icon in the Deskbar and choose the network's public name (which is the "SSID" it broadcasts) from the context menu.
@@ -99,31 +99,31 @@ PCMCIA, CardBus, ExpressCard, USB and ISA devices still need more work to become
If you prefer to use the command line or would like to use scripting or the ~/config/settings/boot/UserBootscript to automate things to join a specific network on bootup, there's the command ifconfig.
-
Start a Terminal and enter the first line to scan for available wireless networks:
Dacă preferați să utilizați linia de comandă sau doriți să folosiți scriptare sau ~/config/settings/boot/UserBootscript pentru a automatiza pașii de alăturare unei rețele specifice la pornire, există comanda ifconfig.
+
Deschideți un Terminal și introduceți prima linie care scanează pentru rețele wireless disponibile:
ifconfig /dev/net/iprowifi3945/0 scan
name address signal auth
haiku-top 01:d0:19:a6:88:42 30 WPA
ArcorInternet123 00:20:12:a4:29:e1 15 WPA
-
The path to your wireless network adapter has to be adjusted, of course.
-The output shows the public name (SSID), MAC address, signal strength and authentication method of all found networks.
-
To join a network, use this line and insert the respective public name (SSID) and password:
+
Desigur, calea către adaptorul de rețea wireless trebuie să fie ajustată.
+Rezultatul arată numele public (SSID), adresa MAC, puterea semnalului și metoda de autentificare pentru toate rețelele găsite.
+
Pentru a vă alătura unei rețele, utilizați această linie și introduceți respectivul nume public (SSID) și parolă:
Make sure the initial configuration of the wireless network adapter after booting up has finished, before issuing ifconfig commands or they might be ignored. Depending on your hardware and network configuration that may take a while. Watch those notifications...
If you cannot obtain the binary firmware files via the install-wifi-firmwares.sh script (for example due to lack of internet connection within Haiku), you can also download this shell script, and run it from any other OS that has wget and zip installed.
The script will download the needed files and create a zip file that is to be extracted to Haiku's /boot. Once unpacked, open a Terminal and type:
install-wifi-firmwares.sh
-
Review the licenses and accept them to install all of the now available firmware files.
-
Avoiding connection loss
+
Revizuiți licențele și acceptați-le pentru a instala toate fișierele firmware disponibile acum.
+
Evitarea pierderii conexiunii
Haiku's drivers for some WLAN chipsets like the iprowifi4965 are prone to lose connection when using WPA encryption. If you're affected by that, try to disable the "HT mode" (high throughput, 802.11n) before connecting to a network:
ifconfig /dev/net/iprowifi4965/0 -ht
-
If that fixes the problem, put the line into ~/config/settings/boot/UserBootscript to have it applied automatically every boot-up.
+
Dacă asta rezolvă problema, adăugați linia la ~/config/settings/boot/UserBootscript pentru a o aplica automat la fiecare pornire.
You switch between workspaces by either clicking into the Workspaces applet (which is seen in the above image) or by using the keyboard shortcut ALTFx, where "x" is the workspace number. It's a good idea to arrange your workspaces in rows of four to mimick the layout of the Fx keys on the keyboard.
-Also, clicking on an application or one of its windows in the Deskbar will send you to the workspace it's in.
-
Another very convenient way is to use CTRLALT←/→/↑/↓ to navigate spatially the rows/columns of the available workspaces. If you additionally hold down SHIFT, the active window will move with you to the new workspace.
-
You can switch back and forth between two workspaces with ALT` (the actual key depends on the keymap you're using - it is the key below ESC). Again, holding SHIFT will take the active window with you.
+
Puteți comuta între spațiile de lucru fie prin clic pe mini-aplicația Workspaces (care se poate vedea în imaginea de mai sus) sau prin utilizarea scurtăturii de tastatură ALTFx, unde „x” este numărul spațiului de lucru. Este o idee bună să aranjați spațiile de lucru în rânduri de patru pentru a imita aranjamentul tastelor Fx de pe tastatură.
+De asemenea, dacă dați clic pe o aplicație sau una din ferestrele acesteia pe Deskbar vă va trimite la spațiul de lucru în care se află.
+
Altă metodă convenabilă este de a utiliza CTRLALT←/→/↑/↓ pentru a naviga în spațiu rândurile/coloanele spațiilor de lucru disponibile. Dacă de asemenea țineți apăsat SHIFT, fereastra activă se va muta la spațiul de lucru nou.
+
Puteți comuta înainte și înapoi între două spații de lucru cu ALT` (tasta efectivă depinde de harta de taste pe care o utilizați - este tasta de sub ESC). Din nou, dacă țineți apăsat SHIFT va muta fereastra activă.
Перевод этой страницы еще не завершен. Пока это не произойдет, незавершенные части будут на английском.
Приложения
-
Before diving into all the applications that come with Haiku, let's have a more detailed look at how to install and uninstall programs. The most convenient way to find, install, update and uninstall applications is via Haiku's package management system. However, since Haiku is largely binary and source compatible to its ancestor BeOS, you might find older archives (.zip and .pkg) that can still be installed as well.
-
Below you'll always find the /system/ hierarchy mentioned. If you intend to install packages only for a single user (once Haiku becomes multi-user aware), you should use the mirrored filesystem hierarchy under home: ~/config/. See topic Filesystem layout for more information.
+
Прежде чем перейти к приложениям, поставляющимся с Haiku, давайте рассмотрим, как именно устанавливать и удалять программы. Наиболее удобный способ искать, устанавливать, обновлять и удалять приложения - посредством системы управления пакетами Haiku. Однако, поскольку Haiku в значительной степени совместима со своей предшественницей, BeOS, вы можете найти устаревшие архивы (.zip и .pkg), которые, тем не менее, могут быть также установлены.
+
Ниже вы увидите частое упоминание иерархии /system/. Если вы планируете устанавливать приложения лишь для одного пользователя (как только Haiku станет многопользовательской ОС), вам нужно использовать зеркальную файловую иерархию с домашним каталогом: ~/config/. Посетите раздел Иерархия файловой системы для получения более подробной информаци.
The simplest way is to use HaikuDepot to find, download and automatically install and uninstall a package. If you have downloaded a package from somewhere else — maybe because it's not (yet) in a public repository — just double-click it to open in HaikuDepot and install from there.
-
You'll find the newly installed application in /system/apps/ or, in case of a commandline application, in /system/bin/. All other files the program depends upon (libraries, data, add-ons, etc.) appear automatically in the right locations in the filesystem.
-
Topics Deskbar or LaunchBox describe how to add shortcuts to your newly installed application.
-
By the way, although you can unpack a .hpkg file like any other archive, this is not what the package mangement is doing when you're installing a package. The underlying filesystem only appears to spread files in their respective folders, there's no physical moving around taking place. This is why installing/uninstalling is so very fast and clean.
-
If the package depends on some other library or package, a window will pop up, asking if the necessary files shall be downloaded and installed as well.
-
Uninstalling is just as easy: Simply find the package in HaikuDepot and click Uninstall.
-
If you're working in the Terminal or want to do un/installing of packages in a script, you should have a look at the command pkgman --help.
Наиболее простой способ - использование приложения Склад (HaikuDepot) для поиска, автоматической установки и удаления пакетов. Если вы скачали пакет из другого источника — возможно, потому что он (еще) не доступен в публичном репозитории — всего лишь кликните двойным щелчком для открытия в HaikuDepot и установки из него.
+
Все новые приложения находятся в /system/apps/ или, в случае программ для командной строки, в /system/bin/. Остальные файлы, от которых зависит приложение (библиотеки, данные, расширения и т.д.) будут автоматически рассортированы по соответствующим папкам.
Кстати, несмотря на то что вы можете распаковать файл .hpkg как любой другой архив, пакетный менеджер выполняет иную работу при установке пакета. Файловая система только на первый взгляд распределяет файлы по соответствующим папкам, физически они никуда не перемещаются. Вот почему процедура установки и удаления столь быстра и не оставляет "мусора".
+
Если пакет зависит от сторонней библиотеки или другого пакета, появится всплывающее окно с перечнем и предложением скачать и установить необходимые файлы.
+
Удаление столь же простое: всего лишь найдите пакет в "Складе" и нажмите Удалить.
+
Если вы используете командную строку или хотите выполнить установку/удаление пакетов при помощи скрипта, воспользуйтесь командой pkgman --help.
BeOS archives that include all they need in their app's folder can simply be unpacked (double clicking opens Expander or the old PackageInstaller) anywhere in /boot/home/ and run from there. Uninstalling such self-contained applications is easy: just delete the app's folder.
-
This is true for the majority of old BeOS applications. If you happen upon one that doesn't work out-of-the-box, because it wants to spread its files to hard-coded locations that are not guaranteed to exist, you can try to fix things manually. The folder /system/non-packaged/ allows you to recreate the needed folder hierarchy. As more and more real .hpkg packages become available and old BeOS applications get re-packaged, this will become less needed. Please consult this online article on how to use the non-packaged hierarchy.
Архивы BeOS, содержащие все необходимое в собственной папке, нужно лишь распаковать (двойной клик откроет Expander или старое приложение PackageInstaller) где-нибудь в /boot/home/ и запускать оттуда. Для удаления таких автономных приложений достаточно удалить папку программы.
+
Это справедливо для большинства приложений BeOS. Если же вы обнаружили программу, не работающую "из коробки" из-за желания распределить файлы по жестко заданным каталогам, которые могут отсутствовать, вы можете исправить проблему вручную. Папка /system/non-packaged/ позволяет вам воссоздать требуемую иерархию. С появлением все большего количества полноценных пакетов .hpkg и переупаковкой приложений BeOS, это будет требоваться все реже. Пожалуйста, прочтите это руководство, объясняющее, как использовать иерархию non-packaged.
Haiku comes with a set of mostly small but essential applications. You'll find all of them at /boot/system/apps/. Applications that are not usually launched by a double-click on a data file (e.g. ShowImage for image files) can be found in the Applications menu of the Deskbar.
+
Haiku поставляется с небольшим набором необходимых приложений. Вы можете найти их по адресу /boot/system/apps/. Приложения, которые обычно не запускаются по двойному клику по файлу (например, ShowImage для просмотра изображений) могут быть найдены в меню Приложения (Applications) панели Deskbar.
Кроме вышеперечисленных приложений, которые поддерживаются в рамках проекта Haiku, также поставляются несколько других необходимых приложений, которые поддерживаются отдельными людьми. Ошибки и запросы на улучшения должны посылаться тем людям, которые сопровождают эти приложения.
Перевод этой страницы еще не завершен. Пока это не произойдет, незавершенные части будут на английском.
BePDF
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
BePDF позволяет просматривать PDF-документы. Помимо просмотра поддерживает аннотирование и пользовательские закладки для незашифрованных PDF-документов. Полностью переведено на 20 языков, на данный момент дополнительные языки могут быть добавлены путем добавления текстового файла с переводом.
-
Documentation is available as HTML or PDF. The latter will also open from the menu Help | Show Help....
+
Документация представлена в виде HTML-страниц и PDF-документа. Последняя может быть открыта при помощи вызова меню Помощь | Показать справку (Help | Show Help...).
diff --git a/userguide/ru/applications/cli-apps.html b/userguide/ru/applications/cli-apps.html
index 7ba6f0c7..4ad4af29 100644
--- a/userguide/ru/applications/cli-apps.html
+++ b/userguide/ru/applications/cli-apps.html
@@ -126,6 +126,11 @@ Would you like a link to it?" "On Desktop" "In Deskbar" "No thanks"
diskimage
diskimage lets you register a regular file as disk device. For example, you can register a Haiku anyboot image, mount it in Tracker and copy, edit or remove files there before using it as source in the Installer.
+
launch_roster
+
The launch_daemon starts all sorts of services and applications at boot-up. For some it was instructed to re-start them if they were quit. If you don't want that – maybe you'd like to test a modified Tracker, for example – you use launch_roster to stop the re-starting of the application before quitting it. Similarly, you can start it again or get info about it. Without parameter, launch_roster lists all apps/services that are under its control.
+For example, this will stop the re-launching of the Deskbar:
+
launch_roster stop x-vnd.be-tskb
+
mountvolume mount
mountvolume is preferred by many to mount local partitions and disks, because its usage is so easy: just call it with the name of the partition and you're done. Try --help for more options.
mount can additionally mount remote disks by using a network filesystem, like NFS4. You specify the used filesystem with the -t parameter and the remote location with the -p parameter. As filesystem parameter you can use anything you find in /system/add-ons/kernel/file_system (and corresponding file hierarchies under ~/config or "non-packaged", of course). You also have to create a folder as mountpoint. Here's an example:
@@ -134,6 +139,21 @@ mount -t nfs4 -p "192.168.178.3:volume1" /DiskStation
open
open очень полезный инструмент. С его помощью вы сможете открыть любой файл в предпочитаемом приложении, либо запустить приложение по его сигнатуре, не указывая точный путь до него. Это применимо к URL и "виртуальным" папкам . для текущей папки и .. для родительской папки - они откроются в Tracker.
+
ramdisk
+
A ramdisk is like a harddisk running only in the computer's memory. That makes it very fast but also volatile, because its contents vanishes when you shut down the computer, or it crashes or you experience a blackout.
+To create a ramdisk of 1 GiB, format to the name "RAMses" and mount it, you enter this in Terminal or create a script of it:
+
ramdisk create -s 1gb
+mkfs -q -t bfs /dev/disk/virtual/ram/0/raw RAMses
+mountvolume RAMses
+
Note: When creating a ramdisk, the ramdisk command prints out the path to it. If you create several disks, that path /dev/disk/virtual/ram/0/raw will change!
+
To preserve the contents, at least if no calamity like a blackout etc. strikes, a ramdisk can be set up to read/write an image on the harddisk. For that, you need to supply a file of the desired size that will be read from every time you start your ramdisk, and written to when you unmount it. To create an image file "RAMimage" of 500MiB and format it, do this:
It's very important to always cleanly unmount you ramdisk, either from Tracker or with unmount /RAMimage, or the changes won't be written back to the image file!
~/config/settings/HaikuDepot/ - The main settings of the application
+~/config/cache/HaikuDepot - Cached icons, screenshots, descriptions etc.
-
HaikuDepot is the central application when it comes to managing your software packages. With it you can browse and search through package repositories (also called "depots") and install, update and uninstall packages. HaikuDepot starts up with a list of "Featured packages", software that's deemed interesting to many users. As soon as you enter a term in the search box or choose a category, the display changes to smaller icons and more information arranged in columns.
+
HaikuDepot is the central application when it comes to managing your software packages. With it you can browse and search through package repositories and install, update and uninstall packages. By default, HaikuDepot starts up with a list of "Featured packages", software that's deemed interesting to many users.
+
Как только вы вводите критерий в поле Условия поиска отображение переключается на иконки меньшего размера, а вместе с ними - выводит дополнительную информацию в новых колонках.
Вверху мы видим несколько способов фильтрации списка пакетов:
-
The Category pop-up menu lets you limit the list to individual categories like "Audio" or "Games".
-
The Depot pop-up menu determines which online depots are queried or if only those packages shown, that were installed from somewhere other than an online depot ("Local"). Maybe from an USB thumb drive or downloaded from some website or a package that you've built yourself.
-
The Search terms text field filters the list to those packages that have all the entered (space-delimited) strings in their name or description.
+
Категория - позволяет ограничить перечень определенной категорией, например "Аудио" или "Игры".
+
The Repositories pop-up menu determines which online repos are queried or if only those packages are shown, that were installed from somewhere other than an online repo ("Local"). Maybe from an USB thumb drive or downloaded from some website or a package that you've built yourself.
+
Условия поиска - фильтрует список, отображая лишь те пакеты, которые содержат введенные слова (разделенные пробелом) в названии и описании.
Like in any Tracker window, you can choose from a context menu which columns to display by right-clicking the column heading. A left-click sorts the list according to that column. Of course, you can rearrange the columns by dragging them to a new position.
-
The status column of a package can have one of several states:
Как и в любом окне Tracker, вы можете выбрать из контекстного списка, какие колонки отображать, кликнув правой кнопкой по заголовку любой из них. Левый клик сортирует список по конкретной колонке. Конечно же, вы можете изменить порядок расположения колонок, перетаскивая их на новую позицию.
+
Колонка "Статус" может иметь одно из нескольких значений:
-
Active: The package is currently installed and ready to be used.
-
Available: The package exists in that depot and can be downloaded and installed. If there are any dependencies on other packages, you'll be informed of that while installing and get the choice of downloading/installing all that's necessary.
-
Pending / %: Pending is shown for a package that is queued for download/installation. While a package is downloaded, the progress is shown as percentage.
-
Update available: There's a newer version than your installed one available.
+
Активирован: Пакет в данный момент установлен и готов к использованию.
+
Available: The package exists in that repository and can be downloaded and installed. If there are any dependencies on other packages, you'll be informed of that while installing and get the choice of downloading/installing all that's necessary.
+
Ожидание... / %: Ожидание... отображается для пакета, который стоит в очереди на скачивание и установку. В процессе скачивания прогресс отображается в виде процентного значения.
+
Доступно обновление: Доступна новая версия установленного пакета.
-
You can grab the dotted line between the packages list and the info area to vertically resize the packages list.
+
Вы можете захватить пунктирную линию между списком пакетов и информационной областью и изменить высоту списка.
At the bottom is an area that displays information on the package that is currently selected in the list above it.
-To the right of package name, author, rating and version is a button, that – depending on the current state of the package – lets you Install, Uninstall or Update it. If a package is already installed, you'll find an additional button there to Open the application.
-
Below are three tabs: About, Ratings, and Changelog.
Внизу окна находится область, содержащая основную информацию о пакете, выбранном в данный момент из списка выше.
+Справа от названия, разработчика, оценки и версии расположена кнопка, которая, в зависимости от состояния пакета, позволяет вам Установить, Удалить или Обновить его. Если пакет уже установлен, вы увидите дополнительную кнопку, которая Открывает (запускает) приложение.
+
Ниже находятся четыре вкладки: О программе, Оценки, История изменений и Содержимое.
-
About
-
The first tab has a detailed description of the package, as well as screenshots and a contact address and URL of the team that maintains the packaged software, if available. Clicking the screenshot thumbnail will open it full-size in a new window
-
Ratings
-
The second tab shows ratings and comments of users, if available.
+
О программе
+
Первая вкладка содержит подробное описание пакета и скриншоты, а также адрес и ссылку на официальный сайт команды, которая отвечает за поддержку пакета, если таковая имеется. Клик по скриншоту открывает его полноразмерную версию в новом окне.
+
Оценки
+
Вторая вкладка отображает оценки и комментарии пользователей в случае их наличия.
-
To the left is a statistic, showing the number of stars (1 to 5) the package got from how many users.
-In the middle are user comments with their nickname, the number of stars they gave the package and which version of the package they were rating or commenting on. You'll find more on how to rate a package yourself further down.
-With the little thumb up/down icons to the right, you can show your approval or disapproval with a certain comment.
-
Changelog
-
The last tab shows the detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far.
+
Слева находится статистика, отображающая количество звезд (от 1 до 5), которые пакет получил от определенного количества пользователей.
+В центре расположены комментарии, также содержащие ник пользователя, количество поставленных звезд и версию оцениваемого пакета. Вы узнаете о том, как оценивать и комментировать пакеты самостоятельно ниже.
+
+
История изменений
+
Третья вкладка отображает подробную историю всех версий пакета, выпущенных на данный момент, если ответственный за него человек предоставил эту информацию.
+
Содержимое
+
Последняя вкладка отображает все файлы и папки, содержащиеся в пакете. Это актуально лишь для уже скачанных пакетов.
In the Tools menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to Refresh depots. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories.
-
Under Options you can choose to also Show develop packages and Show source packages in the packages list. For the normal user those are of no interest and would only clutter the list. They are important, however, for people who need the libraries, headers etc. of a package to develop and compile programs depending on them.
-
Of more interest are the other two items, Show available packages and Show installed packages, which are pretty self-explanatory.
In the Tools menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to Refresh repositories. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories. The other item is to Manage repositories.... It opens the Repositories preferences, to add/remove or disable and enable repositories.
+
В меню Показывать вы можете выбрать, отображать ли Только популярные пакеты. В случае отключения опции будут отображаться все доступные пакеты.
+Более того, вы также можете настроить видимость Пакетов для разработчиков и Пакетов с исходным кодом в общем списке. Для обычного пользователя они не представляют особого интереса и будут лишь загромождать список. Тем не менее, данные пакеты важны для людей, которые нуждаются в библиотеках, заголовочных файлах из пакета для разработки и компиляции приложений, зависящих от них.
+
Более интересными являются другие две опции, показывающие Доступные пакеты и Установленные пакеты. Их предназначение очевидно.
To be able to rate a package, you need a user account at the Haiku Depot Server that serves all the packages and keeps track of ratings and user comments. You can create an account within the HaikuDepot application by clicking on the menu in the far right of the menu bar that shows your current status: Not logged in. Choosing Log in... opens a window with two tabs; one to enter your user name and password (once you have those) to log in, and the other to create a new account:
Чтобы иметь возможность оценивать пакет, вам необходима учетная запись на сервере Haiku Depot, который обслуживает все пакеты, а также хранит оценки и комментарии пользователей. Вы можете создать аккаунт в приложении HaikuDepot, кликнув на область в правом верхнем углу, которая отображает ваш текущий статус: Вход не выполнен. Выбор опции Войти..., открывает окно с двумя вкладками; одна предназначена для ввода логина и пароля (когда они у вас будут), а вторая - для создания учетной записи:
-
To create an account you need to:
-
use an all lower-case user name without special characters
-
use a password that's at least 8 characters long with at least 2 capitals and 2 numbers
-
provide a valid email address (if you want a new password sent to you in case you forgot it)
-
solve the captcha
-
After logging in, the top-right menu of the HaikuDepot window will now say Logged in as (...), showing your user name. The menu now offers you to Switch account... or Log out.
+
Для создания аккаунта вам необходимо:
+
использовать любое имя пользователя без заглавных букв и специальных символов
+
использовать пароль длиной минимум восемь символов, содержащий минимум две заглавные буквы и две цифры
+
указать корректный адрес email (если вы хотите иметь возможность получить новый пароль в случае, когда старый - забыт)
+
ответить на капчу
+
После входа в правом верхнем углу окна HaikuDepot будет написано Выполнен вход под пользователем (...) вместе с вашим ником. Данное меню теперь позволяет вам Сменить аккаунт... или Выйти из системы.
After you've created a user account and are logged in, you can rate a package and leave a comment, if you want. Just hover the mouse over the rating stars in the info area of a package and they turn into a Rating... button. Click it to open the rating window:
После создания учетной записи и входа в систему, вы можете оценивать пакеты и оставлять комментарии, если хотите. Наведите курсор на рейтинг пакета в виде звезд в разделе информации и он превратится в кнопку Оценить пакет.... Нажмите на нее для открытия окна оценивания:
Here you move the mouse over the stars to light them up and choose your rating, you can also choose from a number of levels to judge the stability of the application and pick the language of your optional comment. To make a comment meaningful, you should have worked with the application you're about to rate for a while to become familiar with its features, bugs and quirks. And don't write the next great American novel... keep it short, sweet and polite. :)
-After you click Send the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the Tools menu to Refresh depots before you can see your changes.
-
At any time, you can come back and edit your comment and re-rate it. You can also hide your rating from other users by deactivating the checkbox Other users can see this rating.
+After you click Send the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the Tools menu to Refresh repositories before you can see your changes.
+
Вы можете вернуться и изменить ваш комментарий и переоценить пакет в любое время. Вы также можете скрыть вашу оценку от других пользователей, убрав метку Другие пользователи могут видеть этот рейтинг.
Есть несколько вещей, которые вы должны помнить при работе с Icon-O-Matic и несколько советов, относящихся к ним:
-
Прочтите статью Icon Guidelines, чтобы изучить важные концепции иконок Haiku, такие как перспектива, цвета и тени.
+
Прочтите статью Icon Guidelines, чтобы изучить важные концепции иконок Haiku, такие как перспектива, цвета и тени.
Всегда старайтесь минимизировать использование контуров - они наиболее накладны в отношении объема данных. Многократно используйте одни и те же контуры - где это только возможно, а так же манипулируйте формами, а не трансформаторами. Мудрое применение градиентов так же поможет сохранить объем.
Где это возможно, включите режим привязки к сетке из меню Опции (Options), когда редактируете контуры. Точки контуров, выровненные по 64x64 сетке требует меньше пространства. Для получения наиболее четкого изображения, установите точки по границам пикселей. Например, важно выровнять наиболее выраженные элементы по сетке 16x16.
Проверяйте по предварительному просмотру, выглядит ли ваша иконка хорошо в размере 16x16. Возможно, вам понадобиться использовать Уровень детализации (Level Of Detail), описанный в разделе, посвященном формам.
Haiku used to have scripts for booting and shutting down. Today it uses the launch_daemon instead. However, the user can still augment this process with certain user scripts.
-If they don't exist already, you'll have to create the needed files yourself. Otherwise simply add your commands where in the process you want them to be executed.
+
Раньше Haiku использовала скрипты для загрузки и завершения работы. Теперь для этого применяется демон загрузки launch_daemon Тем не менее пользователь все равно может влиять на процесс при помощи скриптов. Если они еще не существуют, вам придется создать их самостоятельно. В ином случае просто добавьте нужные команды туда, где они должны быть выполнены.
Haiku's Boot Loader can help when you experience hardware related problems or want to choose which Haiku installation to start, if you have more than one (maybe on an installation CD or USB stick). It's also handy if you have installed a software component that acts up and prevents you from booting Haiku, see Troubleshooting below.
+
Загрузчик Haiku может помочь решить аппаратные проблемы или выбрать, какую из систем запустить для установки, если у вас более одной копии Haiku (установочный CD или USB-флэшка). Загрузчик также полезен в случае, когда установленный программный компонент препятствует успешной загрузке системы, о чем подробнее написано в Исправлении проблем.
Для того чтобы зайти в настройки загрузчика, необходимо нажать и удерживать клавишу SHIFT до начала загрузки Haiku. Если загрузчик установлен, то вы можете начать удерживать SHIFT перед выбором загрузочной записи Haiku, а если она является единственной операционной системой на компьютере, то вы можете начать удерживать клавишу во время стартовых сообщений BIOS.
There are several options to try in case of hardware related trouble or if the system becomes unstable or unbootable because of a misbehaving add-on. When moving the selection bar to an option, a short explanation appears at the bottom of the screen.
+
Выбор загрузочного раздела (Select boot volume)
Выбор конкретной инсталляции/версии Haiku для старта.
+
Выбор опций безопасного режима (Select safe mode options)
+
Здесь находится несколько опций, которые могут помочь с решением аппаратных проблем или же побороть нестабильную работу системы в случае некорректно ведущего себя адд-она. При выборе опции в нижней части экрана отображается её краткое описание.
Safe mode
Puts the system into safe mode. This can be enabled independently from the other options.
@@ -98,7 +101,7 @@
Disables Advanced Configuration and Power Interface hardware support, overriding the ACPI setting in the kernel settings file.
Blacklist entries
Allows to select system files that shall be ignored. Useful e.g. to disable drivers temporarily. See Troubleshooting below.
-
Select debug options
Here you'll find several options that help with debugging or getting details for a bug report. Again, a short explanation for each option is displayed at the bottom.
+
Select debug options
Here you'll find several options that help with debugging or getting details for a bug report. Again, a short explanation for each option is displayed at the bottom.
Enable serial debug output
Turns on forwarding the syslog output to the serial interface (default: 115200, 8N1).
If Haiku refuses to boot on your hardware from the get-go, try out setting different options under Select safe mode options. Consider filing a bug report in any case.
If Haiku refuses to boot on your hardware from the get-go, try out setting different options under Select safe mode options. Consider filing a bug report in any case.
On the other hand, if Haiku only suddenly acts up after you have installed some software, especially hardware drivers, you have several options to get Haiku bootable again so you can uninstall the offending package:
Activating Safe mode will prevent most servers, daemons and the UserBootScript from being started.
@@ -136,7 +139,7 @@ So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku v
Haiku's user interface provides a unique feature that puts the fact that windows have a yellow tab instead of a full-width title bar to perfect use. It's called "Stack & Tile".
-In the example below, a Tracker window with bookmarks is tiled to the left of a WebPositive window, which itself is stacked with another Tracker window showing the source folder haiku. In this animation, the user clicks on the tabs of the stacked windows to alternately bring one or the other to the front.
Пользовательский интерфейс Haiku имеет уникальную особенность, которая происходит из наличия у окон желтого заголовка вместо соответствующей панели на всю ширину окна. Она называется "Стекирование и прикрепление".
+Пример ниже демонстрирует окно Tracker с закладками, прикрепленное к окну WebPositive, которое, в свою очередь, стекировано с другим окном Tracker, отображающим содержимое папки с исходным кодом haiku. В этой анимации пользователь кликает по заголовкам, чтобы вывести то или иное окно на передний план.
-
Connected like this, the group of windows can be moved and resized together - a nice arrangement to work in a more project centric environment. Instead of looking for the right browser window with documentation, editor and Tracker windows and maybe a related email concerning one project you are currently working on, just stack&tile them together.
-
Doing the actual arranging of windows is easy: Hold down OPT while dragging a window by its tab close to another window's tab or border until it's highlighted and release the mouse button.
-
Stack & Tile consists of two related parts.
+
Объединенную таким образом группу окон можно перемещать, а также изменять размеры одновременно - приятная возможность организовать работу в проектно-ориентированном окружении. Вместо использования отдельных окон браузера с документацией, редактора, файлового менеджера и, возможно, почтового клиента, связанных с одним проектом, над которым вы работаете в данный момент, всего лишь стекируйте и прикрепите их.
+
Расположить окна нужным образом довольно легко: при нажатой клавише OPT, в процессе перемещения окна путем удержания заголовка, поднесите его к границе или заголовку другого окна, пока оно не подсветится, и отпустите кнопку мыши.
+
"Стекирование и прикрепление" состоит из двух связанных опций.
-
"Stacking" is putting windows on top of each other, automatically moving the yellow tabs into position.
-While holding OPT, tabs change color when they overlap; drop the window to establish the stacking.
+
"Стекирование" - накладывание окон одно на другое с автоматическим изменением расположения их заголовков. В случае удерживания нажатой клавиши OPT, заголовки изменяют свой цвет при накладывании одного на другой. Отпустите удерживаемое окно на размещенное под ним для стекирования.
-
"Tiling" means gluing windows horizontally or vertically together.
-Again, while holding OPT, the borders that'll fuse together when you drop the window change color when brought near each other.
-
Separation is done in the same way, by holding OPT while dragging a window by its tab out of the group.
+
"Прикрепление" означает "склеивание" окон друг с другом горизонтально или вертикально.
+Опять же во время удерживания нажатой клавиши OPT, рамки окон, которые служат местом прикрепления, меняют свой цвет, когда их границы почти соприкасаются.
+
Разделение работает аналогичным образом: при зажатой кнопке OPT заголовок захватывается курсором и, вместе с окном, отделяется от группы.
diff --git a/userguide/ru/images/apps-images/haiku-depot-ratingpanel.png b/userguide/ru/images/apps-images/haiku-depot-ratingpanel.png
index a4dc60be..dd588d20 100644
Binary files a/userguide/ru/images/apps-images/haiku-depot-ratingpanel.png and b/userguide/ru/images/apps-images/haiku-depot-ratingpanel.png differ
diff --git a/userguide/ru/images/apps-images/haikudepot.png b/userguide/ru/images/apps-images/haikudepot.png
index 2b8f03eb..4b3b84b6 100644
Binary files a/userguide/ru/images/apps-images/haikudepot.png and b/userguide/ru/images/apps-images/haikudepot.png differ
diff --git a/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/appearance-antialiasing.png b/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/appearance-antialiasing.png
index b356c68b..bc61f467 100644
Binary files a/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/appearance-antialiasing.png and b/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/appearance-antialiasing.png differ
diff --git a/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/appearance-colors.png b/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/appearance-colors.png
index de3048f0..c5ce49cd 100644
Binary files a/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/appearance-colors.png and b/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/appearance-colors.png differ
diff --git a/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/appearance-decorators.png b/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/appearance-decorators.png
index 99f8921a..f8b904dc 100644
Binary files a/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/appearance-decorators.png and b/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/appearance-decorators.png differ
diff --git a/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/appearance-fonts.png b/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/appearance-fonts.png
index bcf826db..7f8f9892 100644
Binary files a/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/appearance-fonts.png and b/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/appearance-fonts.png differ
diff --git a/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/keymap-modifiers.png b/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/keymap-modifiers.png
index 221c024f..c4989ca5 100644
Binary files a/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/keymap-modifiers.png and b/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/keymap-modifiers.png differ
diff --git a/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/keymap.png b/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/keymap.png
index c552dac3..e3811896 100644
Binary files a/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/keymap.png and b/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/keymap.png differ
diff --git a/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/repositories.png b/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/repositories.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..259c059e
Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/repositories.png differ
diff --git a/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/repositories_add.png b/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/repositories_add.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5915c396
Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/ru/images/prefs-images/repositories_add.png differ
diff --git a/userguide/ru/preferences.html b/userguide/ru/preferences.html
index e74eb5b1..0116bad6 100644
--- a/userguide/ru/preferences.html
+++ b/userguide/ru/preferences.html
@@ -88,7 +88,9 @@
New fonts that don't come as part of a regular .hpkg package, can be installed by copying them into a subfolder according to the font type (psfonts or ttfonts) into their respective non-packaged folder (see topic Filesystem layout). For TrueType fonts that would be:
+
Новые шрифты, не являющиеся частью стандартного пакета .hpkg, могут быть установлены путем их копирования в соответствующую папку non-packaged в зависимости от их типа (psfonts или ttfonts)
+(см. также раздел Структура файловой системы). Для шрифтов TrueType это:
Декораторы определяют внешний вид окон и всех элелементов пользовательского интерфейса. Сейчас Haiku имеет по умолчанию только один декоратор. Если Вы найдете и установите другие декораторы, Вы сможете выбрать их в данном меню.
-
Haiku's default decorator lets you set the arrow style of the scroll bar: either single arrows at the end of scrollbars to conserve a bit of space, or double arrows — the traditional BeOS way — potentially saving some mouse moving when scrolling up and down or left and right...
+
Базовый декоратор Haiku позволяет вам настроить стиль стрелок у полосы прокрутки: либо одна стрелка с каждой стороны, либо две (как у BeOS), позволяющие потенциально уменьшить движение мыши при горизонтальной или вертикальной прокрутке.
Перевод этой страницы еще не завершен. Пока это не произойдет, незавершенные части будут на английском.
Раскладка (Keymap)
@@ -79,12 +79,12 @@
Выбор мёртвых клавиш
для настройки вышеупомянутых знаковых синих клавиш.
Переключить раскладку в режим...
для использования горячих клавиш в Windows/Linux режиме (клавише CONTROL соответствует CTRL) или в Haiku режиме (клавише COMMAND соответствует ALT).
-
The lists on the left offer the available pre-configured keymaps of the system, and below that, if available, user-defined maps. You can change a keymap in the keyboard representation: drag&drop one key on another and they switch places.
-
Alternatively to this drag&dropping of keys, there's the menu File | Set modifier keys... that opens this window:
+
В списке слева доступны предварительно сконфигурированные системные раскладки, а под ними, если такие имеются, пользовательские. Вы можете изменять раскладку, перетаскивая мышкой клавиши на клавиатуре - левой кнопкой клавиша скопируется, а правой - поменяется местами.
+
Альтернативой перетаскиванию клавиш является опция Файл | Назначить клавиши модификаторы..., которая открывает следующее окно:
-
Here, you can assign keys to their respective roles or even completely disable the role of a key. You can even assign the same key to different roles, though that's not a good idea most of the time and you'll be warned by a small exclamation mark beside the pop-up menus if you do that.
-Pressing Set modifier keys applies your changes and closes the window.
-
When you're done you can save the result from the menu File | Save.... Your modified map will only appear in the user-defined list if it's stored in ~/config/settings/Keymap/. Otherwise you'll have to manually load it via File | Open....
+
Здесь вы можете назначить клавишам их роли или же полностью заблокировать роль определенной клавиши. Вы можете даже назначить несколько ролей для одной клавиши, хотя это не лучшая затея и вы будете уведомлены об этом появлением знака восклицания возле соответствующего поля.
+Нажатие кнопки Назначить клавиши-модификаторы применяет ваши изменения и закрывает окно.
+
Когда все изменения произведены, то результат можно сохранить через меню Файл | Сохранить... , и ваша пользовательская раскладка появится в соответствующем списке, если сохраненние произведено в папку ~/config/settings/Keymap/, иначе нужно вручную открыть её через меню Файл | Открыть....
Для большей схожести панели клавиатурной раскладки с вашей физической клавиатурой имеется несколько их различных вариантов, доступных через меню Макет.
Шрифт, используемый для изображения клавиатуры, устанавливается через меню Шрифт. Обратим внимание, что не все символы будут отображаться на многих раскладках.
В самом низу находится кнопка Вернуть, возвращающая установки, которые были активны при открытии окна настроек клавиатурной раскладки.
@@ -95,14 +95,14 @@ Pressing Set modifier keys applies your changes and
Есть другой способ настройки раскладки, помимо окна настройки, включающий редактирование текстового файла с изменением HEX значений. Это может показаться на первый взгляд сложным, но разобраться будет достаточно легко.
Вы можете вывести текущую раскладку, набрав в Terminal команду:
keymap -d MyKeymap
-
The generated text file can then be opened in a text editor. Make sure to use a fixed font in that editor or you'll never grok that file...
-At the beginning of that file, you'll find a legend of a stylized keyboard with the hex value corresponding to each key. Below that are the actual assignments of every value. You can do all the customizing that's also available from the Keymap preference panel, and then some. If you happen to have some special keys on your keyboard, you may be able to activate them. That is, use them as ordinary keys or like an option or control key. You won't be able to, for example, have your multimedia keys de/increase the volume or start some application. For this you can use the Shortcuts preferences.
+
Сгенерированный текстовый файл может быть открыт в любом текстовом редакторе, в котором используется моноширный шрифт, иначе файл будет нечитабельным.
+Вначале этого файла вы увидите приблизительное изображение клавиатуры с HEX значениями для каждой клавиши, а ниже находится их фактическая привязка. Вы можете менять все настройки, которые доступны через панель настроек клавиатурной раскладки, но также и много других. Если у вас на клавиатуре имеются дополнительные клавиши, то вы можете активировать их и использовать в качестве обычных клавиш или как опциональную или контрольную клавишу. Например, можно с помощью мультимедийных клавиш уменьшать/увеличивать громкость или же запускать какое-либо приложение. Для этого вы можете воспользоваться настройками Горячих клавиш.
После окончания правки и сохранения файла загрузите в систему измененную раскладку следующей командой:
keymap -s < MyKeymap
Если вы хотите использовать её в настройках Раскладки, вам сначала следует скомпилировать её в бинарный формат, следующей командой:
keymap -c < MyKeymap
После этого появится файлы keymap.out, который можно загрузить в настройке Раскладки при помощи пункта меню Открыть... (Open...). Также, раскладку возможно загрузить из командной строки, следующей командой: keymap -l < keymap.out
-
Далее представлен сформированный файл раскладки (на изображении клавиатуры клавиши младшего разряда исключены для более лучшего восприятия на этой странице):
+
Далее представлен сформированный файл раскладки (на изображении клавиатуры клавиши младшего разряда исключены для удобства восприятия на этой странице):
#!/bin/keymap -s
#
diff --git a/userguide/ru/preferences/media.html b/userguide/ru/preferences/media.html
index 3f619c36..14672cd3 100644
--- a/userguide/ru/preferences/media.html
+++ b/userguide/ru/preferences/media.html
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
~/config/settings/System Audio Mixer ~/config/settings/MediaPrefs Settings - хранятся значения позиции окна панели настройки.
-
Документация отсутствует. Если вы работаете над ней, пожалуйста, сообщите в списке рассылки во избежание двойной работы.
+
Документация все еще отсутствует. Если вы хотите поработать над ней, пожалуйста, сообщите об этом в Списке рассылки, посвященному документации, дабы избежать дублирования усилий.
Документация отсутствует. Если вы работаете над ней, пожалуйста, сообщите в списке рассылки во избежание двойной работы.
+
Документация все еще отсутствует. Если вы хотите поработать над ней, пожалуйста, сообщите об этом в Списке рассылки, посвященному документации, дабы избежать дублирования усилий.
Перевод этой страницы еще не завершен. Пока это не произойдет, незавершенные части будут на английском.
+
+
Репозитории
+
+
Deskbar:
Preferences
+
Location:
/boot/system/preferences/Repositories
+
Settings:
~/config/settings/Repositories_settings
+
+
Repositories are collections of software packages. Set up by default, there's the Haiku repo with all of the operating system's packages and HaikuPorts, which provides a large number of ported and native Haiku software. There are several more repositories, curated by members of the Haiku community. Checkout Software Sites on the website.
+
This is the preference panel to manage your respositories (you can open it also from HaikuDepot'sTools menu):
+
+
The first column in the list of known repositories shows if a repo is currently enabled. If it doesn't have a checkmark, it will not be queried by HaikuDepot or pkgman from the command line. Use the buttons to Enable or Disable the selected repositories, or double-click a repo to toggle the status.
+
Depending on the size of the repository and the speed of the internet connection, enabling a repository may take a few seconds. If it takes longer, you're informed of pending tasks in the little text box above the +/- buttons. If it takes unusually long, you'll be asked to either cancel or retry.
+
To be able to remove a repository completely with the "-" button, it has to be disabled.
+You add a new repository with the "" button, which will open this panel:
+
+
To add a new repository, just paste its URL into the text field. It'll be named "Unknown" until you enable it.
+
It goes without saying that adding a repository and downloading and installing software from it is a matter of trust. Don't carelessly just add any URL you happen upon on the internets.
Documentation is still missing. If you want to work on it, please announce it on the Documentation mailing list to avoid duplication.
+
Документация все еще отсутствует. Если вы хотите поработать над ней, пожалуйста, сообщите об этом в Списке рассылки, посвященному документации, дабы избежать дублирования усилий.
The Debugger is an application the common user hasn't much use for. It's targetted at developers to investigate bugs in programs. Sometimes those bugs result in crashes and that is where even end users come into contact with the Debugger. When a program crashes, you're confronted with this alert:
+
Ladiaci nástroj je aplikácia, ktorú bežný užívateľ veľmi nevyužije. Je to určená pre vývojárov, aby mohli skúmať chyby v programoch. Niekedy majú tieto chyby za následok haváriu a pri nej aj koncoví používatelia prídu do styku s ladiacim nástrojom. Keď program havaruje, uvidíte toto upozornenie:
-
It gives three options to react to the crash:
+
It gives four options to react to the crash:
-
Terminate will clean up after the crashed app but otherwise does nothing further.
-
Debug will start the Debugger for further investigation.
-
Save report creates a debug report which is saved as a text file on the Desktop and can be emailed to the developer of the crashed app or attached to a ticket at its bugtracker, if available.
-The debug report contains information on your hardware (type of CPU and used memory etc.), the exact version of Haiku and all available information on the state of the system that could be relevant to the crash.
+
Ukončiť po havarovanej aplikácii uprace, ale nič iné nerobí.
+
Ladiť spustí ladiaci nástroj a umožní ďalšie vyšetrenie problému.
+
Write core file creates a possibly huge dump of the system's state. Better attach a regular debug report first when submitting a bug report and only provide a core file on request.
+
Uložiť hlásenie vytvorí hlásenie o chybe, ktoré sa uloží ako textový súbor na Ploche a je možné ho poslať emailom vývojárovi aplikácie, ktorá havarovala alebo prípadne pripojiť k hláseniu v nástroji na sledovanie chýb.
+Hlásenie o chybe obsahuje informácie o vašom hardvéri (typ CPU a použitej pamäte atď.), presnú verziu Haiku a všetky dostupné informácie o stave systému, ktoré by mohli súvisieť s haváriou.
-
Describing the usage of the actual Debugger is out of scope for this guide that is addressing the needs of the common user of Haiku. For completeness sake, here's the window that'll come up if you choose the Debug option in the above alert:
+
Popis práce so samotným ladiacim nástrojom je mimo zameranie tohto sprievodcu, ktorý popisuje potreby bežného používateľa Haiku. Pre úplnosť, tu je okno, ktoré uvidíte ak vo vyššie uvedenom upozornení zvolíte možnosť Ladiť:
As you'll quickly see when you start poking around a bit, the Debugger is one of the most complex and sophisticated applications for Haiku. If you're a developer and are used to graphical debuggers on other platforms, many features will be familiar to you.
-
As there's not a single document explaining the intricacies of Haiku's Debugger, below are a few links that may shed some light. If you have a specific question, you may want to consider posting it on the development mailing list. If you find more useful resources, please file a bugreport with that info.
+
Below are a few links that may shed some light on the intricacies of Haiku's Debugger. If you have a specific question, you may want to consider posting it on the development mailing list. If you find more useful resources, please file a bugreport with that info.
A video from the BeGeistert meeting in 2012, in which Ingo Weinhold demonstrates the state of the Debugger back then and shows other interesting tools like the profiler to hunt down bottlenecks.
A video from the BeGeistert meeting in 2012, in which Ingo Weinhold demonstrates the state of the Debugger back then and shows other interesting tools like the profiler to hunt down bottlenecks.
Preklad tejto stránky zatiaľ nie je dokončený. Dovtedy sa nedokončené časti zobrazia v anglickom origináli.
Kalkulačka
Panel:
Aplikácie
Umiestnenie:
/boot/system/apps/DeskCalc
-
Nastavenie:
~/config/settings/DeskCalc_settings
+
Nastavenia:
~/config/settings/DeskCalc_settings
Kalkulačka je jednoduchá kalkulačka, ktorá má ale niekoľko príjemných funkcií, ktoré nie sú zrejmé pri prvom pohľade.
-
DeskCalc understands much more than its simple keypad suggests.
-Besides the operators , -, *, /, %, ^ and the constants pi and e the following math functions are supported:
+
Kalkulačka rozumie oveľa viac veciam, než naznačuje jej jednoduchá klávesnica.
+Okrem operátorov , -, *, /, %, ^ a konštánt pi a e sú podporované nasledujúce matematické funkcie: !, acos, asin, atan, atan2, cbrt, ceil, cos, cosh, exp, floor, log, log10, pow, sin, sinh, sqrt, tan, tanh.
-
Right-clicking offers these options:
+
Kliknutie pravým tlačidlom poskytuje nasledovné možnosti:
-
Enable Num Lock on start up
Automatically activates the number block when launching DeskCalc.
-
Radiants/Degrees
Switch between "rad" and "deg" as unit for angular measure.
-
Compact
ALT0
A minimal view mode that hides the keypad.
-
Basic
ALT1
The standard look of DeskCalc.
-
Scientific
ALT2
Show additional buttons for advanced calculations.
+
Zapnúť Num Lock pri štarte
Automaticky aktivuje numerickú časť klávesnice pri spustení Kalkulačky.
+
Radiány/stupne
Prepne medzi jednotkami uhlov rad/deg.
+
Kompaktné
ALT0
Minimalistické zobrazenie, ktoré skrúva numerickú klávesnicu.
+
Základné
ALT1
Štandardný vzhľad Kalkulačky.
+
Vedecké
ALT2
Zobrazí ďalšie tlačidlá na pokročilé výpočty.
-
When it comes to user input, DeskCalc is quite tolerant:
-/, :, \ are all interpreted as division operators,
-*, x are valid symbols for multiplication.
-Also, be aware that . and , are both considered floating points, which means you mustn't use them as 1000-separators.
+
Čo sa týka vstupu od používateľa, Kalkulačka je pomerne tolerantná:
+/, :, \ sú všetky interpretované ako operátory delenia,
+*, x sú prijateľné symboly pre násobenie.
+Tiež si prosím buďte vedomí, že . aj , sa považujú za symboly desatinnej čiarky, čo znamená, že ich nesmiete použiť ako oddeľovače tisícov.
Kalkulačku môžete zmeniť na veľkosť, aká vám vyhovuje a potom ju dať ako Replikant na Plochu pretiahnutím symbolu v pravom dolnom rohu. Uistite sa, že Zobraziť replikantov v Paneli je aktivované.
Klávesnicu možno vyfarbiť potiahnutím a pustením akejkoľvek farby, napr. z programu Icon-O-Matic.
Môžete sa presúvať dopredu a dozadu v histórii výpočtov pomocou ↑ a ↓.
@@ -92,10 +91,10 @@ Also, be aware that . and , are both considered floating point
Ešte lepšie, opak je tiež možný:
Vytvorte si výbery, ako je popísané, v rôznych častiach výpočtov a vráťte sa k nim pomocou potiahnutia a pustenia ich späť do Kalkulačky.
Alebo potiahnite a pustite priamo z emailu do Kalkulačky.
-
DeskCalc can be used in Terminal. Just put the expression in double quotes, like this:
+
Kalkulačku je možné používať v Termináli. Jednoducho uveďte výraz v dvojitých zátvorkách, napríklad:
Preklad tejto stránky zatiaľ nie je dokončený. Dovtedy sa nedokončené časti zobrazia v anglickom origináli.
Disková sonda
Panel:
Aplikácie
Umiestnenie:
/boot/system/apps/DiskProbe
-
Nastavenie:
~/config/settings/DiskProbe_data
+
Nastavenia:
~/config/settings/DiskProbe_data
Disková sonda je šestnástkový editor na zobrazovanie a upravovanie údajov v súboroch alebo na zariadeniach na úrovni bajtov. Je to veľmi nízkoúrovňový nástroj a teda má potenciál pekne veci pokaziť ak si nedávate pozor!
@@ -74,8 +73,7 @@
Môžete sa presúvať medzi blokmi pomocou posuvníka hore alebo s ALT← a ALT→ a prepínať medzi HEX a ASCII stĺpcami pomocou klávesu TAB.
Blok | Výber nezobrazí výber s inou endianitou (a v HEXe alebo decimálne, nastavené cez Zobraziť | Sústava), ale aj interpretuje výber ako ofsetu bloku, na ktorý môžete skočiť. Bude to sivé, ak je pozícia mimo súboru/zariadenia.
Toto je praktická vlastnosť, najmä keď sa pozeráte na súborové systémy, keďže tie často obsahujú ukazovatele na ďalšie bloky.
-
If the file you're probing includes attributes, the Attributes menu can be used to open any of them in a new DiskProbe window. Here's the SYS:PACKAGE attribute of the AboutSystem application:
-
+
Ak súbor, ktorý sondujete má nastavené atribúty, menu Atribúty môžete použiť na otvorenie ktoréhokoľvek z nich v novom okne Diskovej sondy. Tu je atribút SYS:PACKAGE aplikácie AboutSystem:
V závislosti na atribúte, dostanete rozličnú záložku editora, popri vždy prítomnej Editor nespracovaných údajov. Napríklad, existujú editory pre reťazce a typy MIME alebo zobrazovač ikon pre atribút vectoricon.
Preklad tejto stránky zatiaľ nie je dokončený. Dovtedy sa nedokončené časti zobrazia v anglickom origináli.
Využitie disku
Panel:
Aplikácie
Umiestnenie:
/boot/system/apps/DiskUsage
-
Nastavenie:
~/config/settings/DiskUsage
+
Nastavenia:
~/config/settings/DiskUsage
Využitie disku graficky zobrazuje ako sa využíva miesto na vašich diskoch.
Užitočný nástroj zodpovedajúci otázku „Kam sa podelo miesto na mojom disku?“.
-
After launching, DiskUsage shows only an empty window with all mounted volumes as tabs at the top. You'll have to choose the one you're interested in and click Scan to start chugging through the disk. For larger disks this can take some time... While you wait, you may switch to a different tab and start exploring that volume or begin the scan process there as well.
-It's not recommended to start several concurrent scan processes on the same physical disk, as the constant repositioning of the heads of the drive will only extend the wait.
+
Po spustení DiskUsage zobrazí len prázdne okno so všetkými pripojenými zväzkami ako karty v hornej časti. Vyberte si ten, ktorý vás zaujíma a kliknutím na tlačidlo Prehľadať spustíte prehľadávanie disku. U väčších diskov to môže nejaký čas trvať. Zatiaľ čo budete čakať, môžete prepnúť na inú kartu a začať preskúmavať tento zväzok alebo spustiť prehľadávanie aj tam.
+Neodporúča sa spustiť niekoľko súbežných procesov prehľadávania na rovnakom fyzickom disku, pretože neustále premiestňovanie hláv disku iba predĺži čakanie.
Sústredné kruhy reprezentujú rozličné úrovne v hierarchii súborového systému. Hore, kruh v strede predstavuje priečinok /boot/home/. Každý segment prstenca tesne mimo toho kruhu sú súbory alebo priečinky pod /boot/home/. Každý segment ďalej mimo je o úroveň ďalej v hierarchii súborov. Možno budete musieť zväčšiť okno, aby sa vám dobre zobrazili veľmi hlboko zanorené priečinky.
@@ -78,11 +77,11 @@ It's not recommended to start several concurrent scan processes on the same phys
Využitie disku ignoruje symbolické odkazy.
Počas presúvania kurzora ponad segmenty sa dolu, v stavovej lište zobrazujú informácie o súbore alebo priečinku pod kurzorom.
-
Right-clicking a segment offers a context menu to Get info, Open (with Tracker), Open with another suitable application or Rescan that particular folder.
-Left-clicking a segment makes that file/folder the center circle.
-Left-clicking the center circle moves you up one level.
+
Kliknutie pravým tlačidlom myši na segment poskytuje kontextové menu s položkami Získať informácie, Otvoriť (pomocou Trackera), Otvoriť pomocou inej vhodnej aplikácie alebo Preskúmať znova dotyčný priečinok.
+Kliknutie ľavým tlačidlom myši na segment spraví z toho súboru/priečinku stredný kruh.
+Kliknutie ľavým tlačidlom myši na stredný kruh vás posunie hore o jednu úroveň.
Pretiahnutím súboru alebo priečinka z Využitia disku do inej aplikácie, Plochu alebo do iného okna Trackera ich môžete skopírovať. Naopak, pretiahnutím disku alebo priečinka do okna Využitia disku priblížite priamo danú položku, z ktorej spraví stredný kruh.
-
You can also use the Tracker add-on from the context menu of any folder to start DiskUsage with that particular location.
+
Doplnok Trackera môžete tiež použiť z kontextovej ponuky ľubovoľného priečinka, čím spustíte Využitie disku v danom priečinku.
Nastavenie diskových oblastí je nástroj na vytvorenie, vymazanie a inicializovanie oblastí disku. Momentálne nedokáže zmeniť veľkosť alebo presunúť existujúce oblasti, takže budete buď potrebovať nerozdelené zariadenie (možno externý USB disk alebo ďalší pevný disk) alebo spraviť predprípravu nástrojom ako napríklad GParted LiveCD, aby ste poskytli miesto pre ďalšiu oblasť.
Žiaden záznam, zvyčajne spúšťaný dvojklikom na podporovaný súbor.
Umiestnenie:
/boot/system/apps/Expander
-
Nastavenie:
~/config/settings/Expander_Settings
+
Nastavenia:
~/config/settings/Expander_Settings
Rozbaľovač je malý nástroj na rýchle rozbalenie väčšiny bežných archívov, medzi nimi zip, gzip, bzip2, rar a tar.gz.
diff --git a/userguide/sk/applications/haikudepot.html b/userguide/sk/applications/haikudepot.html
index 3fbfeff2..4c532a3e 100644
--- a/userguide/sk/applications/haikudepot.html
+++ b/userguide/sk/applications/haikudepot.html
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
+
Changelog
-
The last tab shows the detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far.
+
Here you find a detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far, if the maintainer of the package provides that information.
+
Contents
+
The last tab shows all the files and folders a package contains. This only works for already downloaded packages.
In the Tools menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to Refresh depots. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories.
-
Under Options you can choose to also Show develop packages and Show source packages in the packages list. For the normal user those are of no interest and would only clutter the list. They are important, however, for people who need the libraries, headers etc. of a package to develop and compile programs depending on them.
-
Of more interest are the other two items, Show available packages and Show installed packages, which are pretty self-explanatory.
In the Tools menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to Refresh repositories. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories. The other item is to Manage repositories.... It opens the Repositories preferences, to add/remove or disable and enable repositories.
+
Under Show you can deactivate Only featured packages. Now you'll always see all packages and not just the featured ones when HaikuDepot starts up or the search text field is empty.
+Furthermore, you can choose to also Show Develop packages and Source packages in the packages list. For the normal user those are of no interest and would only clutter the list. They are important, however, for people who need the libraries, headers etc. of a package to develop and compile programs depending on them.
+
Of more interest are the options to only show Available packages and Installed packages, which are pretty self-explanatory.
@@ -139,7 +145,7 @@ With the little thumb up/down icons to the right, you can show your approval or
After you've created a user account and are logged in, you can rate a package and leave a comment, if you want. Just hover the mouse over the rating stars in the info area of a package and they turn into a Rating... button. Click it to open the rating window:
Here you move the mouse over the stars to light them up and choose your rating, you can also choose from a number of levels to judge the stability of the application and pick the language of your optional comment. To make a comment meaningful, you should have worked with the application you're about to rate for a while to become familiar with its features, bugs and quirks. And don't write the next great American novel... keep it short, sweet and polite. :)
-After you click Send the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the Tools menu to Refresh depots before you can see your changes.
+After you click Send the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the Tools menu to Refresh repositories before you can see your changes.
At any time, you can come back and edit your comment and re-rate it. You can also hide your rating from other users by deactivating the checkbox Other users can see this rating.
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ Samozrejme, tieto indikátory môžete presúvať a meniť tak farebný prechod
Tipy & Triky
Zopár vecí, na ktoré by ste mali myslieť počas práce s Icon-O-Matic a všeobecné tipy pri používaní:
-
Prečítajte si Pokyny o tvorbe ikon, aby ste sa oboznámili s dôležitými charakteristikami ikon Haiku ako napr. perspektíva, farby a tiene.
+
Prečítajte si Pokyny o tvorbe ikon, aby ste sa oboznámili s dôležitými charakteristikami ikon Haiku ako napr. perspektíva, farby a tiene.
Vždy by ste sa mali snažiť minimalizovať počet použitých ciest, lebo tie najviac zväčšujú výslednú veľkosť súboru. Cesty používajte opätovne tam, kde je to možné a pracujte s manipulovanými tvarmi a ich transformátormi. Šikovné použitie farebných prechodov vám tiež môže ušetriť miesto.
Tam, kde je to možné, by ste mali aktivovať možnosť Prichytávať k mriežke v Možnostiach počas práce s cestami. Body cesty zarovnané so sieťou 64x64 pixlov zaberajú menej miesta. Ak body nastavíte presne do rohov siete, dostanete najostrejší výsledok. Napríklad je dôležité zarovnať najvýraznejšie obrysy so sieťou 16x16 pixlov.
V náhľade zistite, či vaša ikona vyzerá dobre vo veľkosti 16x16. Možno sa vám zíde nastavenie Úroveň detailov popísané v sekcii Tvary.
Inštalátor sa používa na skopírovanie Haiku na iný disk.
diff --git a/userguide/sk/applications/list-cli-apps.html b/userguide/sk/applications/list-cli-apps.html
index 74d87fcb..3c44c3c1 100644
--- a/userguide/sk/applications/list-cli-apps.html
+++ b/userguide/sk/applications/list-cli-apps.html
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
@@ -62,10 +63,10 @@
Panel:
Žiadna položka, zvyčajne sa spúšťa dvojitým kliknutím na podporovaný typ súboru.
Umiestnenie:
/boot/system/apps/ShowImage
-
Nastavenie:
~/config/settings/ShowImage_settings
+
Nastavenia:
~/config/settings/ShowImage_settings
-
Prehliadač obrázkov umožňuje prezeranie snímok vo všetkých formátoch, ktoré sú podporované Prekladačmi údajov. Nové formáty sú automaticky rozpoznané po pridaní ich prekladača do systému. To bolo vykonané pre súbory vektorových ikon Haiku, obrázky WonderBrush alebo napríklad, keď sa rozšírili obrázky WebP.
+
Prehliadač obrázkov umožňuje prezeranie snímok vo všetkých formátoch, ktoré sú podporované Prekladačmi údajov. Nové formáty sú automaticky rozpoznané po pridaní ich prekladača do systému. To bolo vykonané pre súbory vektorových ikon Haiku, obrázky WonderBrush alebo napríklad, keď sa rozšírili obrázky WebP.
Prehliadač obrázkov poskytuje minimum funkcií úprav na orezanie, otočenie a prevrátenie obrázka a uloženie v inom formáte.
StyleEdit je jednoduchý textový editor Haiku. Hoci ukladá súbory ako obyčajný text, zapisuje aj ďalšie atribúty tak, aby umožnil isté obmedzené možnosti formátovania pri prehliadaní v StyledEdit.
Žiadna položka, bežne sa spúšťa prostredníctvom Doplnku Trackera
Umiestnenie:
/boot/system/apps/TextSearch
-
Nastavenie:
~/config/settings/TextSearch
+
Nastavenia:
~/config/settings/TextSearch
Hľadanie textu vyhľadáva reťazec v textových súboroch. Typicky to je spustený z kontextového menu Doplnkov Trackera pre výber súborov alebo zložiek, ktoré chcete prehľadávať.
WonderBrush is an editor for bitmap and vector graphics. Find more information and workshops at the YellowBites website and in the local documentation.
Haiku used to have scripts for booting and shutting down. Today it uses the launch_daemon instead. However, the user can still augment this process with certain user scripts.
-If they don't exist already, you'll have to create the needed files yourself. Otherwise simply add your commands where in the process you want them to be executed.
+
Haiku v minulosti používalo skripty na spustenie a vypnutie systému. Dnes namiesto tohto používa launch_daemon. Používateľ však tieto procesy môže doplniť pomocou istých skriptov.
+Ak ešte neexistujú, budete potrebné súbory musieť sami vytvoriť. Inak jednoducho pridáte svoje príkazy tam, kde chcete, aby sa vykonali.
Preklad tejto stránky zatiaľ nie je dokončený. Dovtedy sa nedokončené časti zobrazia v anglickom origináli.
Zavádzač systému
@@ -99,8 +99,7 @@ Tiež sa hodí potom ako nainštalujete softvérový komponent, ktorý robí pro
Umožňuje vybrať súbory systému, ktoré sa majú ignorovať. To je užitočné napr. na dočasné vypnutie ovládačov. Pozri Riešenie problémov nižšie.
Vyberte voľby ladenia
-
Tu nájdete niekoľko volieb, ktoré pomáhajú pri ladení alebo získavaní podrobností do hlásenia chyby. Dolu má opäť každá voľba krátke vysvetlenie.
-
+
Tu nájdete niekoľko volieb, ktoré pomáhajú pri ladení alebo získavaní podrobností do hlásenia chyby. Dolu má opäť každá voľba krátke vysvetlenie.
Zapnúť výstup ladenia na sériový port
Zapne presmerovanie výstupu syslogu na sériové rozhranie (predvolené parametre: 115200, 8N1).
@@ -115,31 +114,31 @@ Tiež sa hodí potom ako nainštalujete softvérový komponent, ktorý robí pro
Pridať rozšírenú voľbu ladenia
Umožňuje priame zadanie rozšírenej voľby ladenia.
-
If "Enable debug syslog" is activated, a warm reboot after a crash shows these additional options:
-
Save syslog from previous session during boot
- Saves the syslog from the previous Haiku session to /var/log/previous_syslog when booting.
-
Display syslog from previous session
- Displays the syslog from the previous Haiku session
-
Save syslog from previous session
- Saves the syslog from the previous Haiku session to disk. Currently only FAT32 volumes are supported.
+
Ak je aktivovaná voľba „Zapnúť ladiaci syslog“ teplý reštart po havárii zobrazí naviac tieto voľby:
+
Uložiť syslog z predošlej relácie počas štartu
+ Uloží pri štarte syslog z predošlej relácie Haiku do /var/log/previous_syslog.
+
Zobraziť syslog z predošlej relácie
+ Zobrazí syslog z predošlej relácie Haiku
+
Uložiť syslog z predošlej relácie
+ Uloží syslog z predošlej relácie Haiku na disk. Momentálne sú podporované iba súborové systémy FAT32.
Vyberte bezpečný grafický režim
Ak ste museli aktivovať voľbu Použiť bezpečný grafický režim, tu môžete nastaviť rozlíšenie a farebnú hĺbku.
If Haiku refuses to boot on your hardware from the get-go, try out setting different options under Select safe mode options. Consider filing a bug report in any case.
-
On the other hand, if Haiku only suddenly acts up after you have installed some software, especially hardware drivers, you have several options to get Haiku bootable again so you can uninstall the offending package:
Ak Haiku odmietne na vašom hardvéri bezproblémovo naštartovať, skúste nastaviť rozličné voľby v menu Vybrať možnosti bezpečného režimu. V každom prípade zvážte odoslanie hlásenia o chybe.
+
Na druhú stranu, ak Haiku len náhle začalo spôsobovať nejaký problém po inštalácii nejakého softvéru, najmä ovládačov hardvéru, máte niekoľko možností, ako znovu dostať Haiku do spustiteľného stavu, aby ste mohli problematický balík odinštalovať:
-
Activating Safe mode will prevent most servers, daemons and the UserBootScript from being started.
-
Activating Disable user add-ons will prevent using any add-ons (drivers, translators, etc.) you have installed in the user hierarchy under your Home folder.
-
If the offending driver, add-on etc. is installed in the system hierarchy, things get a bit more complicated, because that area is read-only. Here, the Blacklist entries comes into play. With it, you can navigate through the whole system hierarchy and disable the component that's messing things up for you by checking an entry with the SPACE or RETURN key. ESC returns you up one level to the parent directory.
Under Select boot volume you can specify what former "version" of Haiku to boot. Every time you un/install a package, the old state is saved and you can boot into it by choosing it from the list presented in the boot loader options.
-So, if you encounter boot problems after installing some package, boot a Haiku version from before that time and uninstall the offending package.
+
Aktivácia Bezpečného režimu zabráni spusteniu väčšiny serverov, démonov a používateľských skriptov pri štarte (UserBootScript).
+
Vypnutie používateľských doplnkov zabráni použitiu akýchkoľvek doplnkov (ovládače, prekladače atď.), ktoré ste si nainštalovali do používateľskej hierarchie vo vašom domovskom priečinku.
+
V prípade, že je problematický ovládač, doplnok atď. nainštalovaný v hierarchii systému, bude to trochu zložitejšie, pretože táto oblasť je len na čítanie. To sa dajú použiť položky na Černej listine. Pomocou nich môžete prechádzať celou hierarchiou systému a zakázať komponenty, ktoré vám spôsobujú problémy, zaškrtnutím položky pomocou klávesu medzerník alebo Enter. ESC vás vráti o úroveň vyššie do nadradeného adresára.
V menu Vybraš zavádzací zväzok môžete zadať, ktorú predchádzajúcu „verziu“ Haiku chcete spustiť. Zakaždým, keď nainštalujete alebo odinštalujete balík, starý stav sa uloží a môžete ho spustiť výberom zo zoznamu uvedeného v možnostiach zavádzača systému.
+Takže, ak narazíte na problémy so spustením systému po inštalácii niektorého balíka, spustite verziu Haiku z doby pred problematickou udalosťou a odinštalujte problematický balík.
Preklad tejto stránky zatiaľ nie je dokončený. Dovtedy sa nedokončené časti zobrazia v anglickom origináli.
Obsah
@@ -90,41 +89,42 @@
Nastavenia Panelu... - Otvorí okno na nastavenie Panelu (pozri nižšie).
Vypnúť - Poskytuje možnosti buď Reštartovať systém alebo Výpnúť.
Nedávne dokumenty, priečinky, aplikácie - Zobrazí zoznam naposledy otvorených dokumentov, priečinkov a aplikácií (pozri Nastavenia Panelu nižšie).
-
Applications, Demos, Deskbar applets, Preferences - List of installed applications, demos, applets and preferences. You can add links to other programs (or any folder, document, query etc.) by putting them into ~/config/settings/deskbar/menu/.
+
Aplikácie, Demá, Applety Panelu, Nastavenia - Zoznam nainštalovaných aplikácií, dem, apletov a nastavení.
+ Odkazy na iné programy (alebo akýkoľvek priečinok, požiadavku atď.) môžete pridať tým, že ich dáte do ~/config/settings/deskbar/menu/.
Nastavenia Panelu
-
The Deskbar preference panel is devided into three sections.
+
Nastavenia Panelu sú rozdelené do troch častí:
-
Applications
-
The following settings don't apply to your installed applications, but to the behavior and visuals of the list of running applications.
+
Aplikácie
+
Nasledujúce nastavenia sa netýkajú vašich nainštalovaných aplikácií, ale správania a vzhľadu bežiacich aplikácií.
-
Sort running applications
Sorts the list of running programs alphabetically.
-
Tracker always first
Even if you sort alphabetically, the Tracker entry always stays first in the list.
-
Show application expander
Provides a small widget to show/hide all windows of a program directly under its entry in the Deskbar.
-
Expand new applications
Newly launched programs have their windows automatically expanded under their entry in the Deskbar.
-
Hide application names
Removes the text labels of running applications.
-
Icon size
Adjusts the icon size of running applications.
+
Zoradiť bežiace aplikácie
Zoradí všetky bežiace aplikácie podľa abecedy.
+
Tracker vždy prvý
Aj keď zoradíte podľa abecedy, Tracker zostane vždy prvý v zozname.
+
Zobraziť výsuvný zoznam aplikácií
Poskytne malý ovládací prvok na zobrazenie/skrytie všetkých okien programu priamo pod jeho záznamom v Paneli.
+
Výsuvný zoznam nových aplikácií
Novo spustené programy majú ich okná automaticky rozšírené pod ich záznamom v Paneli.
+
Skryť názvy aplikácií
Odstráni textové popisy bežiacich aplikácií.
+
Veľkosť ikon
Prispôsobí veľkosť ikony bežiacich aplikácií.
Menu
-
While the first couple of menu items of the Deskbar are fixed, you can customized the ones below Shutdown....
-Here you can set the number of recent documents, folders and applications that are shown in their menu in the Deskbar, or if you want to see them at all.
-The button Edit menu... opens the folder ~/config/settings/deskbar/menu/. In it you'll find the files and folders that appear in the Deskbar, by default these are Applications, Demos, Deskbar applets, and Preferences.
-You can delete or add entries like links to applications, documents or even queries by simply copying/deleting them to/from this folder.
+
Kým prvých pár položiek menu v Paneli je pevne daných, ostatné pod Vypnúť... môžete upraviť.
+Tu môžete nastaviť počet nedávnych dokumentov, priečinkov a aplikácií, ktoré sú zobrazené v ich menu v Paneli alebo či ich vôbec chcete vidieť.
+Tlačidlo Upraviť menu... otvorí priečinok /boot/home/config/be/. V ňom nájdete súbory a priečinky, ktoré sa zobrazujú v Paneli, štandardne sú to Aplikácie, Demá, Applety Panelu a Nastavenia.
+Môžete zmazať alebo pridať položky, ako napríklad odkazy na aplikácie, dokumenty alebo dokonca požiadavky, ak ich jednoducho prekopírujete/vymažete do/z tohto priečinka.
-
Programs installed from a package automatically put an entry into the Deskbar. Depending on the number of packages you have installed, this can become a bit crowded. If you prefer to have total control, and only want to see applications you link there yourself (possibly in categorizing sub-folders), here's how to do it:
-You create a link of the menu folder in ~/config/settings/deskbar/ and rename to menu_entries. From Terminal that is achieved with:
+
Programy nainštalované z balíka automaticky vložia položku do Panelu. Ak máte nainštalovaný veľký počet balíkov, Panel môže byť trochu preplnený. Ak uprednostňujete mať plnú kontrolu a vidieť len aplikácie, ktoré ste tam sami pridali (a prípadne rozdelili do podmenu), tu je návod, ako na to:
+Vytvorte odkaz priečinka menu v ~/config/settings/deskbar/ a premenujte na menu_entries. Z Terminálu, čo dosiahnete pomocou:
Na organizáciu vašich obľúbených aplikácií alebo dokumentov môžete spustiť jeden alebo viac Spúšťačov. Sami sa rozhodnete, či sa má každý z nich zobraziť na všetkých alebo iba na aktuálnej ploche. Taktiež môže slúžiť na rýchle otváranie dokumentov v konkrétnej aplikácii. Napríklad môžete myšou pretiahnuť súbor HTML do textového editora v Spúšťači a otvoriť ho v tomto editore namiesto predvolenej aplikácie, ktorou je webový prehliadač.
Aplet Stav siete zobrazuje stav vašich pripojení k sieti. Po spustení Stavu siete sa vás aplet opýta, či ho chcete spúšťať v okne, alebo nainštalovať do Panelu. V režime okna sa dá ikone meniť veľkosť zmenou veľkosti okna a aplet sa dá pretiahnuť na plochu pomocou rúčky Replikanta . Nezávisle na tom, kde je nainštalovaný, kontroluje sa kontextovým menu vyvolaným kliknutím pravým tlačidlom myši.
Stav napájania zobrazuje informácie o úrovni nabitia batérie, takže je užitočný iba pre prenosné počítače. Po spustení apletu sa vás systém opýta, či ho chcete spúšťať v okne alebo nainštalovať do Panela. V režime okna sa dá ikone meniť veľkosť zmenou veľkosti okna a aplet sa dá pretiahnuť na plochu pomocou rúčky Replikanta. Nezávisle na tom, kde je nainštalovaný, ovláda sa kontextovým menu vyvolaným kliknutím pravým tlačidlom myši.
Poznámka: Stav napájania vyžaduje fungujúcu podporu ACPI.
Primárna úloha Správcu procesov je zobrazovať aktivitu vašich CPU a množstvo používanej pamäte. Umožňuje monitorovať jednotlivé skupiny, meniť ich priority, a ukončiť ich v prípade, že program zamrzne. V prostredí s viacerými procesormi vám umožňuje vypnúť jednotlivé procesory/jadrá. Keď zlyhá Tracker alebo Panel, môžete ich reštartovať v menu Správcu procesov.
~/config/settings/system/app_server/workspaces ~/config/settings/Workspaces_settings - Ukladá pozíciu okna panela.
diff --git a/userguide/sk/images/prefs-images/repositories.png b/userguide/sk/images/prefs-images/repositories.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..259c059e
Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/sk/images/prefs-images/repositories.png differ
diff --git a/userguide/sk/images/prefs-images/repositories_add.png b/userguide/sk/images/prefs-images/repositories_add.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5915c396
Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/sk/images/prefs-images/repositories_add.png differ
diff --git a/userguide/sk/keyboard-shortcuts.html b/userguide/sk/keyboard-shortcuts.html
index cdd4a553..8d1cfc1a 100644
--- a/userguide/sk/keyboard-shortcuts.html
+++ b/userguide/sk/keyboard-shortcuts.html
@@ -57,7 +57,6 @@
-
Preklad tejto stránky zatiaľ nie je dokončený. Dovtedy sa nedokončené časti zobrazia v anglickom origináli.
Klávesové skratky a kombinácie klávesov
@@ -144,8 +143,7 @@ Používateľská príručka popisuje predvolenú konfiguráciu s príkazovým k
SHIFTPage↑ / Page↓
Posunie výstup Terminálu o jednu stranu hore/dole.
TAB
Doplňovanie. Po zadaní niekoľkých znakov stlačte TAB raz, čím sa automaticky doplní názov súboru alebo cesta. Ak existuje viac ako jedna zhoda, doplňovanie sa skončí vtedy, keď sa názvy začnú líšiť a vy musíte doplniť niekoľko ďalších znakov na rozlíšenie. Tiež môžete stlačiť TAB dvakrát, čím získate zoznam všetkých zhôd.
↑ / ↓
Posúvanie hore alebo dole v histórii všetkých predtým zadaných príkazov.
-
CTRLR
Bash history. All the commands you enter
-are stored in the file ~/config/settings/bash_history. Press CTRLR and start to enter a command and you'll be provided with the first match from the bash history. Keep pressing CTRLR until you find the right command line and press ENTER to execute it.
+
CTRLR
História príkazov shellu Bash. Všetky zadané príkazy sa ukladajú do súboru ~/config/settings/bash_history. Stlačte CTRLR a začnite zadávať príkaz, čím vám bude poskytnutá prvá zhoda z histórie Bash. Ďalej stláčajte CTRLR až kým nenájdete želaný príkaz a vykonajte ho stlačením ENTER.
Haiku defines three standard fonts for different purposes. You set plain, bold and fixed font types and sizes that will be used throughout the system. Besides these, there's also a separate setting for the font used in menus.
+
Haiku definuje tri štandarné písma na rozličné účely. Môžete nastaviť bežný, hrubý typ písma a proporcionálne písmo, ktoré sa budú používať v rôznych častiach systému. Okrem nich sa zvlášť nastavuje písmo používané v menu.
New fonts that don't come as part of a regular .hpkg package, can be installed by copying them into a subfolder according to the font type (psfonts or ttfonts) into their respective non-packaged folder (see topic Filesystem layout). For TrueType fonts that would be:
Nové písma, ktoré sa nedodávajú ako súčasť bežného balíka .hpkg je možné nainštalovať skopírovaním do podpriečinka zodpovedajúceho typu písma (psfonts alebo ttfonts) do ich zodpovedajúcich priečinkov non-packaged (pozri tému Rozloženie súborového systému). Pre písma TrueType by to boli priečinky:
In the Colors tab, you can change the colors of different parts of the user interface. The color well accepts drag&drops from other programs, letting you drag colors over from e.g. WonderBrush, Icon-O-Matic or the Backgrounds panel.
+
V prvej záložke, Farby, môžete meniť farby rôznych častí používateľského rozhrania. Z iných programov, napr. WonderBrush, Icon-O-Matic alebo panelu Pozadia, môžete myšou pretiahnuť farby.
Decorators determine the look and feel of windows and all GUI elements. Currently Haiku comes with only one default decorator. Should you find and install other decorators, you can choose a different one from the pop-up menu.
-
Haiku's default decorator lets you set the arrow style of the scroll bar: either single arrows at the end of scrollbars to conserve a bit of space, or double arrows — the traditional BeOS way — potentially saving some mouse moving when scrolling up and down or left and right...
+
Dekorácie určujú vzhľad a správanie okien a všetkých prvkov grafického používateľského rozhrania. V súčasnej dobe sa Haiku dodáva iba s jednou predvolenou dekoráciou. Ak by ste našli nainštalovali ďalšie dekorácie, môžete si vybrať inú z roletového menu.
+
Predvolená dekorácia Haiku vám umožňuje nastaviť štýl šípky posuvníka: buď jednoduché šípky na konci posuvníkov, ktoré ušetria trochu priestoru alebo dvojité šípky - v tradičnom štýle BeOS - potenciálne ušetria trochu pohybu myši pri posúvaní smerom nahor a nadol, resp. doľava a doprava...
Preklad tejto stránky zatiaľ nie je dokončený. Dovtedy sa nedokončené časti zobrazia v anglickom origináli.
Preklad dát
-
Panel:
Nastavenie
+
Panel:
Nastavenia
Umiestnenie:
/boot/system/preferences/DataTranslations
-
Nastavenie:
~/config/settings/* - Každý Prekladač si tu vytvorí svoj súbor potom, čo zmeníte jeho predvoľby.
+
Nastavenia:
~/config/settings/* - Každý Prekladač si tu vytvorí svoj súbor potom, čo zmeníte jeho predvoľby. ~/config/settings/system/DataTranslations settings - Ukladá pozíciu okna panela.
Každá aplikácia je schopná otvárať a ukladať každý formát súboru, pre ktorý je nainštalovaný Prekladač.
@@ -72,30 +71,30 @@
V závislosti na svojich schopnostiach ponúka každý Prekladač iné nastavenia. Každý aspoň obsahuje tlačidlo Info, ktoré otvorí okno so zásluhami a inštalačnou cestou.
Nasledujúca tabuľka obsahuje prehľad predvolených Prekladačov a ich najužitočnejších nastavení.
-
Apple icons
Valid image sizes are 16, 32, 48, 128, 256, 512, 1024 (RGB32 and RGBA32)
+
Ikony Apple
Platné veľkosti obrázka sú 16, 32, 48, 128, 256, 512, 1024 (RGB32 a RGBA32)
Obrázky BMP
24-bitový, nekomprimovaný, bez priesvitnosti
Obrázky EXR
formát s vysokým dynamickým rozsahom (HDR) spoločnosti ILM
Obrázky GIF
8-bitový, bezstratová kompresia, priesvitnosť
Môžete zredukovať veľkosť súboru obmedzením počtu farieb a škály.
Môžete zapisovať obrázky s priesvitnosťou, buď automaticky použitím kanála alfa alebo manuálnym nastavením hodnoty RGB, ktorá bude priesvitná.
-
HVIF icons
Translator for Haiku's vector icon format
+
Ikony HVIF
Prekladač vektorového formátu ikon Haiku
Obrázky JPEG2000
24-bitový, komprimovaný, bez priesvitnosti
Tu vás bude bežne zaujímať iba kvalita výstupu.
Obrázky JPEG
24-bitový, komprimovaný, bez priesvitnosti
Okrem kvality výstupu tu môžete nastaviť aj vyhladzovanie, ktoré zmierni kompresné artefakty, no môže obrázok trochu rozmazať.
Obrázky PCX
24-bitový, nekomprimovaný, bez priesvitnosti, formát PC Paintbrush Exchange
-
Photoshop images
32bit, lossless compression, transparency
-The translator reduces all layers to one bitmap layer.
+
Obrázky Photoshop
32-bitová hĺbka, bezstratová komprimácia, priesvitnosť
+Prekladač splošťuje všetky vrstvy do jedinej rastrovej vrstvy.
Obrázky PNG
32-bitový, bezstratová kompresia, priesvitnosť
Obrázky PPM
24-bitový, nekomprimovaný, bez priesvitnosti, formát Portable PixMap
Haiku poskytuje systém, ktorý pravidelne prijíma e-maily cez Poštovú službu (tiež známu ako mail_daemon) a ukladá každú správu ako jeden textový súbor. Analyzuje správu a vypĺňa jej atribúty so všetkými potrebnými hlavičkovými informáciami, ako napríklad Od, Komu, Predmet a stav prečítania správy. Môžete mu posielať požiadavky buď vy osobne alebo akákoľvek aplikácia. Tento systém tiež zjednodušuje prechádzanie medzi e-mailovými klientmi, keďže všetky údaje a nastavenia zostávajú rovnaké.
Nastavenie prebieha cez panel nastavení Email.
@@ -77,7 +76,7 @@ Tým pádom sú nastavenia Mapy kláves užitočné nielen na konfiguráciu vaš
Vyberte mŕtve klávesy
nastavenie vyššie spomenutých modrých klávesov.
Vymeniť skratkové klávesy...
prepnutie skratkových klávesov na režim Windows/Linux, teda CONTROL (bežne CTRL) alebo režim Haiku, teda COMMAND (bežne ALT).
-
The lists on the left offer the available pre-configured keymaps of the system, and below that, if available, user-defined maps. You can change a keymap in the keyboard representation: drag&drop one key on another and they switch places.
+
Zoznam vľavo ponúka všetky dostupné prednastavené mapy klávesov a pod tým, ak sú dostupné, používateľom definované mapy. Mapu klávesov môžete meniť ťahaním myšou: klávesy vymeníte ich pretiahnutím na iný kláves.
Namiesto toho môžete využiť aj preťahovanie klávesov myšou, menu Súbor | Nastaviť klávesy modifikátorov... otvára toto okno:
Tu môžete klávesom priradiť ich role alebo aj úplne vypnúť rolu klávesu. Môžete dokonca priradiť rovnaký kláves rozličným roliam, aj keď to väčšinou nie je dobrý nápad a ak to urobíte, upozorní vás na to malý výkričník vedľa roletových menu.
diff --git a/userguide/sk/preferences/locale.html b/userguide/sk/preferences/locale.html
index 525aa4f5..d4b3ffe3 100644
--- a/userguide/sk/preferences/locale.html
+++ b/userguide/sk/preferences/locale.html
@@ -62,9 +62,9 @@
Locale
-
Panel:
Nastavenie
+
Panel:
Nastavenia
Umiestnenie:
/boot/system/preferences/Locale
-
Nastavenie:
~/config/settings/Locale settings
+
Nastavenia:
~/config/settings/Locale settings
Lokalizačný systém Haiku zahŕňa nielen nahrádzanie textov ich prekladmi, ale aj komplexnejšie úlohy, ako napríklad formátovanie čísel, dátumov a časov tak, aby vyhovovali nastaveniam Locale, ktoré ste si zvolili.
Preklad tejto stránky zatiaľ nie je dokončený. Dovtedy sa nedokončené časti zobrazia v anglickom origináli.
Sieť
-
Panel:
Nastavenie
+
Panel:
Nastavenia
Umiestnenie:
/boot/system/preferences/Network
-
Nastavenie:
/boot/system/settings/network/
+
Nastavenia:
/boot/system/settings/network/
Nastavenie Sieť je panel, kde môžete na jednom mieste nastaviť všetky dostupné sieťové zariadenia a služby. Vľavo je zbaliteľný zoznam vašich zariadení a služieb. Vpravo sú informácie alebo nastavenia k vybranej položke.
@@ -72,39 +71,39 @@ Dolu nájdete zaškrtávacie pole Zobraziť
-
Here we see the wireless device, using the iprowifi4965 driver. From the pop-up menu you select the WLAN to connect to. After every WLAN name in the menu, you're shown a little icon representing the signal strength.
-Once a WLAN is selected, Haiku will try to connect to it automatically on every bootup. Select Choose automatically and it'll try to connect to the WLAN with the best signal around.
-
If you're connecting to a protected network, you'll be asked for the password and if to either allow that connection only once, or always, which will save the password so you won't be bothered to enter it in the future.
-
The buttons below let you Disable the device, or Renegotiate the connection.
+
Tu vidíme bezdrôtové zariadenie používajúce ovládač iprowifi4965. Z roletového menu zvolíte bezdrôtovú sieť (WLAN), ku ktorej sa chcete pripojiť. Pri každom názve siete v menu sa zobrazí malá ikona predstavujúca silu signálu.
+Po vybraní bezdrôtovej siete sa Haiku pri každom spustení systému pokúsi k nej automaticky pripojiť. Vyberte Vybrať automaticky a pokúsi sa pripojiť k bezdrôtovej sieti s najlepším signálom nablízku.
+
Ak sa pripájate k chránenej sieti, zobrazí sa výzva na zadanie hesla a či chcete povoliť toto pripojenie iba jednorazovo alebo vždy. Ak zvolíte druhú možnosť, heslo sa uloží a v budúcnosti vás už Haiku nebude obťažovať, aby ste ho znova zadali.
+
Tlačidlá dolu vám umožňujú Vypnúť zariadenie alebo Znovu vyjednať spojenie.
-
Beneath a device you find a list of the available protocols, IPv4 and IPv6:
+
Pod zariadením nájdete zoznam dostupných protokolov, IPv4 a IPv6:
-
From the pop-up menu you set the mode to assign the vital network parameters IP Address, Netmask and Gateway. You can choose DHCP to dynamically get the configuration from your network (router etc.), or specify them yourself by selecting Static and pressing Apply when finished.
+
Z kontextového menu nastavíte režim prideľujúci dôležité parametre siete IP adresa, Maska siete a Brána. Môžete zvoliť DHCP ak chcete konfiguráciu prijímať dynamicky z vašej siete (zo smerovača a pod.) alebo ich zadať sami zvolením Staticky a stlačením tlačidla Použiť po vyplnení údajov.
-
The settings for a tethered device are similar, without the WLAN connecting pop-up menu, obviously.
+
Nastavenia tetheringu sú podobné, samozrejme bez roletového menu s pripojením k bezdrôtovej sieti.
Služby
Nastavenia DNS
-
If you're using DHCP the IP address for a DNS server and the domain are provided by you network (router etc.). You can add and remove other DNS servers and adjust their priorities by moving them up and down in the list with the buttons to the right of it.
-Apply will activate your new settings.
+
Ak používate DHCO, IP adresu servera DNS a doménu za vás vyplní sieť (smerovač a pod.). Môžete pridať a odstrániť ďalšie servery DNS a upraviť ich prioritu tým, že ich presuniete hore alebo dolu v zozname pomocou tlačidiel napravo.
+Stlačením Použiť aktivujete vaše nové nastavenia.
FTP, SSH, Telnet
-
Haiku provides a few servers that you can Enable or Disable. On the right side of the window, you'll find information on that particular server that you should heed: The FTP and the Telnet server are insecure and unencrypted. By default they're turned off and should only be turned on, if you're aware of the security risks.
+
Haiku poskytuje niekoľko serverov, ktoré môžete Zapnúť alebo Vypnúť. Na pravej strane okna nájdete informácie o konkrétnom serveri, ktoré by ste mali vedieť: Servery FTP a Telnet server sú nezabezpečené a nešifrované. Štandardne sú vypnuté a mali by ste ich zapnúť iba ak ste si vedomí ich bezpečnostného rizika.
Súbory nastavení
-
The network settings are found in the folder /system/settings/network/. Normally you don't have to care about those, other than maybe having to delete them to begin with a clean slate after things have gone terribly wrong...
-
One file however can be really useful, especially when working from the Terminal. The hosts file lets you define aliases to specific IP addresses in the network. For example:
+
Nastavenia siete nájdete v priečinku /system/settings/network/. Za bežných okolností vás nemusia zaujímať, možno len ak ich chcete zmazať, aby ste mohli začať s čistým štítom v prípade, že sa niečo veľmi pokazí...
+
Jeden súbor však môže byť veľmi užitočný, obzvlášť ak pracujte z Terminálu. Súbor hosts vám umožňuje definovať aliasy konkrétnych IP adries v sieti. Napríklad:
127.0.0.1 localhost #loopback
192.168.178.3 NAS #Synology
192.168.178.102 XIOS #Mediaplayer
-
Besides the loopback to the localhost, I have the IP to my Synology storage under "NAS" and to my media player under "XIOS". To start an FTP session with my network storage, I don't have to remember it's IP address, but can simply enter:
+
Okrem zariadenia loopback smerujúceho na lokálny počítač (localhost) mám uvedenú IP adresu môjho úložiska Synology NAS pod názvom „NAS“ a môj prehrávač multimédií pod názvom „XIOS“. Ak chcem pracovať so svojím sieťovým úložiskom, nemusím si pamätať jeho IP adresu, ale môžem jednoducho zadať:
ftp NAS
diff --git a/userguide/sk/preferences/printers.html b/userguide/sk/preferences/printers.html
index c9e3f672..36334e88 100644
--- a/userguide/sk/preferences/printers.html
+++ b/userguide/sk/preferences/printers.html
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
« Sieť
:: Nastavenia
-:: Obrazovka »
+:: Zdroje softvéru »
@@ -59,9 +59,9 @@
Tlačiarne
-
Panel:
Nastavenie
+
Panel:
Nastavenia
Umiestnenie:
/boot/system/preferences/Printers
-
Nastavenie:
~/config/settings/printers/*
+
Nastavenia:
~/config/settings/printers/*
Dokumentácia zatiaľ chýba. Ak na nech chcete pracovať, prosím, ohláste to v poštovej konferencii Dokumentácie, aby sme sa vyhli duplicitnej práci.
Preklad tejto stránky zatiaľ nie je dokončený. Dovtedy sa nedokončené časti zobrazia v anglickom origináli.
+
+
Zdroje softvéru
+
+
Panel:
Nastavenia
+
Umiestnenie:
/boot/system/preferences/Repositories
+
Nastavenia:
~/config/settings/Repositories_settings
+
+
Zdroje softvéru sú kolekcie balíkov softvéru. Štandardne nastavený je zdrojo softvéru Haiku so všetkými balíkmi operačného systému a HaikuPorts, ktorý poskytuje veľké množstvo portovaných aplikácií a natívneho softvéru pre Haiku. Existuje niekoľko ďalších zdrojov softvéru, ktoré spravujú členovia komunity Haiku. Pozrite sa na webovej stránke na Webstránky so softvérom.
+
This is the preference panel to manage your respositories (you can open it also from HaikuDepot'sTools menu):
+
+
The first column in the list of known repositories shows if a repo is currently enabled. If it doesn't have a checkmark, it will not be queried by HaikuDepot or pkgman from the command line. Use the buttons to Enable or Disable the selected repositories, or double-click a repo to toggle the status.
+
Depending on the size of the repository and the speed of the internet connection, enabling a repository may take a few seconds. If it takes longer, you're informed of pending tasks in the little text box above the +/- buttons. If it takes unusually long, you'll be asked to either cancel or retry.
+
To be able to remove a repository completely with the "-" button, it has to be disabled.
+You add a new repository with the "" button, which will open this panel:
+
+
To add a new repository, just paste its URL into the text field. It'll be named "Unknown" until you enable it.
+
It goes without saying that adding a repository and downloading and installing software from it is a matter of trust. Don't carelessly just add any URL you happen upon on the internets.
+
+
+
diff --git a/userguide/sk/preferences/screen.html b/userguide/sk/preferences/screen.html
index f49616c0..891f191d 100644
--- a/userguide/sk/preferences/screen.html
+++ b/userguide/sk/preferences/screen.html
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
@@ -109,7 +110,7 @@ V každom prípade, snažte sa, aby názov stavu bol krátky. Takto sa vždy zme
Používanie požiadaviek
Samozrejme, môžte si vybrať priečinok na uloženie vašej pošty, môžte ho otvoriť a voilà, tu je vaša pošta. Ale časom sa priečinok preplní a zobrazenie všetkého trvá dlhšie a dlhšie ako tisíce súborov a ich atribúty treba analyzovať a zoradiť. Väčšinou sa naozaj nestaráte o dva roky staré e-maily od nigérijských princov a ich problémy s dedičstvom...
-
Veľa času počas plnenia adresára sa strávi pri vkladaní súborov čítaných z disku do správneho poradia a ich zobrazenie v okne. Ak musíte otvoriť priečinok s veľkým množstvom súborov, môžte si skrátiť čakanie urobením okna Trackera „neviditeľným“ alebo ho minimalizovať alebo prepnúť na inú pracovnú plochu. Sledujte Monitor aktivity, aby ste videli ako to ovplyvňuje využitie CPU.
+
Veľa času počas plnenia adresára sa strávi pri vkladaní súborov čítaných z disku do správneho poradia a ich zobrazenie v okne. Ak musíte otvoriť priečinok s veľkým množstvom súborov, môžte si skrátiť čakanie urobením okna Trackera „neviditeľným“ alebo ho minimalizovať alebo prepnúť na inú pracovnú plochu. Sledujte Monitor aktivity, aby ste videli ako to ovplyvňuje využitie CPU.
Použitím požiadaviek môžte zúžiť zobrazenie vašej pošty. V podstate, ikona poštovej schránky v Paneli používa požiadavky.
diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/cli-apps.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/cli-apps.html
index 67e83ec9..7f38a7f0 100644
--- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/cli-apps.html
+++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/cli-apps.html
@@ -126,6 +126,11 @@ Would you like a link to it?" "On Desktop" "In Deskbar" "No thanks"
diskimage
diskimage lets you register a regular file as disk device. For example, you can register a Haiku anyboot image, mount it in Tracker and copy, edit or remove files there before using it as source in the Installer.
+
launch_roster
+
The launch_daemon starts all sorts of services and applications at boot-up. For some it was instructed to re-start them if they were quit. If you don't want that – maybe you'd like to test a modified Tracker, for example – you use launch_roster to stop the re-starting of the application before quitting it. Similarly, you can start it again or get info about it. Without parameter, launch_roster lists all apps/services that are under its control.
+For example, this will stop the re-launching of the Deskbar:
+
launch_roster stop x-vnd.be-tskb
+
mountvolume mount
mountvolume is preferred by many to mount local partitions and disks, because its usage is so easy: just call it with the name of the partition and you're done. Try --help for more options.
mount can additionally mount remote disks by using a network filesystem, like NFS4. You specify the used filesystem with the -t parameter and the remote location with the -p parameter. As filesystem parameter you can use anything you find in /system/add-ons/kernel/file_system (and corresponding file hierarchies under ~/config or "non-packaged", of course). You also have to create a folder as mountpoint. Here's an example:
@@ -134,6 +139,21 @@ mount -t nfs4 -p "192.168.178.3:volume1" /DiskStation
open
open is a very handy little tool. With it you open any file with its preferred application, or start a specific application by its signature without the need to know its exact path. It also works with URLs and even with the "virtual" directories . for the current directory and .. for the parent, opening the folder in Tracker.
+
ramdisk
+
A ramdisk is like a harddisk running only in the computer's memory. That makes it very fast but also volatile, because its contents vanishes when you shut down the computer, or it crashes or you experience a blackout.
+To create a ramdisk of 1 GiB, format to the name "RAMses" and mount it, you enter this in Terminal or create a script of it:
+
ramdisk create -s 1gb
+mkfs -q -t bfs /dev/disk/virtual/ram/0/raw RAMses
+mountvolume RAMses
+
Note: When creating a ramdisk, the ramdisk command prints out the path to it. If you create several disks, that path /dev/disk/virtual/ram/0/raw will change!
+
To preserve the contents, at least if no calamity like a blackout etc. strikes, a ramdisk can be set up to read/write an image on the harddisk. For that, you need to supply a file of the desired size that will be read from every time you start your ramdisk, and written to when you unmount it. To create an image file "RAMimage" of 500MiB and format it, do this:
It's very important to always cleanly unmount you ramdisk, either from Tracker or with unmount /RAMimage, or the changes won't be written back to the image file!
The last tab shows the detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far.
+
Here you find a detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far, if the maintainer of the package provides that information.
+
Contents
+
The last tab shows all the files and folders a package contains. This only works for already downloaded packages.
In the Tools menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to Refresh depots. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories.
-
Under Options you can choose to also Show develop packages and Show source packages in the packages list. For the normal user those are of no interest and would only clutter the list. They are important, however, for people who need the libraries, headers etc. of a package to develop and compile programs depending on them.
-
Of more interest are the other two items, Show available packages and Show installed packages, which are pretty self-explanatory.
In the Tools menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to Refresh repositories. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories. The other item is to Manage repositories.... It opens the Repositories preferences, to add/remove or disable and enable repositories.
+
Under Show you can deactivate Only featured packages. Now you'll always see all packages and not just the featured ones when HaikuDepot starts up or the search text field is empty.
+Furthermore, you can choose to also Show Develop packages and Source packages in the packages list. For the normal user those are of no interest and would only clutter the list. They are important, however, for people who need the libraries, headers etc. of a package to develop and compile programs depending on them.
+
Of more interest are the options to only show Available packages and Installed packages, which are pretty self-explanatory.
@@ -138,7 +145,7 @@ With the little thumb up/down icons to the right, you can show your approval or
After you've created a user account and are logged in, you can rate a package and leave a comment, if you want. Just hover the mouse over the rating stars in the info area of a package and they turn into a Rating... button. Click it to open the rating window:
Here you move the mouse over the stars to light them up and choose your rating, you can also choose from a number of levels to judge the stability of the application and pick the language of your optional comment. To make a comment meaningful, you should have worked with the application you're about to rate for a while to become familiar with its features, bugs and quirks. And don't write the next great American novel... keep it short, sweet and polite. :)
-After you click Send the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the Tools menu to Refresh depots before you can see your changes.
+After you click Send the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the Tools menu to Refresh repositories before you can see your changes.
At any time, you can come back and edit your comment and re-rate it. You can also hide your rating from other users by deactivating the checkbox Other users can see this rating.
diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/icon-o-matic.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/icon-o-matic.html
index 3c46de8b..f8c424b3 100644
--- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/icon-o-matic.html
+++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/icon-o-matic.html
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ Of course you can move these indicators to change the gradient to your liking. Y
Tips & Tricks
A few things you should keep in mind when working with Icon-O-Matic and some general tips for its usage:
-
Read the Icon Guidelines to learn about important characteristics of Haiku icons, e.g. perspective, colors and shadows.
+
Read the Icon Guidelines to learn about important characteristics of Haiku icons, e.g. perspective, colors and shadows.
You should always try to minimize your use of paths, those are the most expensive, file size wise. Re-use paths wherever possible and work with manipulated shapes and their transformers instead. Smart use of gradients can also save space.
Wherever possible, you should activate Snap-to-Grid from the Options menu when editing paths. Path points that align with the 64x64 pixel grid use less storage space. You'll also get the crispest look if points are set on exact pixel borders. For example, it is important to align the most prominent outlines with the 16x16 grid.
Check the preview to see if your icon still looks good in 16x16. You may want to use the Level Of Detail settings described in the Shapes section.
diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/list-cli-apps.html b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/list-cli-apps.html
index f008630f..4d6e139e 100644
--- a/userguide/sv_SE/applications/list-cli-apps.html
+++ b/userguide/sv_SE/applications/list-cli-apps.html
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
@@ -98,7 +99,7 @@
Disables Advanced Configuration and Power Interface hardware support, overriding the ACPI setting in the kernel settings file.
Blacklist entries
Allows to select system files that shall be ignored. Useful e.g. to disable drivers temporarily. See Troubleshooting below.
-
Select debug options
Here you'll find several options that help with debugging or getting details for a bug report. Again, a short explanation for each option is displayed at the bottom.
+
Select debug options
Here you'll find several options that help with debugging or getting details for a bug report. Again, a short explanation for each option is displayed at the bottom.
Enable serial debug output
Turns on forwarding the syslog output to the serial interface (default: 115200, 8N1).
If Haiku refuses to boot on your hardware from the get-go, try out setting different options under Select safe mode options. Consider filing a bug report in any case.
+
If Haiku refuses to boot on your hardware from the get-go, try out setting different options under Select safe mode options. Consider filing a bug report in any case.
On the other hand, if Haiku only suddenly acts up after you have installed some software, especially hardware drivers, you have several options to get Haiku bootable again so you can uninstall the offending package:
Activating Safe mode will prevent most servers, daemons and the UserBootScript from being started.
diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/images/prefs-images/repositories.png b/userguide/sv_SE/images/prefs-images/repositories.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..259c059e
Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/sv_SE/images/prefs-images/repositories.png differ
diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/images/prefs-images/repositories_add.png b/userguide/sv_SE/images/prefs-images/repositories_add.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5915c396
Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/sv_SE/images/prefs-images/repositories_add.png differ
diff --git a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences.html b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences.html
index 1e089931..76ce64bc 100644
--- a/userguide/sv_SE/preferences.html
+++ b/userguide/sv_SE/preferences.html
@@ -87,7 +87,9 @@
Översättningen av denna sida är inte komplett. Delar av innehållet kommer därför att visas på engelska.
+
+
Repositories
+
+
Deskbar:
Preferences
+
Location:
/boot/system/preferences/Repositories
+
Settings:
~/config/settings/Repositories_settings
+
+
Repositories are collections of software packages. Set up by default, there's the Haiku repo with all of the operating system's packages and HaikuPorts, which provides a large number of ported and native Haiku software. There are several more repositories, curated by members of the Haiku community. Checkout Software Sites on the website.
+
This is the preference panel to manage your respositories (you can open it also from HaikuDepot'sTools menu):
+
+
The first column in the list of known repositories shows if a repo is currently enabled. If it doesn't have a checkmark, it will not be queried by HaikuDepot or pkgman from the command line. Use the buttons to Enable or Disable the selected repositories, or double-click a repo to toggle the status.
+
Depending on the size of the repository and the speed of the internet connection, enabling a repository may take a few seconds. If it takes longer, you're informed of pending tasks in the little text box above the +/- buttons. If it takes unusually long, you'll be asked to either cancel or retry.
+
To be able to remove a repository completely with the "-" button, it has to be disabled.
+You add a new repository with the "" button, which will open this panel:
+
+
To add a new repository, just paste its URL into the text field. It'll be named "Unknown" until you enable it.
+
It goes without saying that adding a repository and downloading and installing software from it is a matter of trust. Don't carelessly just add any URL you happen upon on the internets.
The last tab shows the detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far.
+
Here you find a detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far, if the maintainer of the package provides that information.
+
Contents
+
The last tab shows all the files and folders a package contains. This only works for already downloaded packages.
In the Tools menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to Refresh depots. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories.
-
Under Options you can choose to also Show develop packages and Show source packages in the packages list. For the normal user those are of no interest and would only clutter the list. They are important, however, for people who need the libraries, headers etc. of a package to develop and compile programs depending on them.
-
Of more interest are the other two items, Show available packages and Show installed packages, which are pretty self-explanatory.
In the Tools menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to Refresh repositories. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories. The other item is to Manage repositories.... It opens the Repositories preferences, to add/remove or disable and enable repositories.
+
Under Show you can deactivate Only featured packages. Now you'll always see all packages and not just the featured ones when HaikuDepot starts up or the search text field is empty.
+Furthermore, you can choose to also Show Develop packages and Source packages in the packages list. For the normal user those are of no interest and would only clutter the list. They are important, however, for people who need the libraries, headers etc. of a package to develop and compile programs depending on them.
+
Of more interest are the options to only show Available packages and Installed packages, which are pretty self-explanatory.
@@ -138,7 +145,7 @@ With the little thumb up/down icons to the right, you can show your approval or
After you've created a user account and are logged in, you can rate a package and leave a comment, if you want. Just hover the mouse over the rating stars in the info area of a package and they turn into a Rating... button. Click it to open the rating window:
Here you move the mouse over the stars to light them up and choose your rating, you can also choose from a number of levels to judge the stability of the application and pick the language of your optional comment. To make a comment meaningful, you should have worked with the application you're about to rate for a while to become familiar with its features, bugs and quirks. And don't write the next great American novel... keep it short, sweet and polite. :)
-After you click Send the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the Tools menu to Refresh depots before you can see your changes.
+After you click Send the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the Tools menu to Refresh repositories before you can see your changes.
At any time, you can come back and edit your comment and re-rate it. You can also hide your rating from other users by deactivating the checkbox Other users can see this rating.
diff --git a/userguide/uk/applications/icon-o-matic.html b/userguide/uk/applications/icon-o-matic.html
index 5e1b77cf..397ebc18 100644
--- a/userguide/uk/applications/icon-o-matic.html
+++ b/userguide/uk/applications/icon-o-matic.html
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ Of course you can move these indicators to change the gradient to your liking. Y
Tips & Tricks
A few things you should keep in mind when working with Icon-O-Matic and some general tips for its usage:
-
Read the Icon Guidelines to learn about important characteristics of Haiku icons, e.g. perspective, colors and shadows.
+
Read the Icon Guidelines to learn about important characteristics of Haiku icons, e.g. perspective, colors and shadows.
You should always try to minimize your use of paths, those are the most expensive, file size wise. Re-use paths wherever possible and work with manipulated shapes and their transformers instead. Smart use of gradients can also save space.
Wherever possible, you should activate Snap-to-Grid from the Options menu when editing paths. Path points that align with the 64x64 pixel grid use less storage space. You'll also get the crispest look if points are set on exact pixel borders. For example, it is important to align the most prominent outlines with the 16x16 grid.
Check the preview to see if your icon still looks good in 16x16. You may want to use the Level Of Detail settings described in the Shapes section.
diff --git a/userguide/uk/applications/list-cli-apps.html b/userguide/uk/applications/list-cli-apps.html
index 2eb54428..c087397a 100644
--- a/userguide/uk/applications/list-cli-apps.html
+++ b/userguide/uk/applications/list-cli-apps.html
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
@@ -96,7 +97,7 @@
Disables Advanced Configuration and Power Interface hardware support, overriding the ACPI setting in the kernel settings file.
Blacklist entries
Allows to select system files that shall be ignored. Useful e.g. to disable drivers temporarily. See Troubleshooting below.
-
Select debug options
Here you'll find several options that help with debugging or getting details for a bug report. Again, a short explanation for each option is displayed at the bottom.
+
Select debug options
Here you'll find several options that help with debugging or getting details for a bug report. Again, a short explanation for each option is displayed at the bottom.
Enable serial debug output
Turns on forwarding the syslog output to the serial interface (default: 115200, 8N1).
If Haiku refuses to boot on your hardware from the get-go, try out setting different options under Select safe mode options. Consider filing a bug report in any case.
+
If Haiku refuses to boot on your hardware from the get-go, try out setting different options under Select safe mode options. Consider filing a bug report in any case.
On the other hand, if Haiku only suddenly acts up after you have installed some software, especially hardware drivers, you have several options to get Haiku bootable again so you can uninstall the offending package:
Activating Safe mode will prevent most servers, daemons and the UserBootScript from being started.
diff --git a/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/repositories.png b/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/repositories.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..259c059e
Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/repositories.png differ
diff --git a/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/repositories_add.png b/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/repositories_add.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5915c396
Binary files /dev/null and b/userguide/uk/images/prefs-images/repositories_add.png differ
diff --git a/userguide/uk/preferences.html b/userguide/uk/preferences.html
index bea76a5f..7c311e99 100644
--- a/userguide/uk/preferences.html
+++ b/userguide/uk/preferences.html
@@ -85,7 +85,9 @@
The translation of this page isn't yet complete. Until it is, unfinished parts use the English original.
+
+
Repositories
+
+
Deskbar:
Preferences
+
Location:
/boot/system/preferences/Repositories
+
Settings:
~/config/settings/Repositories_settings
+
+
Repositories are collections of software packages. Set up by default, there's the Haiku repo with all of the operating system's packages and HaikuPorts, which provides a large number of ported and native Haiku software. There are several more repositories, curated by members of the Haiku community. Checkout Software Sites on the website.
+
This is the preference panel to manage your respositories (you can open it also from HaikuDepot'sTools menu):
+
+
The first column in the list of known repositories shows if a repo is currently enabled. If it doesn't have a checkmark, it will not be queried by HaikuDepot or pkgman from the command line. Use the buttons to Enable or Disable the selected repositories, or double-click a repo to toggle the status.
+
Depending on the size of the repository and the speed of the internet connection, enabling a repository may take a few seconds. If it takes longer, you're informed of pending tasks in the little text box above the +/- buttons. If it takes unusually long, you'll be asked to either cancel or retry.
+
To be able to remove a repository completely with the "-" button, it has to be disabled.
+You add a new repository with the "" button, which will open this panel:
+
+
To add a new repository, just paste its URL into the text field. It'll be named "Unknown" until you enable it.
+
It goes without saying that adding a repository and downloading and installing software from it is a matter of trust. Don't carelessly just add any URL you happen upon on the internets.
The last tab shows the detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far.
+
Here you find a detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far, if the maintainer of the package provides that information.
+
Contents
+
The last tab shows all the files and folders a package contains. This only works for already downloaded packages.
In the Tools menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to Refresh depots. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories.
-
Under Options you can choose to also Show develop packages and Show source packages in the packages list. For the normal user those are of no interest and would only clutter the list. They are important, however, for people who need the libraries, headers etc. of a package to develop and compile programs depending on them.
-
Of more interest are the other two items, Show available packages and Show installed packages, which are pretty self-explanatory.
In the Tools menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to Refresh repositories. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories. The other item is to Manage repositories.... It opens the Repositories preferences, to add/remove or disable and enable repositories.
+
Under Show you can deactivate Only featured packages. Now you'll always see all packages and not just the featured ones when HaikuDepot starts up or the search text field is empty.
+Furthermore, you can choose to also Show Develop packages and Source packages in the packages list. For the normal user those are of no interest and would only clutter the list. They are important, however, for people who need the libraries, headers etc. of a package to develop and compile programs depending on them.
+
Of more interest are the options to only show Available packages and Installed packages, which are pretty self-explanatory.
@@ -141,7 +148,7 @@ With the little thumb up/down icons to the right, you can show your approval or
After you've created a user account and are logged in, you can rate a package and leave a comment, if you want. Just hover the mouse over the rating stars in the info area of a package and they turn into a Rating... button. Click it to open the rating window:
Here you move the mouse over the stars to light them up and choose your rating, you can also choose from a number of levels to judge the stability of the application and pick the language of your optional comment. To make a comment meaningful, you should have worked with the application you're about to rate for a while to become familiar with its features, bugs and quirks. And don't write the next great American novel... keep it short, sweet and polite. :)
-After you click Send the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the Tools menu to Refresh depots before you can see your changes.
+After you click Send the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the Tools menu to Refresh repositories before you can see your changes.
At any time, you can come back and edit your comment and re-rate it. You can also hide your rating from other users by deactivating the checkbox Other users can see this rating.
Repositories are collections of software packages. Set up by default, there's the Haiku repo with all of the operating system's packages and HaikuPorts, which provides a large number of ported and native Haiku software. There are several more repositories, curated by members of the Haiku community. Checkout Software Sites on the website.
+
This is the preference panel to manage your respositories (you can open it also from HaikuDepot'sTools menu):
+
+
The first column in the list of known repositories shows if a repo is currently enabled. If it doesn't have a checkmark, it will not be queried by HaikuDepot or pkgman from the command line. Use the buttons to Enable or Disable the selected repositories, or double-click a repo to toggle the status.
+
Depending on the size of the repository and the speed of the internet connection, enabling a repository may take a few seconds. If it takes longer, you're informed of pending tasks in the little text box above the +/- buttons. If it takes unusually long, you'll be asked to either cancel or retry.
+
To be able to remove a repository completely with the "-" button, it has to be disabled.
+You add a new repository with the "" button, which will open this panel:
+
+
To add a new repository, just paste its URL into the text field. It'll be named "Unknown" until you enable it.
+
It goes without saying that adding a repository and downloading and installing software from it is a matter of trust. Don't carelessly just add any URL you happen upon on the internets.
When vital servers like the app server, the registrar or the input server crash, you won't see the usual crash alert. Instead the whole screen will be cleared white and a gdb session will be started, its output appearing directly on screen. Likely you will still be able to move the mouse, which will overwrite the white and gdb output on screen. Applications still running (like ProcessController or the clock in the Deskbar) might also draw over the debugger output on screen.
-Besides everything being more ugly and inconvenient, basically the same applies as for application bugs. Most importantly procure a back trace (bt command). You may need to take a picture of the screen with a digital camera, since you won't be able to copy the text anywhere.
+Besides everything being more ugly and inconvenient, basically the same applies as for application bugs. Most importantly procure a back trace (bt command). You may need to take a picture of the screen with a digital camera, since you won't be able to copy the text anywhere.
+Depending on what exactly crashed, you can try to save a crash report on the Desktop with save-report and then press the power button once to try shutting cleanly down.
@@ -111,7 +112,7 @@ Besides everything being more ugly and inconvenient, basically the same applies
The system doesn't boot up correctly. It may reboot spontaneously or stop at some point (e.g. at some icon of the boot screen). In the latter case also try ALTSysReqD.
The whole system or some piece of hardware doesn't behave correctly. For example, it could be very slow, errors occur, or something doesn't work at all. If some hardware doesn't work at all, the first obvious check is whether Haiku supports it at all at the moment (e.g. ask on a mailing list or a forum).
-
Note that while only the last point seems to indicate hardware relation, all the other symptoms could be caused by a bug in a hardware driver as well. If you have a suspicion what piece of hardware or corresponding driver might have to do with the problem, check whether removing/disabling the hardware or the driver makes a difference. For example, if you suspect Wifi you may find that your BIOS has an option to disable it. Or if not, you could blacklist the responsible Wifi driver from your Haiku installation (see Boot Loader).
+
Note that while only the last point seems to indicate hardware relation, all the other symptoms could be caused by a bug in a hardware driver as well. If you have a suspicion what piece of hardware or corresponding driver might have to do with the problem, check whether removing/disabling the hardware or the driver makes a difference. For example, if you suspect Wifi you may find that your BIOS has an option to disable it. Or if not, you could blacklist the responsible Wifi driver from your Haiku installation (see Boot Loader).
@@ -141,7 +142,7 @@ In the boot loader's Debug menu you should find the en
The on-screen debug output is useful only for debugging very specific issues and is known to have (timing) issues. Don't use it, if you don't have to.
This is only relevant when Haiku fails to boot on your machine and the Debug syslog option doesn't work for some reason. Before the Haiku boot logo appears, hold SHIFT to enter the boot loader menu. Select Select safe mode options. Near the bottom, [ ] Enable on screen debug output will be listed. (Note: The other options could be enabled in an attempt to boot Haiku. If Haiku will boot only when one or more options are activated, be sure to mention which ones.)
Finally select Return to main menu and then Continue booting.
-One or more pages of text will display on the screen, only the last few lines need to be included on your ticket. There's more information on the Boot Loader.
+One or more pages of text will display on the screen, only the last few lines need to be included on your ticket. There's more information on the Boot Loader.
diff --git a/welcome/de/bugreports.html b/welcome/de/bugreports.html
index 3d9b9f6b..a55a2f60 100644
--- a/welcome/de/bugreports.html
+++ b/welcome/de/bugreports.html
@@ -101,7 +101,8 @@ Nach dieser Überprüfung sollte man so genau wie möglich den Fehler beschreibe
Stürzen lebenswichtige Server wie der App Server, der Registrar oder der Input Server ab, bekommt man nicht den gewöhnlichen Crash-Hinweis zu sehen. Stattdessen wird der gesamte Bildschirm weiß und der gdb wird gestartet, der seine Ausgabe direkt auf den Bildschirm schreibt. Unter Umständen kann man immer noch die Maus bewegen, die daraufhin das Weiß und die gdb Ausgabe übermalt. Noch laufende Anwendungen, wie ProcessController oder die Uhr in der Deskbar, tun das vielleicht auch noch.
-Außer dass alles etwas unansehnlicher und unbequemer ist, gilt eigentlich das gleiche wie für Bugs in Anwendungen. Am wichtigsten ist das sichern eines "backtrace" mittels bt. Weil man den Text ja nicht mehr irgendwohin kopieren kann, müsste man die Ausgabe per Kamera festhalten.
+Außer dass alles etwas unansehnlicher und unbequemer ist, gilt eigentlich das gleiche wie für Bugs in Anwendungen. Am wichtigsten ist das sichern eines "backtrace" mittels bt. Weil man den Text ja nicht mehr irgendwohin kopieren kann, müsste man die Ausgabe per Kamera festhalten.
+Je nachdem was genau abgestürzt ist, kann man auch probieren mit dem Befehl save-report einen Crash-Report auf dem Desktop zu speichern. Danach sollte man einmal auf den Powerknopf drücken, um zu versuchen den Rechner sauber herunterzufahren.
@@ -113,7 +114,7 @@ Außer dass alles etwas unansehnlicher und unbequemer ist, gilt eigentlich das g
Das System fährt nicht mehr richtig hoch. Unter Umständen führt es spontan einen Neustart durch oder bleibt an einer Stelle stecken, vielleicht bei einem bestimmten Symbol des Boot Bildschirms. In letzterem Falle sollte man auch mal ein ALTSysReqD versuchen.
Das ganze System oder eine bestimmte Hardwarekomponente funktioniert nicht richtig. Es könnte beispielsweise nur sehr langsam laufen, Fehler könnten auftreten oder etwas funktioniert überhaupt nicht. Verweigert eine Hardwarekomponente die Arbeit komplett, sollte man natürlich erst mal checken, ob Haiku sie momentan überhaupt treibermäßig unterstützt, indem man zum Beispiel auf der Mainlingliste oder im Forum nachfragt.
-
Während nur der letzte Punkt explizit auf eine Hardware-Ursache eingeht, können auch alle anderen Symptome auf Fehler in einem Hardware Treiber hindeuten. Hat man einen Verdacht welche Hardware oder entsprechender Treiber mit dem Problem zu tun haben könnte, sollte man prüfen ob das Entfernen oder Deaktivieren von Hardware oder Treiber Abhilfe schafft. Wenn man das Problem beispielsweise beim WLAN vermutet, könnte diese Funktion vielleicht im BIOS ausgeschaltet werden. Wenn nicht, kann man auch den entsprechenden Treiber auf eine "Schwarze Liste" setzen und so im System deaktivieren (siehe Boot Loader).
+
Während nur der letzte Punkt explizit auf eine Hardware-Ursache eingeht, können auch alle anderen Symptome auf Fehler in einem Hardware Treiber hindeuten. Hat man einen Verdacht welche Hardware oder entsprechender Treiber mit dem Problem zu tun haben könnte, sollte man prüfen ob das Entfernen oder Deaktivieren von Hardware oder Treiber Abhilfe schafft. Wenn man das Problem beispielsweise beim WLAN vermutet, könnte diese Funktion vielleicht im BIOS ausgeschaltet werden. Wenn nicht, kann man auch den entsprechenden Treiber auf eine "Schwarze Liste" setzen und so im System deaktivieren (siehe Boot Loader).
@@ -144,7 +145,7 @@ Dort sollte man im Debug menu die Einträge Die Ausgabe auf dem Bildschirm ist nur bei ganz bestimmten Situationen sinnvoll und hat bekanntermaßen Timing-Probleme. Es sollte also wirklich nur im Notfall benutzt werden.
Das ist zum Beispiel der Fall wenn Haiku nicht ganz hochfährt und Bootloader's Debug syslog option irgendwie nicht funktioniert. Noch bevor das Haiku Bootlogo erscheint, die SHIFT Taste gedrückt halten, um das Bootloader Menü aufzurufen. Von hier in das Menü Select safe mode options wechseln und dort weiter unten [ ] Enable on screen debug output aktivieren. (Die anderen Optionen kann man auch mal probieren, um zu versuchen Haiku erfolgreich zu booten. Wenn Haiku nur mit einer oder mehreren aktivierten Optionen hochfahren kann, sollte man natürlich erwähnen welche das sind.)
Abschließend geht man auf Return to main menu und dann Continue booting.
-Auf dem Bildschirm werden einige Seiten Text ausgegeben, von denen aber nur die letzten paar für einen Bugreport interessant sind. Der Userguide hat noch weitere Infos zum Boot Loader.
+Auf dem Bildschirm werden einige Seiten Text ausgegeben, von denen aber nur die letzten paar für einen Bugreport interessant sind. Der Userguide hat noch weitere Infos zum Boot Loader.
diff --git a/welcome/en/bugreports.html b/welcome/en/bugreports.html
index 4345d9ac..068524b9 100644
--- a/welcome/en/bugreports.html
+++ b/welcome/en/bugreports.html
@@ -98,7 +98,8 @@ After you have established that it's a unique bug, make your information as accu
When vital servers like the app server, the registrar or the input server crash, you won't see the usual crash alert. Instead the whole screen will be cleared white and a gdb session will be started, its output appearing directly on screen. Likely you will still be able to move the mouse, which will overwrite the white and gdb output on screen. Applications still running (like ProcessController or the clock in the Deskbar) might also draw over the debugger output on screen.
-Besides everything being more ugly and inconvenient, basically the same applies as for application bugs. Most importantly procure a back trace (bt command). You may need to take a picture of the screen with a digital camera, since you won't be able to copy the text anywhere.
+Besides everything being more ugly and inconvenient, basically the same applies as for application bugs. Most importantly procure a back trace (bt command). You may need to take a picture of the screen with a digital camera, since you won't be able to copy the text anywhere.
+Depending on what exactly crashed, you can try to save a crash report on the Desktop with save-report and then press the power button once to try shutting cleanly down.
@@ -110,7 +111,7 @@ Besides everything being more ugly and inconvenient, basically the same applies
The system doesn't boot up correctly. It may reboot spontaneously or stop at some point (e.g. at some icon of the boot screen). In the latter case also try ALTSysReqD.
The whole system or some piece of hardware doesn't behave correctly. For example, it could be very slow, errors occur, or something doesn't work at all. If some hardware doesn't work at all, the first obvious check is whether Haiku supports it at all at the moment (e.g. ask on a mailing list or a forum).
-
Note that while only the last point seems to indicate hardware relation, all the other symptoms could be caused by a bug in a hardware driver as well. If you have a suspicion what piece of hardware or corresponding driver might have to do with the problem, check whether removing/disabling the hardware or the driver makes a difference. For example, if you suspect Wifi you may find that your BIOS has an option to disable it. Or if not, you could blacklist the responsible Wifi driver from your Haiku installation (see Boot Loader).
+
Note that while only the last point seems to indicate hardware relation, all the other symptoms could be caused by a bug in a hardware driver as well. If you have a suspicion what piece of hardware or corresponding driver might have to do with the problem, check whether removing/disabling the hardware or the driver makes a difference. For example, if you suspect Wifi you may find that your BIOS has an option to disable it. Or if not, you could blacklist the responsible Wifi driver from your Haiku installation (see Boot Loader).
@@ -140,7 +141,7 @@ In the boot loader's Debug menu you should find the en
The on-screen debug output is useful only for debugging very specific issues and is known to have (timing) issues. Don't use it, if you don't have to.
This is only relevant when Haiku fails to boot on your machine and the Debug syslog option doesn't work for some reason. Before the Haiku boot logo appears, hold SHIFT to enter the boot loader menu. Select Select safe mode options. Near the bottom, [ ] Enable on screen debug output will be listed. (Note: The other options could be enabled in an attempt to boot Haiku. If Haiku will boot only when one or more options are activated, be sure to mention which ones.)
Finally select Return to main menu and then Continue booting.
-One or more pages of text will display on the screen, only the last few lines need to be included on your ticket. There's more information on the Boot Loader.
+One or more pages of text will display on the screen, only the last few lines need to be included on your ticket. There's more information on the Boot Loader.
diff --git a/welcome/es/bugreports.html b/welcome/es/bugreports.html
index c0943397..4b61aeb2 100644
--- a/welcome/es/bugreports.html
+++ b/welcome/es/bugreports.html
@@ -101,7 +101,8 @@ Tras haber establecido que es un fallo nuevo, haga su información tan puntual c
When vital servers like the app server, the registrar or the input server crash, you won't see the usual crash alert. Instead the whole screen will be cleared white and a gdb session will be started, its output appearing directly on screen. Likely you will still be able to move the mouse, which will overwrite the white and gdb output on screen. Applications still running (like ProcessController or the clock in the Deskbar) might also draw over the debugger output on screen.
-Besides everything being more ugly and inconvenient, basically the same applies as for application bugs. Most importantly procure a back trace (bt command). You may need to take a picture of the screen with a digital camera, since you won't be able to copy the text anywhere.
+Besides everything being more ugly and inconvenient, basically the same applies as for application bugs. Most importantly procure a back trace (bt command). You may need to take a picture of the screen with a digital camera, since you won't be able to copy the text anywhere.
+Depending on what exactly crashed, you can try to save a crash report on the Desktop with save-report and then press the power button once to try shutting cleanly down.
@@ -113,7 +114,7 @@ Besides everything being more ugly and inconvenient, basically the same applies
The system doesn't boot up correctly. It may reboot spontaneously or stop at some point (e.g. at some icon of the boot screen). In the latter case also try ALTSysReqD.
The whole system or some piece of hardware doesn't behave correctly. For example, it could be very slow, errors occur, or something doesn't work at all. If some hardware doesn't work at all, the first obvious check is whether Haiku supports it at all at the moment (e.g. ask on a mailing list or a forum).
-
Note that while only the last point seems to indicate hardware relation, all the other symptoms could be caused by a bug in a hardware driver as well. If you have a suspicion what piece of hardware or corresponding driver might have to do with the problem, check whether removing/disabling the hardware or the driver makes a difference. For example, if you suspect Wifi you may find that your BIOS has an option to disable it. Or if not, you could blacklist the responsible Wifi driver from your Haiku installation (see Boot Loader).
+
Note that while only the last point seems to indicate hardware relation, all the other symptoms could be caused by a bug in a hardware driver as well. If you have a suspicion what piece of hardware or corresponding driver might have to do with the problem, check whether removing/disabling the hardware or the driver makes a difference. For example, if you suspect Wifi you may find that your BIOS has an option to disable it. Or if not, you could blacklist the responsible Wifi driver from your Haiku installation (see Boot Loader).
@@ -143,7 +144,7 @@ In the boot loader's Debug menu you should find the en
The on-screen debug output is useful only for debugging very specific issues and is known to have (timing) issues. Don't use it, if you don't have to.
This is only relevant when Haiku fails to boot on your machine and the Debug syslog option doesn't work for some reason. Before the Haiku boot logo appears, hold SHIFT to enter the boot loader menu. Select Select safe mode options. Near the bottom, [ ] Enable on screen debug output will be listed. (Note: The other options could be enabled in an attempt to boot Haiku. If Haiku will boot only when one or more options are activated, be sure to mention which ones.)
Finally select Return to main menu and then Continue booting.
-One or more pages of text will display on the screen, only the last few lines need to be included on your ticket. There's more information on the Boot Loader.
+One or more pages of text will display on the screen, only the last few lines need to be included on your ticket. There's more information on the Boot Loader.
Kun elintärkeät palvelimet, kuten app-, registrar- tai input-palvelin kaatuvat, et näe tavallista kaatumishälytystä. Sen sijaan koko näyttö muuttuu valkoiseksi tja gdb-istunto käynnistyy ja sen tuloste ilmaantuu näytölle. Todennäköisesti pystyt yhä liikuttamaan hiiren kohdistinta, mikä ylikirjoittaa valkoisen ja gdb-tulosteen näytöllä. Yhä vielä toimivat sovellukset (kuten Prosessivalvonta tai Työpöytäpalkin kello) saattavat myös kirjoittaa vikajäljitin tulosteen päälle näytölle.
-Paitsi että kaikki on rumempaa ja epämukavampaa, sama koskee myös sovellusvikoja. Tärkeintä on hankkia paluujälki (bt-komento). Sinun on ehkä otettava valokuva näytöstä digitaalikameralla, koska et voi kopioida tekstiä mihinkään.
+
When vital servers like the app server, the registrar or the input server crash, you won't see the usual crash alert. Instead the whole screen will be cleared white and a gdb session will be started, its output appearing directly on screen. Likely you will still be able to move the mouse, which will overwrite the white and gdb output on screen. Applications still running (like ProcessController or the clock in the Deskbar) might also draw over the debugger output on screen.
+Besides everything being more ugly and inconvenient, basically the same applies as for application bugs. Most importantly procure a back trace (bt command). You may need to take a picture of the screen with a digital camera, since you won't be able to copy the text anywhere.
+Depending on what exactly crashed, you can try to save a crash report on the Desktop with save-report and then press the power button once to try shutting cleanly down.
@@ -113,7 +115,7 @@ Paitsi että kaikki on rumempaa ja epämukavampaa, sama koskee myös sovellusvik
Järjestelmä ei alkulataa oikein. Se voi alkulatautua itsestään tai pysähtyä jossain vaiheessa (esimerkiksi jonkun alkaulatausnäytön kuvakkeen kohdalla). Yritä jälkimmäisessä tapauksessa myös ALTSysReqD.
Koko järjestelmä tai joku laitteiston osa ei toimi kunnolla. Esimerkiksi se voisi olla hyvin hidas, tapahtuu virheitä, tai jokin ei toimi ollenkaan. Jos jokin laite ei toimi ollenkaan, ensimmäinen ilmeinen tarkistus on, että tukeeko Haiku sitä ylimalkaan tällä hetkellä (esim.: kysy sähköpostituslistalta tai foorumilta).
-
Huomaa että vaikka ainoastaan viimeinen kohta tuntuu viittaavan laittoistovikaan, kaikki muutkin oireet voivat johtua myös viasta laitteistoajurissa. Jos sinulla on epäilyjä, että mikä laitteiston osa tai vastaava ajuri aiheuttaa pulmia, tarkista, että eroaako tilanne, jos poistat tai otat pois käytöstä laitteen tai ajurin. Esimerkiksi jos epäilet Wifi-verkkoa, saatat huomata, että BIOS-asetuksissa voidaan ottaa se pois käytöstä. Tai jos ei, niin voisit merkata vastuullisen Wifi-ajurin mustalle listalle Haiku-asennuksestasi (katso Käynnistyslataaja).
+
Huomaa että vaikka ainoastaan viimeinen kohta tuntuu viittaavan laittoistovikaan, kaikki muutkin oireet voivat johtua myös viasta laitteistoajurissa. Jos sinulla on epäilyjä, että mikä laitteiston osa tai vastaava ajuri aiheuttaa pulmia, tarkista, että eroaako tilanne, jos poistat tai otat pois käytöstä laitteen tai ajurin. Esimerkiksi jos epäilet Wifi-verkkoa, saatat huomata, että BIOS-asetuksissa voidaan ottaa se pois käytöstä. Tai jos ei, niin voisit merkata vastuullisen Wifi-ajurin mustalle listalle Haiku-asennuksestasi (katso Käynnistyslataaja).
Vianjäljitystulostus näytölle on hyödyllinen vain hyvin erikoisten kohteiden vianjäljityksessä ja siinä tiedetään olevan (ajoitus) pulmia.
Se on ajankohtainen vain kun Haikun alkulataus epäonnistuu ja valikkovalinta Vikajäljitä järjestelmäloki ei jostain syystä toimi. Pidä ennen Haikun alkulatauslogon ilmaantumistta alhaalla VAIHTO-näppäintä päästäksesi alkulatausvalikkoon. Valitse Valitse turvatila-valitsimet. Lähellä alareunaa luetelleaan [ ] Ota käyttöön vikajäljitystulostus näytölle. (Huomaa: Toiset valitsime voivat olla käytössä yrityksenä alkuladata Haiku. Jos Haiku alkulatautuu vain kun yksi tai useampi valitsin on käytössä, varmista, että mainitset ne).
Valitse lopuksi Paluu päävalikkoon ja sitten Jatka alkulatausta.
-Yksi tai useampia tekstisivuja näytetään näytölle, vain muutama harva viimeinen rivi on liitettävä vikailmoituslippuun. Tässä on lisätietoja Alkulataajasta.
+Yksi tai useampia tekstisivuja näytetään näytölle, vain muutama harva viimeinen rivi on liitettävä vikailmoituslippuun. Tässä on lisätietoja Alkulataajasta.
Lorsque les serveurs vitaux comme le serveur d'application, de registre ou d'entré plantent, vous ne verrez pas l'alerte de crash habituelle. à la place, l'écran sera nettoyé de blanc et une session gdb sera lancée, qui affichera directement ses restitutions à l'écran.
-Il se pourrait que vous soyez toujours à même de déplacer la souris, qui dessinera alors par dessus l'écran blanc de gdb. Les demandes encore en cours (comme ProcessController ou l'horloge dans la barre de Bureau) pourrait également dessiner au dessus de la sortie du débogueur à l'écran.
-Bien que tout soit plus laid et peu commode, les même fondamentaux que pour déboguer les applications s'appliquent.
-Le plus important est de fournir une trace de la pile d'appel à l'aide de la commande bt (backtrace). Mais comme vous ne serez pas en mesure de copier le texte, vous aurez besoin de prendre une photo de l'écran avec un appareil photo numérique.
+
When vital servers like the app server, the registrar or the input server crash, you won't see the usual crash alert. Instead the whole screen will be cleared white and a gdb session will be started, its output appearing directly on screen. Likely you will still be able to move the mouse, which will overwrite the white and gdb output on screen. Applications still running (like ProcessController or the clock in the Deskbar) might also draw over the debugger output on screen.
+Besides everything being more ugly and inconvenient, basically the same applies as for application bugs. Most importantly procure a back trace (bt command). You may need to take a picture of the screen with a digital camera, since you won't be able to copy the text anywhere.
+Depending on what exactly crashed, you can try to save a crash report on the Desktop with save-report and then press the power button once to try shutting cleanly down.
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ La seconde ligne dit « Welcome to Kernel Debugging Land… ». Celle a
Notez que si seul le dernier point semble indiquer une relation avec le matériel, tous les autres symptômes pourraient aussi être causés par un bogue dans un pilote.
Si vous soupçonnez un matériel ou son pilote d'être responsable du problème, vérifiez si la suppression ou la désactivation du matériel ou du pilote change quelque chose.
-Par exemple, si vous soupçonnez le Wifi, votre BIOS a peut-être une option pour le désactiver. Sinon, vous pouvez supprimer le pilote Wifi installé dans Haiku (voir Chargeur de démarrage).
+Par exemple, si vous soupçonnez le Wifi, votre BIOS a peut-être une option pour le désactiver. Sinon, vous pouvez supprimer le pilote Wifi installé dans Haiku (voir Chargeur de démarrage).
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ In the boot loader's Debug menu you should find the en
La sortie écran du débogueur n'est utile que pour déboguer certains problèmes bien spécifiques, et est connu pour avoir des problèmes (timing). Ne l'utilisez que si vous en avez vraiment besoin.
Ce n'est pertinent que si Haiku n'arrive pas à démarrer sur votre machine et que le Debug syslog option ne fonctionne pas pour quelque raison que ce soit. Pour accéder au menu du chargeur de démarrage, maintenez la touche MAJ enfoncée avant que le logo de Haiku n'apparaisse. Choisissez Select safe mode options. Selectionnez [ ] Enable on screen debug output que vous verrez en bas. (Notez que les autres options peuvent êtres activées pour tenter de démarrer Haiku. Si Haiku ne démarre que lorsque certaines options sont activées, n'oubliez pas de mentionner lesquelles )
Enfin choisissez Return to main menu puis Continue booting.
-Une ou plusieurs pages de texte seront affiché à l'écran, Seules les quelques dernières lignes ont besoin de figurer dans votre rapport de bogue. Vous trouvez plus d'information dans le sujet consacré au Chargeur de démarrage.
+Une ou plusieurs pages de texte seront affiché à l'écran, Seules les quelques dernières lignes ont besoin de figurer dans votre rapport de bogue. Vous trouvez plus d'information dans le sujet consacré au Chargeur de démarrage.
diff --git a/welcome/hu/bugreports.html b/welcome/hu/bugreports.html
index 5f8041f5..8716ee4e 100644
--- a/welcome/hu/bugreports.html
+++ b/welcome/hu/bugreports.html
@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@
* Humdinger
* Translators:
* Dancsó Róbert
+ * Humdinger
*
-->
@@ -100,8 +101,9 @@ Miután megbizonyosodtál róla, hogy a hiba egyedi, akkor azt a lehető legpont
Amikor egy létfontosságú szolgáltatás, mint például az alkalmazás szolgáltatás (app_server), a registrar vagy a bemeneti eszköz szolgáltatás (input_server) hibásodik meg, akkor nem valószínű, hogy a szokásos üzenetet kapod majd. Ehelyett a teljes képernyő egy Terminálhoz hasonló képernyőre változik, ahol a hibakereső folyamat elindul, és az üzenetek ott jelennek meg. Lehetséges, hogy az egér mozgatható, ekkor azonban az egér-kurzor törli a fehér képernyőn lévő információt. A programok továbbra is futnak (például a Folyamatkezelő vagy az óra az Ásztalsávon), amik szintén törölhetik a fehér képernyőt.
-Attól, hogy kicsit kényelmetlen, minden épp úgy működik, mint a programhibák esetében. A legfontosabb a hiba visszakövetése (bt parancs). Erről a képernyőről készíthetsz egy képet is egy digitális fényképezőgéppel, itt ugyanis nem használható a kijelölés és másolás.
+
When vital servers like the app server, the registrar or the input server crash, you won't see the usual crash alert. Instead the whole screen will be cleared white and a gdb session will be started, its output appearing directly on screen. Likely you will still be able to move the mouse, which will overwrite the white and gdb output on screen. Applications still running (like ProcessController or the clock in the Deskbar) might also draw over the debugger output on screen.
+Besides everything being more ugly and inconvenient, basically the same applies as for application bugs. Most importantly procure a back trace (bt command). You may need to take a picture of the screen with a digital camera, since you won't be able to copy the text anywhere.
+Depending on what exactly crashed, you can try to save a crash report on the Desktop with save-report and then press the power button once to try shutting cleanly down.
@@ -113,7 +115,7 @@ Attól, hogy kicsit kényelmetlen, minden épp úgy működik, mint a programhib
A rendszer nem megfelelően indul. Néha újraindul vagy megáll egy adott ponton (például egy indító képernyő egyik ikonjának felvillanásakor). Később ismét megpróbálható a ALTSysReqD kombináció.
A teljes rendszer, vagy bizonyos eszközök nem működnek megfelelően. Például nagyon lelassul vagy valami egyártalán nem működik. Ha egy eszköz nem működik, akkor elsőként azt kell kideríteni, hogy egyártalán támogatott eszközről van-e szó (például levelező listán vagy fórumon ajánlott megkérdezni).
-
Ne feledd, hogy csak az utolsó pont utal eszköz hibára, azonban más problémát is okozhat egy eszközvezérlő hibája. Ha gyanítod, hogy a hibát egy adott vezérlő okozza, akkor ellenőrizd le, hogy mi változik, ha az eszközt vagy a vezérlőt eltávolítod vagy letiltod. Például, ha a Wifi-re gyanakszol, akkor próbáld meg kideríteni, hogy a BIOS-ban letiltható-e. Ha nem, akkor a gyanús vezérlőt feketelistára rakhatod (további információk a Rendszertöltő fejezetben).
+
Ne feledd, hogy csak az utolsó pont utal eszköz hibára, azonban más problémát is okozhat egy eszközvezérlő hibája. Ha gyanítod, hogy a hibát egy adott vezérlő okozza, akkor ellenőrizd le, hogy mi változik, ha az eszközt vagy a vezérlőt eltávolítod vagy letiltod. Például, ha a Wifi-re gyanakszol, akkor próbáld meg kideríteni, hogy a BIOS-ban letiltható-e. Ha nem, akkor a gyanús vezérlőt feketelistára rakhatod (további információk a Rendszertöltő fejezetben).
A képernyőn történő hibakeresés csak egy megadott hiba esetében hasznos, és időigényes. Ne használd, ha nem szükséges.
-Ez akkor fontos, ha a Haiku nem tud elindulni és a hibakereső naplózás valamiért nem működik. Mielőtt a Haiku logó megjelenik, tartsd lenyomva a SHIFT-et a rendszertöltőbe való belépéshez. Válasszd a Select safe mode options (hibakereső opciók) menüt, majd azon belül az [ ] Enable on screen debug output (képernyőn történő hibakeresés engedélyezése) opciót. (Megjegyzés: több opció is haszálható betöltéskor. Ha a Haiku indításakor egy vagy több opciót is használsz, akkor azokat is említsd meg.)
-Végül válaszd a Return to main menu (visszatérés a főmenübe), majd a Continue booting (betöltés folytatása) menüpontot.
-Egy vagy több oldalnyi szöveg is megjelenik majd a képernyőn, amiből csak az utolsó néhány sort szükséges a jelentéshez csatolni. További információk a Rendszertöltő fejezetben.
+
The on-screen debug output is useful only for debugging very specific issues and is known to have (timing) issues. Don't use it, if you don't have to.
+This is only relevant when Haiku fails to boot on your machine and the Debug syslog option doesn't work for some reason. Before the Haiku boot logo appears, hold SHIFT to enter the boot loader menu. Select Select safe mode options. Near the bottom, [ ] Enable on screen debug output will be listed. (Note: The other options could be enabled in an attempt to boot Haiku. If Haiku will boot only when one or more options are activated, be sure to mention which ones.)
+Finally select Return to main menu and then Continue booting.
+One or more pages of text will display on the screen, only the last few lines need to be included on your ticket. There's more information on the Boot Loader.
diff --git a/welcome/it/bugreports.html b/welcome/it/bugreports.html
index 21f03cf1..9c2dd9e1 100644
--- a/welcome/it/bugreports.html
+++ b/welcome/it/bugreports.html
@@ -99,7 +99,8 @@ After you have established that it's a unique bug, make your information as accu
When vital servers like the app server, the registrar or the input server crash, you won't see the usual crash alert. Instead the whole screen will be cleared white and a gdb session will be started, its output appearing directly on screen. Likely you will still be able to move the mouse, which will overwrite the white and gdb output on screen. Applications still running (like ProcessController or the clock in the Deskbar) might also draw over the debugger output on screen.
-Besides everything being more ugly and inconvenient, basically the same applies as for application bugs. Most importantly procure a back trace (bt command). You may need to take a picture of the screen with a digital camera, since you won't be able to copy the text anywhere.
+Besides everything being more ugly and inconvenient, basically the same applies as for application bugs. Most importantly procure a back trace (bt command). You may need to take a picture of the screen with a digital camera, since you won't be able to copy the text anywhere.
+Depending on what exactly crashed, you can try to save a crash report on the Desktop with save-report and then press the power button once to try shutting cleanly down.
@@ -111,7 +112,7 @@ Besides everything being more ugly and inconvenient, basically the same applies
The system doesn't boot up correctly. It may reboot spontaneously or stop at some point (e.g. at some icon of the boot screen). In the latter case also try ALTSysReqD.
The whole system or some piece of hardware doesn't behave correctly. For example, it could be very slow, errors occur, or something doesn't work at all. If some hardware doesn't work at all, the first obvious check is whether Haiku supports it at all at the moment (e.g. ask on a mailing list or a forum).
-
Note that while only the last point seems to indicate hardware relation, all the other symptoms could be caused by a bug in a hardware driver as well. If you have a suspicion what piece of hardware or corresponding driver might have to do with the problem, check whether removing/disabling the hardware or the driver makes a difference. For example, if you suspect Wifi you may find that your BIOS has an option to disable it. Or if not, you could blacklist the responsible Wifi driver from your Haiku installation (see Boot Loader).
+
Note that while only the last point seems to indicate hardware relation, all the other symptoms could be caused by a bug in a hardware driver as well. If you have a suspicion what piece of hardware or corresponding driver might have to do with the problem, check whether removing/disabling the hardware or the driver makes a difference. For example, if you suspect Wifi you may find that your BIOS has an option to disable it. Or if not, you could blacklist the responsible Wifi driver from your Haiku installation (see Boot Loader).
@@ -141,7 +142,7 @@ In the boot loader's Debug menu you should find the en
The on-screen debug output is useful only for debugging very specific issues and is known to have (timing) issues. Don't use it, if you don't have to.
This is only relevant when Haiku fails to boot on your machine and the Debug syslog option doesn't work for some reason. Before the Haiku boot logo appears, hold SHIFT to enter the boot loader menu. Select Select safe mode options. Near the bottom, [ ] Enable on screen debug output will be listed. (Note: The other options could be enabled in an attempt to boot Haiku. If Haiku will boot only when one or more options are activated, be sure to mention which ones.)
Finally select Return to main menu and then Continue booting.
-One or more pages of text will display on the screen, only the last few lines need to be included on your ticket. There's more information on the Boot Loader.
+One or more pages of text will display on the screen, only the last few lines need to be included on your ticket. There's more information on the Boot Loader.
スクリーン上のデバッグ出力は特定の問題とすでにわかっている問題について役立つでしょう。必要でないなら使用しないでください。
-これは Haiku がうまく起動せず、なおかつ Debug syslog option もうまく動作しないときに使います。Haiku の起動ロゴが現れる前に、SHIFT を押したままにしてブートローダーメニューに入り、Select safe mode options を選びます。下の方にある [ ] Enable on screen debug output を有効にします (ノート: ほかのオプションも Haiku のブートを試みるときに有効になります。Haiku がどのオプションでのみ起動するかを確認してください)。
-最後に、Return to main menu を選択し Continue booting を選択します。
-1 ページ以上のテキストがスクリーンに表示されます。最後の数行がチケットに添付する必要がある物でしょう。詳細は、ブートローダーを参照のこと。
+
The on-screen debug output is useful only for debugging very specific issues and is known to have (timing) issues. Don't use it, if you don't have to.
+This is only relevant when Haiku fails to boot on your machine and the Debug syslog option doesn't work for some reason. Before the Haiku boot logo appears, hold SHIFT to enter the boot loader menu. Select Select safe mode options. Near the bottom, [ ] Enable on screen debug output will be listed. (Note: The other options could be enabled in an attempt to boot Haiku. If Haiku will boot only when one or more options are activated, be sure to mention which ones.)
+Finally select Return to main menu and then Continue booting.
+One or more pages of text will display on the screen, only the last few lines need to be included on your ticket. There's more information on the Boot Loader.
diff --git a/welcome/pl/bugreports.html b/welcome/pl/bugreports.html
index 2400c8b2..c44f614b 100644
--- a/welcome/pl/bugreports.html
+++ b/welcome/pl/bugreports.html
@@ -99,7 +99,8 @@ After you have established that it's a unique bug, make your information as accu
When vital servers like the app server, the registrar or the input server crash, you won't see the usual crash alert. Instead the whole screen will be cleared white and a gdb session will be started, its output appearing directly on screen. Likely you will still be able to move the mouse, which will overwrite the white and gdb output on screen. Applications still running (like ProcessController or the clock in the Deskbar) might also draw over the debugger output on screen.
-Besides everything being more ugly and inconvenient, basically the same applies as for application bugs. Most importantly procure a back trace (bt command). You may need to take a picture of the screen with a digital camera, since you won't be able to copy the text anywhere.
+Besides everything being more ugly and inconvenient, basically the same applies as for application bugs. Most importantly procure a back trace (bt command). You may need to take a picture of the screen with a digital camera, since you won't be able to copy the text anywhere.
+Depending on what exactly crashed, you can try to save a crash report on the Desktop with save-report and then press the power button once to try shutting cleanly down.
@@ -111,7 +112,7 @@ Besides everything being more ugly and inconvenient, basically the same applies
The system doesn't boot up correctly. It may reboot spontaneously or stop at some point (e.g. at some icon of the boot screen). In the latter case also try ALTSysReqD.
The whole system or some piece of hardware doesn't behave correctly. For example, it could be very slow, errors occur, or something doesn't work at all. If some hardware doesn't work at all, the first obvious check is whether Haiku supports it at all at the moment (e.g. ask on a mailing list or a forum).
-
Note that while only the last point seems to indicate hardware relation, all the other symptoms could be caused by a bug in a hardware driver as well. If you have a suspicion what piece of hardware or corresponding driver might have to do with the problem, check whether removing/disabling the hardware or the driver makes a difference. For example, if you suspect Wifi you may find that your BIOS has an option to disable it. Or if not, you could blacklist the responsible Wifi driver from your Haiku installation (see Boot Loader).
+
Note that while only the last point seems to indicate hardware relation, all the other symptoms could be caused by a bug in a hardware driver as well. If you have a suspicion what piece of hardware or corresponding driver might have to do with the problem, check whether removing/disabling the hardware or the driver makes a difference. For example, if you suspect Wifi you may find that your BIOS has an option to disable it. Or if not, you could blacklist the responsible Wifi driver from your Haiku installation (see Boot Loader).
@@ -141,7 +142,7 @@ In the boot loader's Debug menu you should find the en
The on-screen debug output is useful only for debugging very specific issues and is known to have (timing) issues. Don't use it, if you don't have to.
This is only relevant when Haiku fails to boot on your machine and the Debug syslog option doesn't work for some reason. Before the Haiku boot logo appears, hold SHIFT to enter the boot loader menu. Select Select safe mode options. Near the bottom, [ ] Enable on screen debug output will be listed. (Note: The other options could be enabled in an attempt to boot Haiku. If Haiku will boot only when one or more options are activated, be sure to mention which ones.)
Finally select Return to main menu and then Continue booting.
-One or more pages of text will display on the screen, only the last few lines need to be included on your ticket. There's more information on the Boot Loader.
+One or more pages of text will display on the screen, only the last few lines need to be included on your ticket. There's more information on the Boot Loader.
diff --git a/welcome/pt_BR/bugreports.html b/welcome/pt_BR/bugreports.html
index 74cbd5f7..fa3fab15 100644
--- a/welcome/pt_BR/bugreports.html
+++ b/welcome/pt_BR/bugreports.html
@@ -14,6 +14,7 @@
* Translators:
* tiagoms
* Adriano Duarte
+ * Humdinger
*
-->
@@ -101,8 +102,9 @@ Após constatar que é um erro original, torne sua informação a mais acurada p
Quando servidores vitais como o servidor de aplicativo, o registrador ou o servidor de entrada travar, não se verá o alerta de travamento usual. Ao invés disso, toda a tela ficará em branco e uma sessão do gdb será iniciada, sua saída aparecendo diretamente na tela. Provavelmente você ainda será capaz de mover o mouse, o que irá sobrescrever o branco e a saída do gdb na tela. Aplicativos ainda em execução (como o Controlador de Processos ou o relógio na Deskbar) podem também aparecer sobre a saída do depurador na tela.
-Apesar de tudo ser mais feio e inconveniente, basicamente se aplica o mesmo que aos erros de aplicativos. O mais importante é obter um "rastro" (comando bt). Pode-se precisar obter uma imagem da tela com uma câmera digital, uma vez que, de qualquer maneira, não será capaz de copiar o texto.
+
When vital servers like the app server, the registrar or the input server crash, you won't see the usual crash alert. Instead the whole screen will be cleared white and a gdb session will be started, its output appearing directly on screen. Likely you will still be able to move the mouse, which will overwrite the white and gdb output on screen. Applications still running (like ProcessController or the clock in the Deskbar) might also draw over the debugger output on screen.
+Besides everything being more ugly and inconvenient, basically the same applies as for application bugs. Most importantly procure a back trace (bt command). You may need to take a picture of the screen with a digital camera, since you won't be able to copy the text anywhere.
+Depending on what exactly crashed, you can try to save a crash report on the Desktop with save-report and then press the power button once to try shutting cleanly down.
@@ -114,7 +116,7 @@ Apesar de tudo ser mais feio e inconveniente, basicamente se aplica o mesmo que
O sistema não inicializa corretamente. Ele pode reiniciar espontaneamente ou pára em algum ponto (por exemplo, em algum ícone da tela de inicialização). No último caso tente também ALTSysReqD.
O sistema inteiro ou alguma parte do equipamento não se comporta corretamente. Por exemplo, ele pode ficar muito lento, ocorrerem erros ou algo não funcionar absolutamente, a primeira verificação óbvia é se o Haiku já o suporta completamente (por exemplo, perguntando em uma lista de discussão ou num fórum).
-
Note that while only the last point seems to indicate hardware relation, all the other symptoms could be caused by a bug in a hardware driver as well. If you have a suspicion what piece of hardware or corresponding driver might have to do with the problem, check whether removing/disabling the hardware or the driver makes a difference. For example, if you suspect Wifi you may find that your BIOS has an option to disable it. Or if not, you could blacklist the responsible Wifi driver from your Haiku installation (see Boot Loader).
+
Observe que enquanto o último ponto parece indicar uma relação com hardware, todos os outros sintomas podem ser causados também por um erro num driver de dispositivo. Caso tenha uma suspeita de que parte do hardware ou o driver correspondente pode ter algo a ver com o problema, verifique se removendo/desabilitando o dispositivo ou o driver faz alguma diferença. Por exemplo, se há suspeita sobre o Wifi, pode-se procurar na BIOS uma opção para desabilitá-lo. Ou se não, pode remover o driver Wifi responsável a partir da sua instalação do Haiku (em /boot/system/add-ons/kernel/drivers/bin).
@@ -144,7 +146,7 @@ In the boot loader's Debug menu you should find the en
A saída em tela é útil apenas para depurar problemas muito específicos e é conhecido por ter problemas (de tempo). Não a utilize, se não precisar.
Isto é relevante apenas quando o Haiku falha ao inicializar na sua máquina e a Opção de relatório de sistema do depurador não funciona por alguma razão. Antes da logo de inicialização do Haiku aparecer, pressione SHIFT para entrar no menu do carregador de inicialização. Selecione Selecionar opções de modo seguro. Próximo do fim, [ ] Habilitar saída de depuração na tela será listada. (Observação: As outras opções podem ser habilitadas numa tentativa de inicializar o Haiku. Se o Haiku inicializar apenas quando uma ou mais opções forem ativadas, assegure-se de mencionar quais são.)
Finalmente selecione Voltar para o menu principal e então Continuar a inicialização.
-Uma ou mais páginas de texto serão exibidas na tela, apenas as últimas poucas linhas precisam ser incluídas no seu tíquete. Há mais informações em Carregador de Inicialização.
+Uma ou mais páginas de texto serão exibidas na tela, apenas as últimas poucas linhas precisam ser incluídas no seu tíquete. Há mais informações em Carregador de Inicialização.
diff --git a/welcome/pt_PT/bugreports.html b/welcome/pt_PT/bugreports.html
index d5ae3df4..fc4df35e 100644
--- a/welcome/pt_PT/bugreports.html
+++ b/welcome/pt_PT/bugreports.html
@@ -99,7 +99,8 @@ After you have established that it's a unique bug, make your information as accu
When vital servers like the app server, the registrar or the input server crash, you won't see the usual crash alert. Instead the whole screen will be cleared white and a gdb session will be started, its output appearing directly on screen. Likely you will still be able to move the mouse, which will overwrite the white and gdb output on screen. Applications still running (like ProcessController or the clock in the Deskbar) might also draw over the debugger output on screen.
-Besides everything being more ugly and inconvenient, basically the same applies as for application bugs. Most importantly procure a back trace (bt command). You may need to take a picture of the screen with a digital camera, since you won't be able to copy the text anywhere.
+Besides everything being more ugly and inconvenient, basically the same applies as for application bugs. Most importantly procure a back trace (bt command). You may need to take a picture of the screen with a digital camera, since you won't be able to copy the text anywhere.
+Depending on what exactly crashed, you can try to save a crash report on the Desktop with save-report and then press the power button once to try shutting cleanly down.
@@ -111,7 +112,7 @@ Besides everything being more ugly and inconvenient, basically the same applies
The system doesn't boot up correctly. It may reboot spontaneously or stop at some point (e.g. at some icon of the boot screen). In the latter case also try ALTSysReqD.
The whole system or some piece of hardware doesn't behave correctly. For example, it could be very slow, errors occur, or something doesn't work at all. If some hardware doesn't work at all, the first obvious check is whether Haiku supports it at all at the moment (e.g. ask on a mailing list or a forum).
-
Note that while only the last point seems to indicate hardware relation, all the other symptoms could be caused by a bug in a hardware driver as well. If you have a suspicion what piece of hardware or corresponding driver might have to do with the problem, check whether removing/disabling the hardware or the driver makes a difference. For example, if you suspect Wifi you may find that your BIOS has an option to disable it. Or if not, you could blacklist the responsible Wifi driver from your Haiku installation (see Boot Loader).
+
Note that while only the last point seems to indicate hardware relation, all the other symptoms could be caused by a bug in a hardware driver as well. If you have a suspicion what piece of hardware or corresponding driver might have to do with the problem, check whether removing/disabling the hardware or the driver makes a difference. For example, if you suspect Wifi you may find that your BIOS has an option to disable it. Or if not, you could blacklist the responsible Wifi driver from your Haiku installation (see Boot Loader).
@@ -141,7 +142,7 @@ In the boot loader's Debug menu you should find the en
The on-screen debug output is useful only for debugging very specific issues and is known to have (timing) issues. Don't use it, if you don't have to.
This is only relevant when Haiku fails to boot on your machine and the Debug syslog option doesn't work for some reason. Before the Haiku boot logo appears, hold SHIFT to enter the boot loader menu. Select Select safe mode options. Near the bottom, [ ] Enable on screen debug output will be listed. (Note: The other options could be enabled in an attempt to boot Haiku. If Haiku will boot only when one or more options are activated, be sure to mention which ones.)
Finally select Return to main menu and then Continue booting.
-One or more pages of text will display on the screen, only the last few lines need to be included on your ticket. There's more information on the Boot Loader.
+One or more pages of text will display on the screen, only the last few lines need to be included on your ticket. There's more information on the Boot Loader.
Since our developers are unable to test every hardware combination, nor every different way of interacting with the operating system, we are relying on users to give us some input on how things work at their end. Since Haiku is still quite young, it's very likely that you will encounter bugs. We thank you for taking the time to report these. Together we can improve Haiku, bit by bit.
To keep our bugtracker effective, it's essential to abide by the Bug Tracker Etiquette.
@@ -86,8 +86,8 @@ When creating a new account, be certain to provide your email address as
Before reporting a bug, please make sure that it does not yet exist. You can also use the search function for this.
After you have established that it's a unique bug, make your information as accurate as possible:
-
Attempt to reproduce your issue on the current revision of Haiku. Pre-built images for testing purposes are available online.
-
Include basic information such as how you are testing Haiku (on real hardware, on VMWare, on QEMU, etc.).
+
Încercați să replicați problema pe o revizie curentă a Haiku. Imaginile pre-compilate în scopul testării sunt disponibile online.
+
Includeți informații de bază, cum ar fi modul în care testați Haiku (pe hardware real, pe VMWare, pe QEMU, etc.).
Mention which revision you are running. You can find this information in About Haiku... from the Deskbar menu. Also mention what kind of Haiku build you are testing (gcc2, gcc4, gcc2hybrid, gcc4hybrid). The downloadable images are named accordingly, for a self-built image you should know how you built it.
Describe the problem you are experiencing. Try to be as accurate as you can: describe the actual behavior, and the behavior you expected.
Describe what steps you need to perform in order to expose the bug. This will help developers reproduce the bug.
@@ -101,32 +101,33 @@ After you have established that it's a unique bug, make your information as accu
When vital servers like the app server, the registrar or the input server crash, you won't see the usual crash alert. Instead the whole screen will be cleared white and a gdb session will be started, its output appearing directly on screen. Likely you will still be able to move the mouse, which will overwrite the white and gdb output on screen. Applications still running (like ProcessController or the clock in the Deskbar) might also draw over the debugger output on screen.
-Besides everything being more ugly and inconvenient, basically the same applies as for application bugs. Most importantly procure a back trace (bt command). You may need to take a picture of the screen with a digital camera, since you won't be able to copy the text anywhere.
+Besides everything being more ugly and inconvenient, basically the same applies as for application bugs. Most importantly procure a back trace (bt command). You may need to take a picture of the screen with a digital camera, since you won't be able to copy the text anywhere.
+Depending on what exactly crashed, you can try to save a crash report on the Desktop with save-report and then press the power button once to try shutting cleanly down.
Kernel bugs are usual the ones with the most severe effects while at the same time being the hardest to debug. There are different kinds of symptoms, which most likely point to a kernel or driver issue:
The system enters kernel debugging land (KDL) on its own volition. The upper part of the screen is cleared white and several lines of text are printed on it. The second line says "Welcome to Kernel Debugging Land...", the one above it states the immediate reason for entering KDL.
-
The system reboots spontaneously.
+
Sistemul repornește spontan.
The system freezes completely. You can't move the mouse and no application draws anything anymore. An important test in that situation is, whether you still can enter KDL via the shortcut ALTSysReqD (SysReq being PRINT on most keyboards). Wait at least a minute to see, if anything happens.
The system doesn't boot up correctly. It may reboot spontaneously or stop at some point (e.g. at some icon of the boot screen). In the latter case also try ALTSysReqD.
The whole system or some piece of hardware doesn't behave correctly. For example, it could be very slow, errors occur, or something doesn't work at all. If some hardware doesn't work at all, the first obvious check is whether Haiku supports it at all at the moment (e.g. ask on a mailing list or a forum).
-
Note that while only the last point seems to indicate hardware relation, all the other symptoms could be caused by a bug in a hardware driver as well. If you have a suspicion what piece of hardware or corresponding driver might have to do with the problem, check whether removing/disabling the hardware or the driver makes a difference. For example, if you suspect Wifi you may find that your BIOS has an option to disable it. Or if not, you could blacklist the responsible Wifi driver from your Haiku installation (see Boot Loader).
+
Note that while only the last point seems to indicate hardware relation, all the other symptoms could be caused by a bug in a hardware driver as well. If you have a suspicion what piece of hardware or corresponding driver might have to do with the problem, check whether removing/disabling the hardware or the driver makes a difference. For example, if you suspect Wifi you may find that your BIOS has an option to disable it. Or if not, you could blacklist the responsible Wifi driver from your Haiku installation (see Boot Loader).
If the system hasn't entered KDL by itself, you can do that intentionally by invoking the keyboard shortcut ALTSysReqD.
Note that in KDL your keyboard may not work. PS/2 keyboards always do, USB keyboards connected via UHCI controllers do only, if one has entered KDL via the keyboard shortcut at least once. USB OHCI is not supported at the moment.
-
KDL itself is a kind of a shell. One can execute commands that print information about the system. The following commands might be of interest:
+
KDL în sine este un fel de shell. Se pot executa comenzi care tipăresc informații despre sistem. Următoarele comenzi pot fi de interes:
bt (aka sc)
Prints a back trace. If the system entered KDL on its on volition, always enter that one.
ints
Shows the handled and unhandled hardware interrupts.
co (aka continue)
Leaves the kernel debugger and continues normal operation of the system, if that is possible.
reboot
Reboots the system immediately. You will lose all unsaved data and even those that have been saved, but have not yet been written back to disk.
The KDL output is written to the serial port (if you have one, a respective cable, and a second computer to connect with, you can capture the output there via a terminal program) and to the syslog. If you can't leave KDL it won't be written to the syslog file, though. There's a boot loader debug option that allows you to capture it nonetheless (see below).
You can generate QR codes from KDL output that can then be converted to text using smartphones or similar devices. See the blog post QR Encode your KDL Output on how to get data out of KDL using that feature.
@@ -139,22 +140,22 @@ If you're not able to boot to get to the previous_syslog, you have to enter the
In the boot loader's Debug menu you should find the entries Display syslog from previous session and Save syslog from previous session. The former displays the syslog on screen, the latter allows you to save it as a file to disk. Note that at the moment only FAT32 volumes are supported for saving the file. If you want to use a USB stick, but have plugged it in too late so that it isn't recognized yet, you can reset the machine and re-enter the boot loader menu. Note: Don't accidentally boot any operating system or the data will be lost.
The on-screen debug output is useful only for debugging very specific issues and is known to have (timing) issues. Don't use it, if you don't have to.
This is only relevant when Haiku fails to boot on your machine and the Debug syslog option doesn't work for some reason. Before the Haiku boot logo appears, hold SHIFT to enter the boot loader menu. Select Select safe mode options. Near the bottom, [ ] Enable on screen debug output will be listed. (Note: The other options could be enabled in an attempt to boot Haiku. If Haiku will boot only when one or more options are activated, be sure to mention which ones.)
Finally select Return to main menu and then Continue booting.
-One or more pages of text will display on the screen, only the last few lines need to be included on your ticket. There's more information on the Boot Loader.
+One or more pages of text will display on the screen, only the last few lines need to be included on your ticket. There's more information on the Boot Loader.
Când aveți de a face cu o defecțiune legată de hardware/driver, ar trebui să atașați următoarele informații ca fișiere text:
-
- listdev
A detailed listing of your hardware, including vendor and pci id's, similar to Linux' lshw and lspci.
-
- listusb -v
Assuming its a USB related issue, similar to lsusb.
+
- listdev
O listare detaliată de hardware, care include vânzătorul și id-uri pci, similar cu lshw și lspci din Linux.
+
- listusb -v
Se presupune că este o problemă legată de USB, similar cu lsusb.
- open /var/log/syslog
The primary system log used by Haiku, akin to on screen debugging during boot. With the open command you can crop down the relevant part of the syslog in a text editor.
-
- listimage | grep drivers/
Lists all used drivers.
-
- ints
Only available within Kernel Debugging Land (see above). Shows interrupt usage. There shouldn't be too many that are shared by different devices.
+
- listimage | grep drivers/
Listează toate driverele utilizate.
+
- ints
Disponibil doar în Kernel Debugging Land (vedeți mai sus). Afișează utilizarea interrupt. Nu ar trebui să fie prea multe care sunt partajate de dispozitive diferite.
- On screen debug output (a safe mode boot time option).
Когда жизненно важный сервер, такой как app server, registrar или input server падает, вы не увидите обычное сообщение о падении приложения. Вместо этого весь экран станет белым и запустится gdb сессия, ее вывод будет попадать напрямую на экран. Скорее всего вы все еще сможете двигать курсором, что приведет к перезаписи участков белого экрана с выводом. Все еще работающие приложения (например Контроллер процессов или часы в Deskbar) могут также прорисовываться сквозь вывод отладчика на экран.
-Кроме того, что все более выглядит более страшно и неудобно, применимо все то же самое, что и в случае ошибок приложений. Самое важное в данном случае - это выполнение трассировки коммандой (bt). Скорее всего вам понадобится сфотографировать экран, так как будет невозможно куда либо скопировать текст трассировки.
+
When vital servers like the app server, the registrar or the input server crash, you won't see the usual crash alert. Instead the whole screen will be cleared white and a gdb session will be started, its output appearing directly on screen. Likely you will still be able to move the mouse, which will overwrite the white and gdb output on screen. Applications still running (like ProcessController or the clock in the Deskbar) might also draw over the debugger output on screen.
+Besides everything being more ugly and inconvenient, basically the same applies as for application bugs. Most importantly procure a back trace (bt command). You may need to take a picture of the screen with a digital camera, since you won't be able to copy the text anywhere.
+Depending on what exactly crashed, you can try to save a crash report on the Desktop with save-report and then press the power button once to try shutting cleanly down.
Система не загружается корректно. Она может спонтанно перезагружаться на каком-то моменте или зависать (например на каком-то значке экрана загрузки). В случае зависания попробуйте нажать ALTSysReqD.
Система или какое-то устройство не работает нормально. Например если она работает очень медленно, появляются ошибки, или что-то вообще не работает. Если какое-то устройство вообще не работает первое что нужно проверить это поддерживает ли его Haiku в данный момент (например спросить в списке рассылки или на форуме).
-
Note that while only the last point seems to indicate hardware relation, all the other symptoms could be caused by a bug in a hardware driver as well. If you have a suspicion what piece of hardware or corresponding driver might have to do with the problem, check whether removing/disabling the hardware or the driver makes a difference. For example, if you suspect Wifi you may find that your BIOS has an option to disable it. Or if not, you could blacklist the responsible Wifi driver from your Haiku installation (see Boot Loader).
+
Заметьте, что хотя только последний пункт указывает на проблему связанную с оборудованием, все остальные симптомы могут также быть вызваны ошибкой в драйвере оборудования. Если вы подозреваете, что какое-то устройство или его драйвер могут быть как-то связаны с наблюдаемой проблемой, то проверьте изменится что-либо после отключения устройства или удаления его драйвера. Например если вы подозреваете Wifi, то вы можете найти опцию в BIOS для его отключения. Если же такой опции нет, то вы можете удалить соответствующий Wifi драйвер (из папки /boot/system/add-ons/kernel/drivers/bin).
Функция вывода отладочной информации на экран полезна для отладки только специфичных проблем, она также имеет известные проблемы с таймингами. Используйте ее только если это очень необходимо.
Ее использование имеет смысл только когда Haiku не загружается на вашем компьютереи функция Debug syslog option по какой-то причине не работает. Перед появлением загрузочного экрана зажмите SHIFT для входа в меню загрузчика. Выберите Select safe mode options. Почти в самом низу будет опция, [ ] Enable on screen debug output. (Имейте в виду, что можно включить остальные опции, чтобы Haiku загрузилась. Если Haiku будет загружаться только при включении одной или более опций, не забудьте указать какие именно.)
И наконец выбарите Return to main menu, а затем then Continue booting.
-Одна страница текста или более появятся на экране, только последние несколько строк нужно включать в ваш багрепорт. Дополнительная информация имеется в статье Загрузчик.
+Одна страница текста или более появятся на экране, только последние несколько строк нужно включать в ваш багрепорт. Дополнительная информация имеется в статье Загрузчик.
Ak havarujú dôležité servery ako aplikačný server, registrátor alebo server vstupu, neuvidíte zvyčajné upozornenie na haváriu. Namiesto toho sa celá obrazovka zmaže na bielu farbu, spustí sa relácia gdb a jej výstup sa objaví priamo na obrazovke. Pravdepodobne budete môcť pohybovať myšou, čo prepíše bielu farbu a výstup gdb na obrazovke. Aplikácie, ktoré ešte bežia (ako ProcessController alebo hodiny v Paneli) tiež možno prekreslia časť ladiaceho výstupu na obrazovke.
-Okrem toho, že je všetko škaredšie a nepohodlné platí prakticky to isté ako pri chybách aplikácií. Predovšetkým získajte backtrace (príkaz bt). Možno budete musieť odfotiť obrazovku digitálnym fotoaparátom, pretože nebudete môcť text nikam skopírovať.
+
When vital servers like the app server, the registrar or the input server crash, you won't see the usual crash alert. Instead the whole screen will be cleared white and a gdb session will be started, its output appearing directly on screen. Likely you will still be able to move the mouse, which will overwrite the white and gdb output on screen. Applications still running (like ProcessController or the clock in the Deskbar) might also draw over the debugger output on screen.
+Besides everything being more ugly and inconvenient, basically the same applies as for application bugs. Most importantly procure a back trace (bt command). You may need to take a picture of the screen with a digital camera, since you won't be able to copy the text anywhere.
+Depending on what exactly crashed, you can try to save a crash report on the Desktop with save-report and then press the power button once to try shutting cleanly down.
@@ -113,7 +115,7 @@ Okrem toho, že je všetko škaredšie a nepohodlné platí prakticky to isté a
Systém nenaštartuje korektne. Môže spontánne naštartovať alebo v niektorom bode zastaviť (napr. na niektorej ikone štartovacej obrazovky). V druhom prípade tiež skúste ALTSysReqD.
Celý systém alebo niektorá časť hardvéru sa nespráva korektne. Napríklad môže byť veľmi pomalý, vyskytnú sa chyby alebo niečo vôbec nefunguje. Ak nejaký hardvér vôbec nefunguje, prvá vec, ktorú treba skontrolovať je, či ho momentálne Haiku vôbec podporuje (napr. spýtať sa v poštovej konferencii alebo na fóre).
-
Pamätajte, že hoci iba posledný bod indikuje súvislosť s hardvérom, všetky ostatné symptómy môžu byť spôsobené aj chybou v ovládači hardvéru. Ak máte podozrenie, ktorá časť hardvéru alebo zodpovedajúci ovládač môže súvisieť s problémom, skontrolujte, či odstránenie alebo vypnutie hardvéru či ovládača pomôže. Napríklad ak podozrievate Wi-Fi, možno zistíte, že váš BIOS umožňuje ju vypnúť. Alebo ak nie, môžete odstrániť príslušný ovládač Wi-Fi z vašej inštalácie Haiku (pozri Zavádzač systému).
+
Pamätajte, že hoci iba posledný bod indikuje súvislosť s hardvérom, všetky ostatné symptómy môžu byť spôsobené aj chybou v ovládači hardvéru. Ak máte podozrenie, ktorá časť hardvéru alebo zodpovedajúci ovládač môže súvisieť s problémom, skontrolujte, či odstránenie alebo vypnutie hardvéru či ovládača pomôže. Napríklad ak podozrievate Wi-Fi, možno zistíte, že váš BIOS umožňuje ju vypnúť. Alebo ak nie, môžete odstrániť príslušný ovládač Wi-Fi z vašej inštalácie Haiku (pozri Zavádzač systému).
@@ -143,7 +145,7 @@ V menu Ladenie zavádzača by ste mali nájsť položk
The on-screen debug output is useful only for debugging very specific issues and is known to have (timing) issues. Don't use it, if you don't have to.
This is only relevant when Haiku fails to boot on your machine and the Debug syslog option doesn't work for some reason. Before the Haiku boot logo appears, hold SHIFT to enter the boot loader menu. Select Select safe mode options. Near the bottom, [ ] Enable on screen debug output will be listed. (Note: The other options could be enabled in an attempt to boot Haiku. If Haiku will boot only when one or more options are activated, be sure to mention which ones.)
Finally select Return to main menu and then Continue booting.
-One or more pages of text will display on the screen, only the last few lines need to be included on your ticket. There's more information on the Boot Loader.
+One or more pages of text will display on the screen, only the last few lines need to be included on your ticket. There's more information on the Boot Loader.
diff --git a/welcome/sv_SE/bugreports.html b/welcome/sv_SE/bugreports.html
index d6dbb41b..8f0c2210 100644
--- a/welcome/sv_SE/bugreports.html
+++ b/welcome/sv_SE/bugreports.html
@@ -101,7 +101,8 @@ After you have established that it's a unique bug, make your information as accu
When vital servers like the app server, the registrar or the input server crash, you won't see the usual crash alert. Instead the whole screen will be cleared white and a gdb session will be started, its output appearing directly on screen. Likely you will still be able to move the mouse, which will overwrite the white and gdb output on screen. Applications still running (like ProcessController or the clock in the Deskbar) might also draw over the debugger output on screen.
-Besides everything being more ugly and inconvenient, basically the same applies as for application bugs. Most importantly procure a back trace (bt command). You may need to take a picture of the screen with a digital camera, since you won't be able to copy the text anywhere.
+Besides everything being more ugly and inconvenient, basically the same applies as for application bugs. Most importantly procure a back trace (bt command). You may need to take a picture of the screen with a digital camera, since you won't be able to copy the text anywhere.
+Depending on what exactly crashed, you can try to save a crash report on the Desktop with save-report and then press the power button once to try shutting cleanly down.
@@ -113,7 +114,7 @@ Besides everything being more ugly and inconvenient, basically the same applies
The system doesn't boot up correctly. It may reboot spontaneously or stop at some point (e.g. at some icon of the boot screen). In the latter case also try ALTSysReqD.
The whole system or some piece of hardware doesn't behave correctly. For example, it could be very slow, errors occur, or something doesn't work at all. If some hardware doesn't work at all, the first obvious check is whether Haiku supports it at all at the moment (e.g. ask on a mailing list or a forum).
-
Note that while only the last point seems to indicate hardware relation, all the other symptoms could be caused by a bug in a hardware driver as well. If you have a suspicion what piece of hardware or corresponding driver might have to do with the problem, check whether removing/disabling the hardware or the driver makes a difference. For example, if you suspect Wifi you may find that your BIOS has an option to disable it. Or if not, you could blacklist the responsible Wifi driver from your Haiku installation (see Boot Loader).
+
Note that while only the last point seems to indicate hardware relation, all the other symptoms could be caused by a bug in a hardware driver as well. If you have a suspicion what piece of hardware or corresponding driver might have to do with the problem, check whether removing/disabling the hardware or the driver makes a difference. For example, if you suspect Wifi you may find that your BIOS has an option to disable it. Or if not, you could blacklist the responsible Wifi driver from your Haiku installation (see Boot Loader).
@@ -143,7 +144,7 @@ In the boot loader's Debug menu you should find the en
The on-screen debug output is useful only for debugging very specific issues and is known to have (timing) issues. Don't use it, if you don't have to.
This is only relevant when Haiku fails to boot on your machine and the Debug syslog option doesn't work for some reason. Before the Haiku boot logo appears, hold SHIFT to enter the boot loader menu. Select Select safe mode options. Near the bottom, [ ] Enable on screen debug output will be listed. (Note: The other options could be enabled in an attempt to boot Haiku. If Haiku will boot only when one or more options are activated, be sure to mention which ones.)
Finally select Return to main menu and then Continue booting.
-One or more pages of text will display on the screen, only the last few lines need to be included on your ticket. There's more information on the Boot Loader.
+One or more pages of text will display on the screen, only the last few lines need to be included on your ticket. There's more information on the Boot Loader.
diff --git a/welcome/uk/bugreports.html b/welcome/uk/bugreports.html
index 84b2705c..33be7037 100644
--- a/welcome/uk/bugreports.html
+++ b/welcome/uk/bugreports.html
@@ -99,7 +99,8 @@ After you have established that it's a unique bug, make your information as accu
When vital servers like the app server, the registrar or the input server crash, you won't see the usual crash alert. Instead the whole screen will be cleared white and a gdb session will be started, its output appearing directly on screen. Likely you will still be able to move the mouse, which will overwrite the white and gdb output on screen. Applications still running (like ProcessController or the clock in the Deskbar) might also draw over the debugger output on screen.
-Besides everything being more ugly and inconvenient, basically the same applies as for application bugs. Most importantly procure a back trace (bt command). You may need to take a picture of the screen with a digital camera, since you won't be able to copy the text anywhere.
+Besides everything being more ugly and inconvenient, basically the same applies as for application bugs. Most importantly procure a back trace (bt command). You may need to take a picture of the screen with a digital camera, since you won't be able to copy the text anywhere.
+Depending on what exactly crashed, you can try to save a crash report on the Desktop with save-report and then press the power button once to try shutting cleanly down.
@@ -111,7 +112,7 @@ Besides everything being more ugly and inconvenient, basically the same applies
The system doesn't boot up correctly. It may reboot spontaneously or stop at some point (e.g. at some icon of the boot screen). In the latter case also try ALTSysReqD.
The whole system or some piece of hardware doesn't behave correctly. For example, it could be very slow, errors occur, or something doesn't work at all. If some hardware doesn't work at all, the first obvious check is whether Haiku supports it at all at the moment (e.g. ask on a mailing list or a forum).
-
Note that while only the last point seems to indicate hardware relation, all the other symptoms could be caused by a bug in a hardware driver as well. If you have a suspicion what piece of hardware or corresponding driver might have to do with the problem, check whether removing/disabling the hardware or the driver makes a difference. For example, if you suspect Wifi you may find that your BIOS has an option to disable it. Or if not, you could blacklist the responsible Wifi driver from your Haiku installation (see Boot Loader).
+
Note that while only the last point seems to indicate hardware relation, all the other symptoms could be caused by a bug in a hardware driver as well. If you have a suspicion what piece of hardware or corresponding driver might have to do with the problem, check whether removing/disabling the hardware or the driver makes a difference. For example, if you suspect Wifi you may find that your BIOS has an option to disable it. Or if not, you could blacklist the responsible Wifi driver from your Haiku installation (see Boot Loader).
@@ -141,7 +142,7 @@ In the boot loader's Debug menu you should find the en
The on-screen debug output is useful only for debugging very specific issues and is known to have (timing) issues. Don't use it, if you don't have to.
This is only relevant when Haiku fails to boot on your machine and the Debug syslog option doesn't work for some reason. Before the Haiku boot logo appears, hold SHIFT to enter the boot loader menu. Select Select safe mode options. Near the bottom, [ ] Enable on screen debug output will be listed. (Note: The other options could be enabled in an attempt to boot Haiku. If Haiku will boot only when one or more options are activated, be sure to mention which ones.)
Finally select Return to main menu and then Continue booting.
-One or more pages of text will display on the screen, only the last few lines need to be included on your ticket. There's more information on the Boot Loader.
+One or more pages of text will display on the screen, only the last few lines need to be included on your ticket. There's more information on the Boot Loader.